2256 VLC PDF
Floor Scale
Sales Manual
Version 1.3
October 20, 1998
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
CONTENTS
1 Introduction............................................................................................................................. 1-1
2 Industry Profile ....................................................................................................................... 2-1
SIC:3596 Market Size ................................................................................................................................2-2
SIC: 3596 Market Share Analysis...............................................................................................................2-3
3 Identifying the Market/Customer............................................................................................ 3-1
Market Segment Analysis...........................................................................................................................3-1
4 Making the Sale....................................................................................................................... 4-1
Before the Sales Call..................................................................................................................................4-1
During The Call...........................................................................................................................................4-3
After the Sales Call.....................................................................................................................................4-5
5 Overview of Floor Scales ....................................................................................................... 5-1
Basics of Weighing.....................................................................................................................................5-2
Load Cells...................................................................................................................................................5-2
Suspensions ...............................................................................................................................................5-7
Frames .......................................................................................................................................................5-9
Weighbridge Design .................................................................................................................................5-10
Junction Box .............................................................................................................................................5-10
6 Scale Parameters .................................................................................................................... 6-1
Calibration ..................................................................................................................................................6-1
Calibration Error .........................................................................................................................................6-2
Linearity Error .............................................................................................................................................6-3
Hysteresis Error..........................................................................................................................................6-3
Repeatability...............................................................................................................................................6-4
7 Industry Standards ................................................................................................................. 7-1
Federal and State Enforcement (USA).......................................................................................................7-1
NIST ...........................................................................................................................................................7-1
NCWM .......................................................................................................................................................7-2
Handbook 44 ..............................................................................................................................................7-2
NTEP..........................................................................................................................................................7-4
OIML...........................................................................................................................................................7-6
CSA, Canada Standards Association.........................................................................................................7-9
8 Products and Positioning....................................................................................................... 8-1
Core Market................................................................................................................................................8-2
Niche Market ..............................................................................................................................................8-6
9 Floor Scale Products .............................................................................................................. 9-1
PREDATOR™ .............................................................................................................................................9-1
Weight-Plate® .............................................................................................................................................9-3
VERTEX® ...................................................................................................................................................9-6
FastFabtm Vertex® .....................................................................................................................................9-12
VERTEX High Accuracy Certificate..........................................................................................................9-13
VERTEX Floor Scale Test Certificate.......................................................................................................9-15
VERTEX 10,000d Tolerance Worksheet..................................................................................................9-16
EZ-CleanTM Vertex® ..................................................................................................................................9-17
Deckmate®................................................................................................................................................9-19
ii
MG4500 LIFTMATE™..............................................................................................................................9-23
Air Cargo Scale ........................................................................................................................................9-25
Chlorine Tank Scales................................................................................................................................9-26
10 Sales Tools.......................................................................................................................... 10-1
“Two Days....Today”, 48 Hour Shipping Program.....................................................................................10-1
Floor Scale Demo Case ...........................................................................................................................10-2
Customer Satisfaction Survey ..................................................................................................................10-2
Audit Process ...........................................................................................................................................10-3
Faxable Literature.....................................................................................................................................10-3
Quick Quote..............................................................................................................................................10-4
Floor Scale Spec. Sheet...........................................................................................................................10-4
11 Floor Scale Competitive Analysis...................................................................................... 11-1
Fairbanks Scales Inc. ...............................................................................................................................11-1
General Electronic Systems, Inc...............................................................................................................11-9
Pennsylvania Scale Company Inc...........................................................................................................11-16
Rice Lake Weighing Systems Inc. ..........................................................................................................11-20
Weigh-Tronix, Inc....................................................................................................................................11-24
Appendix 1 - Paint Specifications ..................................................................................................................1
Appendix 2 - Load cell Specifications ............................................................................................................1
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications........................................................................................................1
Predator 2254................................................................................................................................................1
Weight-Plate 2256 MS ..................................................................................................................................4
Weight-Plate 2256 SS...................................................................................................................................8
VERTEX 2158 MS ......................................................................................................................................12
VERTEX 2158 SS.......................................................................................................................................18
VERTEX 2158 EZ-Clean.............................................................................................................................24
VERTEX DigiTOL 2160 MS ........................................................................................................................29
VERTEX DigiTOL 2160 SS.........................................................................................................................35
VERTEX 2160 EZ-Clean.............................................................................................................................41
VERTEX 2162 IDNet MS ............................................................................................................................46
VERTEX 2162 IDNet SS.............................................................................................................................52
VERTEX 2162 IDNet EZ-Clean ..................................................................................................................58
Deckmate 2888 MS Static...........................................................................................................................63
Deckmate 2888 MS Portable ......................................................................................................................66
Deckmate 2888 SS Static ...........................................................................................................................69
Deckmate 2888 SS Portable.......................................................................................................................72
Liftmate MG4500 HD ..................................................................................................................................75
Appendix 4 - Drawings...................................................................................................................................1
Appendix 5 - Certificate of Conformance.......................................................................................................1
Appendix 6 - Faxable Literature.....................................................................................................................1
Glossary ........................................................................................................................................................1
Table of Figures.............................................................................................................................................1
Table of Tables..............................................................................................................................................1
iii
Chapter 1: Introduction
1
Introduction
This manual intends to introduce not only the Mettler Toledo Floor Scale
Product Line, but the weighing theory that is the cornerstone of every scale.
This training manual presents each element in the weighing process and
explains the relationship between those elements. The manual then progresses
to information on floor scales in general followed by an in-depth look at each
standard model as well as common custom models. A section contains
comparisons of Mettler Toledo scales to competitors' products. A “Sales
Tools” section is included to help the salesperson. Finally, Appendices are
included that cover paint specifications, load cell specifications, engineering
specifications, drawings, certificate of conformance and faxable literature.
Mettler Toledo employs world class manufacturing techniques that ensure
quality and performance of each scale. Regular internal audits monitor the
continued premium quality of floor scales. Just-In-Time (JIT) inventory control
helps minimize material costs and assures frequent rotation of parts. The scale
platform and frame components are cut and machined using CNC (Computer
Numeric Controlled) lasers, punches, burners, and machining centers to achieve
dimensional integrity. The frames and platforms are welded using precision
fixtures to insure dimensional tolerance. The surfaces of the scale components
are blasted to SSPCASP-10 specifications to clean them of impurities. Next,
the scale is painted with Carboline 890 epoxy paint, or glass bead blasted for
stainless steel products. The scale is then assembled, tested, and packed, ready
for shipment to your customer.
All floor scales are developed, produced and tested in a Mettler Toledo facility
that has been audited to international ISO 9001 quality standards.
1-1
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Mettler-Toledo, Inc.
Our Goal:
Satisfy Every
Time
Customer Every
Quality
Policy:
Each of us will
take whatever
preventive action is required to deliver defect-free work, on time, to all of
our customers.
Result:
A World Class Company That Survives, Grows, and Prospers
We at Mettler Toledo are committed to providing our customers with the best products and service
available. In this spirit, we have instituted these policies and goals which dictate our actions and
inspire us to continually improve.
1-2
Chapter 2: Industry Profile
2
Industry Profile
The U.S. government classifies all industries by Standard Industrial
Classification codes (SIC). The government uses these codes to track industry
production and materials used within the industries. As a salesperson, you can
go to your local library, and/or use the Internet to research additional
information using SIC 3596.
The SIC codes are tied together within a “tree” structure. The SIC codes begin
with a general classification, then break down into more detailed classification.
SIC code 3596 (Scales & Balances, except laboratory) contains establishments
primarily engaged in manufacturing weighing and force-measuring machines
and devices of all types, except those regarded as scientific apparatus for
laboratory work which are classified in SIC 3821. Scales are broken down into
the following classifications:
D - Manufacturing
35 - Industrial & Commercial Machinery & Computer Equipment
3596 - Scales & Balances, Except Laboratory
35961 - Vehicle and Industrial Scales
35961 01 - Motor Truck Scales
35961 03 - Railroad Track Scales
35961 05 - Bench an Portable
35961 07 - Floor Scales, dormant, pitless
35961 09 - Automatic Checkweigher
35961 11 - Bulkweigher
35961 13 - Over-Under (predetermined weight)
35961 15 - Miscellaneous Industrial Scales (crane,
suspension, tank, hopper, force measuring devices,
bulk conveyor, etc.)
35961 17 - Counting scales
35961 00 - Vehicle and Industrial Scales, n.s.k.
2-1
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
SIC:3596 Market Size
•
•
•
•
•
Estimated number of U.S. establishments: 231
Number of people employed in this industry: 6,667
Total annual sales in this industry: $707.0 million
Average number of employees per establishment: 29
Average sales per establishment: $4.1 million
A survey called the Census of Manufacturers is performed every five years by
the U.S. government. In the 1992 Census of Manufactures, Industry 3596,
Scales and Balances, Except Laboratory, had employment of 5.6 thousand.
The employment figure was 16 percent below the 6.7 thousand reported in
1987. Compared with 1991, employment decreased 12 percent. The 1991 data
are based on the Census Bureau's annual survey of manufactures (ASM), which
is a sample survey conducted each year between censuses.
The leading States in employment in 1992 were California, Illinois, Ohio, and
Minnesota, accounting for approximately 45 percent of the industry's
employment. This represents a shift from 1987 when California, Illinois, Ohio,
and Missouri were the leading States.
The total value of shipments for establishments classified in this industry was
$641.1 million.
Establishments in virtually all industries ship secondary products as well as
products primary to the industry in which they are classified and have some
miscellaneous receipts, such as resales and contract receipts. Industry 3596
shipped $600.7 million of products considered primary to the industry, $3.0
million of secondary products, and had $37.4 million of miscellaneous receipts,
resales, and contract work. Thus, the ratio of primary products to the total of
both secondary and primary products shipped by establishments in this industry
was 99 percent (specialization ratio). In 1987, the specialization ratio was 98
percent.
Establishments in this industry also accounted for 92 percent of products
considered primary to the industry no matter where they were actually produced
(coverage ratio). In 1987, the coverage ratio was 94 percent.
The total cost of materials, services, and fuels and energy used by
establishments classified in the scales and balances, except laboratory, industry
amounted to $296.4 million.
Single-establishment companies in this industry with less than 5 employees
were excluded from the mail portion of the census. The data for these
establishments (and a small number of larger establishments whose reports were
not received at the time the data were tabulated) were obtained from
administrative records of other agencies or developed from industry averages.
These establishments accounted for 5 percent of the total value of shipments.1
1
U.S. Census Bueru; http://www.census.gov/ftp/pub/mcd/mancen/download/mc92f359.sum
2-2
Chapter 2: Industry Profile
SIC: 3596 Market Share
Analysis
The following tables display various U.S. market share statistics for SIC code
3596. Information was generated using D&B MarketPlace software.
SIC: 3596 Market Share Analysis ($ millions)
Number of Employees
Number of
Businesses
% of
Businesses
Total
Sales
Market
Share
1
18
7.8
36.0
5.1
2 to 4
65
28.1
92.6
13.1
5 to 9
51
22.1
18.2
2.6
10 to 24
48
20.8
57.6
8.1
25 to 49
18
7.8
48.0
6.8
50 to 99
10
4.3
76.4
10.8
100 to 249
11
4.8
142.8
20.2
250 to 499
6
2.6
194.4
27.5
500 to 999
1
0.4
41.0
5.8
Unknown
3
1.3
N/A
0.0
Totals / Averages
231
100
707.0
100.0
Table 1: SIC 3596 Market Share
2-3
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
SIC 3596: Market Analysis by Company Size ($ millions)
Number of
Employees
Number of
Businesses
Total
Employees
Total
Sales
Average
Employees
Average
Sales
1
18
18
36.0
1
2.7
2 to 4
65
198
92.6
3
1.6
5 to 9
51
331
18.2
6
0.5
10 to 24
48
704
57.6
14
1.4
25 to 49
18
632
48.0
35
3.6
50 to 99
10
652
76.4
65
7.6
100 to 249
11
1,561
142.8
141
28.5
250 to 499
6
2,075
194.4
345
64.8
500 to 999
1
500
41.0
500
41.0
Unknown
3
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Totals/Averages
231
6,671
707.0
29
4.1
Table 2: SIC 3596 Market Analysis by Company Size
2-4
Chapter 2: Industry Profile
SIC 3596: Market Analysis by Geography
Stat
e
Number of
Businesses
Total
Employees
Total
Sales
Average
Employee
s
Average
Sales
AL
3
43
3.7
14
1.2
AZ
4
19
1.7
4
0.4
AR
2
6
0.7
3
0.3
CA
37
773
28.6
20
1.1
CO
3
17
1.0
5
0.5
CT
7
61
9.8
8
1.9
DE
1
1
33.4
1
33.4
FL
8
273
25.1
34
3.5
GA
7
47
2.6
6
0.5
ID
1
4
0.5
4
0.5
IL
11
680
80.9
61
10.1
IN
6
74
5.2
12
1.3
KS
3
12
0.7
4
0.2
KY
2
7
0.5
3
0.5
LA
2
2
0.1
2
0.1
ME
1
10
1.4
10
1.4
MD
2
63
6.5
31
3.2
MA
7
193
20.6
27
3.4
MI
5
77
4.2
15
1.0
MN
8
764
131.4
95
18.7
MS
1
200
N/A
200
N/A
MO
5
558
115.4
111
38.4
NE
1
20
0.5
20
0.5
NV
1
10
0.5
10
0.5
NJ
10
153
106.6
15
15.2
NM
2
106
7.2
53
3.6
NY
9
276
13.6
30
2.2
NC
3
93
17.0
31
5.6
OH
17
715
19.9
42
1.8
OK
4
52
4.8
13
1.2
OR
5
15
2.0
3
0.6
PA
14
229
18.0
16
1.6
SC
1
330
N/A
330
N/A
2-5
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
SIC 3596: Market Analysis by Geography
2-6
Stat
e
Number of
Businesses
Total
Employees
Total
Sales
Average
Employee
s
Average
Sales
SD
1
5
0.3
5
0.3
TN
6
45
2.3
7
0.5
TX
10
111
9.2
11
1.0
UT
1
4
N/A
4
N/A
VT
2
281
N/A
140
N/A
WA
12
292
28.5
24
2.8
WI
5
49
2.6
12
0.6
WY
1
1
N/A
1
N/A
Tota
l
231
6,671
707.0
29
4.1
Chapter 3: Identifying the Market/Customer
3
Identifying the Market/Customer
This chapter will help to identify markets and customers. You see how floor
scales can be used in several industries and in various applications. This
chapter will also address the particular interests of some of the decision makers
involved in a floor scale purchase.
Market Segment
Analysis
There are many ways a market can be analyzed relative to a product or service.
The purpose of doing the analysis is to help gain a better insight into what
factors may influence purchasing decisions. The following sections analyze the
market for floor scales by industry, by application, and by decision maker.
By Industry
Which Industries are Targeted with floor scales?
Floor scales are designed for a wide range of applications throughout many
industries.
As an industrial scale sales person,
you are exposed to many applications
in many industries. Nearly all of these
customers have applications that could
benefit from a floor scale.
Industries today are continually seeking new ways to improve business
performance by lowering costs or improving quality. Floor scales can help
lower costs by offering those industries higher productivity and material
savings.
The following pages give you useful information for targeting several different
industries.
Chemical and Petroleum Industries
Mettler Toledo has traditionally been a very strong supplier in the chemical
industry. The chemical industry segment is very broad and includes, for this
discussion, all chemical production plants, refineries, agricultural chemicals,
adhesives and sealants, and other plants that blend and/or package chemical
products.
What are the needs of the chemical and petroleum industries?
• Often the chemical industry deals with corrosive materials and therefore need
adequate protection for their equipment. Floor scales can be connected to
NEMA 4X/IP65 indicators.
• Some chemical environments are rated as hazardous areas. If the floor scale
must be located in a hazardous area, you must first take the normal
precautions by obtaining the classification and AIT for the area. When using
3-1
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
a Mettler Toledo floor scale in a hazardous environment, you must use a
Mettler Toledo Hazardous Area Protection approved indicator.
• Another issue that chemical plants face is the need to improve operator
safety. Floor scales with safety tread plate and low profiles can capitalize on
this issue.
• EZ-Clean floor scales can allow for quick clean up.
Pharmaceutical Industry
Mettler Toledo has an excellent reputation in the pharmaceutical industry
because of our large market share for laboratory balances and the industries’
demand for the absolute highest quality equipment.
How can Floor scales address the needs of the pharmaceutical industry?
• Stainless steel construction for good sanitation is almost always a
requirement. EZ-Clean floor scales are appealing to this industry because of
its unique features.
• In batching and weighing applications, the pharmaceutical industry demands
a high level of accuracy because of the requirement for finished goods
consistency and the high cost of some raw materials used. Mettler Toledo’s
2160 DigiTOL floor scale is less susceptible to RFI (radio frequency
interference). The DigiTOL junction box converts the analog signal into a
stronger more useful powerful digital signal.
• Custom floor scale can be made allowing for automated batching, i.e. cutting
a hole in the center of a floor scale to discharge a batch.
Food Industry
Floor scales can meet many of the applications demanded by the food industry.
What are the specific needs of the food industry?
• Sanitation, cleanliness, and non-corrosiveness are obviously important to this
industry. The EZ-Clean stainless steel floor scale is ideal for many food
processing applications, allowing the user to fully clean underneath the scale.
Remember, it’s the total solution that gets the order, not individual
components, so always look for the right mix of products that address the
customer’s needs.
• Often in food processing, a single scale is used for only a few materials.
Multiple floor scale sales are possible.
• Mixing and blending while weighing are common in food plants. Mixers can
be attached to floor scales.
• Many food processes use pre-weighed minor ingredients. The baking
industry is a good example where there are few major ingredients like flour
and sugar that are automatically weighed and many minor ingredients, such
as yeast, salt, flavorings, and additives that are pre-weighed, manually
weighed or hand additions.
• Almost all food processing industries use batch processes where liquid and
dry ingredients are combined. They also need control of their shipping
operation where the finished product is packaged and shipped.
3-2
Chapter 3: Identifying the Market/Customer
Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM)
OEM customers provide a lucrative return but they require intensive, up-front
selling. They purchase our equipment for resale, to be included as part of their
product. Because of the complex integration process required to combine our
product with the customer’s standard product, and the occasional need for
customization, OEMs require persistence. They also sometimes demand special
terms, conditions, and pricing. Still, because of the opportunity for volume
sales, it is often worthwhile to extend yourself and ask for special assistance to
cement an OEM relationship.
How can floor scales serve an OEM customer?
• Potential floor scale OEM customers include equipment manufacturers of
filling machines and material handling equipment and systems.
• As was previously stated, OEMs may require additional modifications, such
as special serial interfaces or private labeling. Contact Mettler Toledo
Systems Marketing for assistance if you receive this type of request. Be
prepared to qualify the request with a customer’s commitment for volume
purchase and/or agreement to pay a one-time engineering charge.
System Integrator
System Integrators differ from OEMs in that they produce one of a kind
solutions for customers. Their product frequently includes the application,
hardware and software engineering, and engineering documentation they
produce. System Integrators are usually aligned with a particular industry
and/or type of solution. For example, many System Integrators have strategic
agreements with control system equipment manufacturers such as AllenBradley, ABB, or Siemens.
What are the special considerations for system integrators?
• System Integrators’ greatest concern is regarding the ease with which your
product can be integrated with theirs. They rarely have competence in the
application of weighing technology. For them, scales are just another sensor
or piece of data to interface. Therefore, you will have to sell very smart to
convince the System Integration engineer that you have a better mouse trap
— one that will eliminate work for them. They may not have much concern
about weighing performance or the installation or service of the scale system.
• System Integrators are very price conscious but they are also impressed with
technology, so sometimes slick will sell. But be prepared to offer a discount
as they will want to resell at list and expect, at least, a ten percent resale
margin.
• Sometimes, the end user customer will specify the weighing system supplier
and you’ll have an opportunity to sell the end user. Ask who the end user is.
Maybe they are a loyal Mettler Toledo customer at a different location.
• Persistence will pay off with System Integrators as once they choose a
supplier for a type of equipment, they tend to be loyal. This is because the
commitment to establish a new relationship and learn a new solution is
extensive. They also value trouble-free equipment and suppliers. That’s
3-3
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
where your attention, with regard to the durability of floor scales and Mettler
Toledo global support, can be very valuable.
Engineering Houses
Engineering houses are in the business of managing large projects for
companies. They are usually employed by the Fortune 500, as smaller
companies can’t afford them. The service that engineering companies provide
is to manage major projects like opening new plants and plant expansions. This
prevents the end user customer from using internal resources or employing new
people to accomplish their goal. The engineering house frequently takes total,
or “turn-key” responsibility for the project. They take responsibility for
designing a building, writing specifications, selecting suppliers, coordinating
deliveries, supervising installation, and final approval after start-up. Try to
supply engineering houses with engineering specifications to make their job
easier.
Sometimes it’s possible to conduct
short lunch seminars at engineering
houses. For the cost of a catered
lunch and a small time investment, you
can reach many project decision
makers at once.
How do you sell engineering houses?
• To paraphrase an old cliché, the three most important things for selling
engineering houses are attention, attention, and attention. Engineering
houses work on fixed price contracts with absolute deadlines for each phase
of a project, often with a penalty clause for lateness. You must give them
absolute confidence that you will be there when they need you.
• One of the primary deliverables for an engineering house is documentation.
They always have a specific documentation requirement that can include
special drawings with project numbers and other information noted.
Approval and certified “as built” drawings are also part of the requirement.
There are costs associated with these services. End user customers do not
hire engineering firms to get the lowest cost on individual components, they
hire them for on-time delivery of a system that will produce their product as
specified. You must charge for your time in management of the engineering
house account, list price is a good place to start. Mettler Toledo also needs
to be paid for the extra work that these projects require.
• Engineering houses also value local support for installation and start-up.
Mettler Toledo’s global sales and service capabilities provide high value to
them. If the equipment you sell is not being installed in your territory, which
is frequently the case, let Mettler Toledo help you make the right connections
to insure a smooth project hand-off after shipment. Mettler Toledo sales
people know who to contact to make these arrangements worldwide. Use this
capability, it can be the competitive advantage that wins the engineering
house’s loyalty.
By Decision Maker
Previously, we looked at how floor scales work with different industries. This
section explains how floor scales meets the needs of engineering people and
those operating or maintaining the plant.
3-4
Chapter 3: Identifying the Market/Customer
Operator
Many companies are empowering their work force to be more involved in the
decisions that effect their work. It’s not uncommon for companies to involve
operators when making an equipment purchase decision.
How do floor scales satisfy operator needs?
The most important needs of an operator are:
• Safety
Floor scales can improve operator safety by preventing repetitive motion
injuries, exposure to hazardous materials, and lifting injuries.
• Productivity
• Accuracy
• Mettler Toledo has a floor to meet the accuracy needs of the customers
application.
Supervisor
Supervisors must have confidence that the equipment used in their plant
provides the productivity and quality necessary to meet their requirements.
How do floor scales satisfy supervisor’s requirements?
These are the primary concerns of supervisors:
• Productivity
• Flexibility
• Quality
Purchasing
Purchasing people are constantly challenged to spend less money while
improving quality.
Engineering
The requirements of engineering personnel can vary greatly. They are charged
with specifying and integrating equipment solutions that reduce the risk of
incompatibility and failure.
What are the floor scale features that will interest engineers?
• Approvals
• Equipment Compatibility
• Engineering Drawings
Management
Most larger projects require the approval of management staff. In addition to
all the requirements above, they are concerned with commercial and financial
issues.
3-5
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
What are some of the challenges management might present?
• Price Comparisons
Make sure that the customer compares “apples to apples” and they really
understand the benefits. The cost of a product includes not only the purchase
price but the ongoing cost of ownership.
• Current Supplier Loyalty
Customers who are discontent with their current supplier are good candidates
for change. Pay special attention to comments they make about their concerns
and explain not only the hardware but the total savings advantage that Mettler
Toledo offers. Be knowledgeable about your competitor’s solution and work to
find and reveal its Achilles’ heal.
If your customer is content with their current supplier, you will have to
approach the sale from a feature/benefit analysis of their equipment needs or
from a cost/value perspective.
3-6
Chapter 4: Making the Sale
4
Making the Sale
Now that you have a clear understanding of the features, market positioning,
and target market segments for floor scales, this chapter will discuss how to use
this knowledge to make an effective sales presentation. This includes
addressing various selling situations and following up after the sales call to
close an order.
Before the Sales Call
As you know, preparation is very important in sales. The extra time you take to
prepare for a sales call will help you gain your customer’s confidence and
consequently win more orders.
Following are a few suggestions on how to prepare for a sales call when you
anticipate a customer’s need for floor scales.
Customer Information
If you’re already familiar with the customer, you should take some time to do
the following:
Your credibility in the eyes of your
customer is your best defense against
competitors. Mettler Toledo’s sales
channel is superior to competitive
suppliers. Make it your goal to know
your product’s features and how to
apply them for your customer’s benefit.
• Review your notes about your last interaction with the customer and be
prepared to provide the information he previously requested. Anticipate any
additional questions he may have for you.
• If the customer currently purchases service from your organization, ask your
service manager or technician if there are any problems with your customer’s
satisfaction. Don’t allow yourself to be surprised by a problem and be
prepared to educate your customer about your company’s good performance.
Familiarity with the current state of affairs will also demonstrate that you
care about total customer satisfaction. Your service team may also have
information about the customer’s dissatisfaction with competitive products
they have in operation. This could be very valuable information for you
later.
• If the customer has a manufacturing sites outside of your territory, find out
if the other site is currently a customer. Referencing a success story can be a
very powerful selling advantage.
If this is a new customer, take some time to familiarize yourself with the
customer’s industry and business. Here are some ideas on how to do this:
• Ask your colleagues or other business contacts if they have any knowledge of
the customer. Maybe they know of them from an earlier job or relationship
and can offer information that would be helpful to you.
• If available, obtain a copy of the company profile or newsletter. Most larger
companies produce overview materials for use in the community, to attract
new employees, or for their customers.
4-1
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
• Do a periodical search at your local library for recent stories relating to the
customer.
• Do an on-line search for information on the company. Perhaps they have a
World Wide Web site or there are references about them in news reports.
There is a vast amount of information available from these resources and
obtaining it is fast and easy.
The customer will appreciate your interest in them. It shows that you are
willing to make the extra effort to be an attentive supplier.
Product Review
Use the following check list to be sure your are ready to explain and
demonstrate floor scale features and benefits.
• Review the sales brochure and technical data sheet. Take note of the sections
that will address this particular customer’s needs.
• Review this sales manual. It was developed with you in mind. If the
information is fresh in your mind, you will be able to communicate it much
more effectively.
Have a Plan
Selling floor scales, you will not always get an order on the first sales call.
Have a multi-step plan that you can adjust according to the customer’s
responses.
Planning requires little time in
comparison to the benefit it brings.
• Make a list of the features and key characteristics you want to explain. Have
a list of questions for the customer that will help you to understand and
evaluate the customer’s application. The following section includes a table
that lists potential questions that you can ask the customer to learn about
their needs and desires.
• If you are aware of your potential competition, be prepared to address any
challenges you receive.
• Do a preliminary needs analysis of the customer by reviewing the prior
chapter and be prepared with specifics about the industry, application type,
and the decision maker that you will meet.
• Establish an objective for the call and have a mental image of the steps that
you will need to take to accomplish it. Do you want to get a request for a
quote, schedule another meeting with the customer to meet with other
departments involved, or bring in your service manager? You must have an
objective and work toward accomplishing it.
As you know, each sales call and each customer is different. You may have to
modify your strategy from customer to customer. Your best opportunity for
success is to think and plan ahead.
4-2
Chapter 4: Making the Sale
During The Call
Next, we will discuss techniques that you can use during the sales call. This is
not an attempt to teach selling skills but to communicate information about
floor scales that will help you achieve your objective — to get an order!
Leading with the Right
Questions
You can accomplish several important objectives by asking the right questions
and listening attentively to the responses. Many sales people are good at asking
questions but only a few are good at listening.
Remember to listen and respond.
Allowing your customer to talk will
reveal concerns that you will need to
address later.
• Asking informed questions demonstrates that you understand your product
and its application. You will gain your customer’s confidence and make
them understand you are providing a solution, not just selling equipment.
• Asking open ended questions allows your customer to talk about their needs
and desires. Listening attentively to their response will help you focus on
their needs.
• Asking questions prompts the customer to think about aspects of the
application they did not otherwise consider, giving you the opportunity to
introduce features and benefits.
• Asking the right questions could influence the customer to include other
decision makers in the dialog, expanding your contact base.
Following is a list of questions that you can use to accomplish your objectives:
To learn about the application
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Is this an existing process and if so what are you currently doing?
What is the experience level of the operators using this process?
In which environment is the indicator located?
How many materials are used in the process?
What are the materials used?
How will the materials be delivered to the scale?
Are the materials an explosion or health hazard?
What are the accuracy requirements of your process?
Is there any vibration in the area of the scale?
What types of reports do you need from the system?
Do you need to input any special data for reporting?
To learn about the project
•
•
•
•
Do you need help from our service group with installation or calibration?
Could you provide a list of your needs and expectations for this project?
What are the three most important issues for success in this project?
Has your company automated this process in any other facility?
4-3
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Open probes to get a commitment for the next step in your sales plan
• When can we meet with your maintenance group to learn about their
expectations?
• When can we meet with your production people to discuss their needs?
• Who are the other people you would like to involve in our discussions?
• When can you meet with me to review our proposal?
• When can you meet our service manager to review installation requirements?
• Where should I send a quote for a maintenance contract?
• Do you have any special format or protocol for quotations?
To get a commitment don’t leave it easy for them to say “Yes” or “No”, most
likely—if you are prospecting, they will say “NO.” Remember, your objective
is to learn about the customer’s needs and desires. Then you can formulate a
plan to remove their objections, win their confidence, and get their order. You
can’t do this simply by telling them everything that you know about the product
— you can overwhelm, confuse, or aggravate them. You customer is busy. Let
them tell you what they need to know to make a decision. Work to reveal their
“hot buttons.” Only show them the things they are interested in. Save some
bullets for the final “Kill.” If you empty your gun at the beginning, you will
have nothing left for objections.
Recognizing Hot Buttons
Hot buttons are those really important customer issues that, when pushed,
evoke an emotional response. If you can learn what these are, and respond to
them, you have a much better chance of getting an order.
What are some potential hot buttons for floor scale customers?
Potential “Hot Buttons”
Hot Buttons
Desired Benefit
Reduce product waste
Lower material costs
Improve quality
Improve customer satisfaction; Lower costs
Improve safety
Reduce potential for injury; Lower costs
Speed up production
Increase output; Lower production costs
Reliable operation
Less down time; Lower maintenance costs
Operator efficiency
Lower labor costs
Selling Benefits
It is very important that you equate the features of floor scales to the customer’s
application needs. To do this you must be able to explain the advantages of the
feature and relate that feature to the customer’s need and the benefit they will
achieve. Customers purchase benefits, not features.
4-4
Chapter 4: Making the Sale
With your customer, you can describe a feature in terms of its advantage to the
application. Then you can translate it into a benefit that the customer can use
when making their decision to purchase a floor scale. Every feature can be
translated as a benefit to your customer in terms of a cost or time savings,
reduction in errors, productivity improvement, quality improvement, etc.
Some of the reasons people buy are:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Convenience
Appearance, prestige
Security
Conformity
Innovative
Economic
After the Sales Call
After you have called on the customer, you will need to follow up and execute
the next step in your sales plan. You will also likely need to write a formal
quotation and last, but certainly not least, you sometimes will need to ask for an
order.
Follow Up
As previously mentioned, it’s unlikely you will close an order for floor scales in
a single sales call. Therefore, face-to-face interaction with the customer is only
one component of your sales plan. Effective follow up after the sales call is
vitally important. Here are some suggestions for follow up activities:
• Schedule a meeting with other people who have an interest in the proposed
project, sometimes referred to as “stakeholders.” It’s necessary to work
through your initial contact person to arrange these meetings but it’s worth
the effort. It will give you an opportunity to introduce the benefits of floor
scales while gathering more information about the customer’s expectations
for the project. You MUST sell the first three (Purchasing Agent, Manager,
User) in order to get the sale. Listed below are some other possible
stakeholders you could pursue:
• Purchasing Agent ⇒ Money provider
• Manager ⇒ Authority to make the sell
• User ⇒ Need
Production Supervisors
Operators
Maintenance Supervisors and Personnel
Engineering
Product Formulation Chemists
4-5
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Information Systems Analysts
Your Service Manager
Third Party Suppliers
Engineering Consultants
Material Handling Suppliers
Tank or Hopper Manufacturers
Electrical Contractors
Mechanical Contractors
Software Consultants
Your personal interest, attentiveness,
and persistence are vital for a
successful sales interaction with your
customer.
4-6
• Send a quote, sales literature, Service Manual, drawings, or additional
documentation as requested.
• Establish a time period within which you will contact the customer to check
on the project’s progress and to inquire about the receipt of materials you
sent.
• Send a thank you note to everyone you meet who is involved with the project.
We often forget that this simple gesture is always appreciated and it
expresses your interest and personal commitment to your customer’s
satisfaction.
Chapter 4: Making the Sale
Sample Quote
A formal written quotation is one step that’s invariably required after a sales
call. You may have a standard format for quotations that you or your company
has developed. In that case, continue to use your format and use the following
standard quotation models as examples that you can adapt to your format.
In your quotation, you must always
include the terms and conditions of
sale and warranty information that are
appropriate.
Following is a model quotation that you can use by inserting information as
indicated and two sample letters.
Your Name
Your Company
Address
City, State, Zip
Date
Customer's Name
Customer’s Company
Address
City, State, Zip
Dear Customer:
Introductory paragraph thanking them for the opportunity to meet with them, provide a
quote, and remind them of your capability as a supplier.
Description of the project as you understand it.
List the equipment, services and prices.
State the top two or three benefits that LynxBatch provides for their project.
Address any objections that were previously raised and might still exist.
Close with the date of your next contact, a thank you, and an open invitation for the
customer to contact you.
Sincerely,
Your Name
Your Title
4-7
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Closing the Sale
After you have met with all the appropriate customer representatives, analyzed
the customer’s needs, recommended and quoted a solution, you should ask for
the order. Unless you ask your customer to give you a purchase order, you may
never get one or you may never understand what final objections you need to
address to get the order.
4-8
Chapter 5: Overview of Floor Scales
5
Overview of Floor Scales
A floor scale is a platform scale, other than vehicle (truck or rail), which
usually has a capacity of 1000 pounds or greater. They can be used with or
without frames, in-ground or above-ground. Floor scales are used in shipping
and receiving areas as well as for batching, filling, process control, inventory
control, counting, and checkweighing. These versatile scales can be either free
standing or integrated into a conveyor, process control, or various other types of
systems. Mettler Toledo floor scales are used to weigh anything from aircraft
to zebras.
Greater accuracy is deleveried when
all major components are present;
Platform, Load Cells, Suspension and
Frame.
Figure 1: Floor Scale Diagram
A floor scale is comprised of four basic components: the platform assembly,
the load cell or cells, the suspension, and the frame. Each component is
described below and depicted in the floor scale diagram (see Figure 1).
•
Also known as the weighbridge, the platform is the primary load receiving
area of the scale. The platform assembly typically consists of a top plate
reinforced with formed or structural channel, angle, or tube steel.
The platform assembly is a "live" structure, meaning that it is completely
supported by the load sensing elements. The platform has provisions for
mounting other active components such as the load cells, summing junction
box, vessels, conveyors, or other specialized devices.
• A load cell is a force sensing element or transducer that converts mechanical
forces into a quantifiable and calibrated unit of measurement. Floor scales
typically use four load cells, one in each corner.
• An extension of the load cell, the suspension channels the mechanical force
from the live weighing surface, through the optimal point on the load cell, to
the dead mounting surface.
The suspension devices restore the platform assembly and load cells to optimum
alignment after a side impact such as a forklift stopping on the scale platform.
5-1
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
This ensures that the load bearing element (the load cell) and the load receiving
device (the foot or cup, etc.) are in alignment in all planes to prevent potential
weighing errors.
Mettler Toledo floor scales use either a swivel foot, rocker foot or rocker pin
suspension, the rocker pin being much more accurate. Other styles of
suspension are also in use including rigid foot, rocker/slider, ball, captured ball,
and fixed pin.
• Frames, typically used in scales yielding higher performance characteristics,
provide additional restraining or checking for the platform during high side
impacts. They also deliver protection to load cells and suspension
components from misuse, abuse, and accidental impacts from vehicles such
as forklifts.
Frames provide an excellent means of controlling the weighing environment
while also providing a superior method of securing the scale into place for
permanent mount applications. They can be above-ground, or in-ground for a
surface flush with the surrounding area.
Basics of Weighing
In order to further understand how floor scales work, it helps to learn the basics
of how any scale works. The following sections will describe each floor scale
component in detail and briefly review the design considerations and variations
of the component. A look at calibration and regulatory requirements follows
the discussion of the floor scale components.
Load Cells
The basic building block of a scale is its load cell or cells which are the force
sensing elements. The load cell converts mechanical forces into a quantifiable
and calibrated unit of measurement.
5-2
Chapter 5: Overview of Floor Scales
Most common style load cell used in
floor scale applications.
Figure 2: Strain Gage Diagram
The heart of a load cell is its strain gages which are bonded to the load cell
counterforce, or beam. A strain gage, a type of precision resistor, allows a
specific amount of electrical current to flow from one end to the other when a
voltage is applied across both ends (see Figure 2).
The ratio of the voltage to current is called the resistance. The strain gage
changes its resistance value when stretched or compressed. A force applied to
the beam bends it and thus stretches or compresses the strain gage, changing the
resistance and producing a signal proportional to the force applied. The strain
gage itself consists of a thin metal foil bonded to an insulated backing which is
in turn bonded to the load cell body, or counterforce. Load cells typically have
four strain gages bonded to their counterforces.
There are three main types of load cell counterforces, or beams: the bending
beam, the direct shear beam, and the stress beam.
Bending Beam Load Cell
Figure 3: Bending Beam Diagram
• In a bending beam, one end of the counterforce is secured to the ground and
the other end receives the force applied and bends, stretching or compressing
the strain gages. As the beam bends, it stretches two of the strain gages and
compresses the other two (see Figure 3).
5-3
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Shear Beam Load Cell
Figure 4: Shear Beam Diagram
• When applying force to a shear type of beam, the beam acts like an "I" beam.
The top and bottom of the beam bend and the material in the web is stressed
thereby stretching and compressing the attached strain gages (see Figure 4).
5-4
Chapter 5: Overview of Floor Scales
Direct Stress Beam Load
Cell
Figure 5: Direct stress Beam Diagram
• A direct stress type of beam functions be compression of the material. As
the load is applied, the strain gages are compressed in the direction of the
force (see Figure 5).
Mettler Toledo’s DigiTOL Powercell® is a direct-stress-type (column) beam.
By design, the load cell counterforce deforms, or deflects, under load.
However, like any material, the counterforce reaches a point where it will no
longer return to its normal shape. This point is known as the elastic limit of the
material, and once past this limit, the counterforce will be permanently
deformed thus damaging the load cell. Overload stops built into the scale
and/or load cell reduce the possibility of this occurring. The overload stop halts
the deflection of the counterforce before it reaches its elastic limit.
The strain gages on each counterforce are wired into an electric circuit in a
"bridge" arrangement, to amplify the effects of the resistance changes (see
Figure 6). Each strain gage resistance acts as one leg of the bridge. With no
load applied to the load cell, there is no voltage difference across the bridge. As
weight is applied, the resistance of each wire changes producing a voltage
difference across the bridge proportional to the weight applied. Analog load
cells send this output signal or voltage directly to an indicator or voltmeter. The
digital load cell differs from the analog cell in that a circuit board within the
load cell converts the analog output voltage to a digital signal before sending it
to an indicator.
5-5
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Figure 6: Strain Gage Bridge Circuit
With no load applied, there will be no voltage difference across the strain gage
bridge circuit. This applies as long as the four resistors, or strain gages, in the
circuit are balanced. If even one of the four resistors differs significantly from
the others, it must be adjusted by a shunting resistor added in parallel to the
strain gage. This adjustment is called zero compensation.
Load cells, as built, are somewhat sensitive to temperature variations.
Resistors added to the strain gage bridge compensate for this effect. Adding a
nickel resistor to the input voltage compensates for temperature variations.
Since copper resistors react to temperature variations in the opposite direction
than the strain gages react, adding them to the bridge legs also compensates for
temperature variations.
5-6
Chapter 5: Overview of Floor Scales
Suspensions
Just as there are different types of load cell configurations, there are also
different types of scale suspensions. The three basic scale suspensions
currently used in floor scales are the simple foot style, the rocker pin, and the
ball and socket. Combinations and variations of these three types are also
commonly used.
Mettler Toledo DOES NOT use this
fixed foot suspension.
Figure 7: Basic Foot Suspension
• A simple foot style suspension usually consists of a foot that screws into
each of the scale's load cells. This is the least accurate of scale suspensions,
and offers no restoring force to horizontal loading (see Figure 7).
Vertex and Deckmate scales use
Rocker Pin Suspension, for high
performance weighing.
Figure 8: Rocker Pin Suspension
• A rocker pin suspension is a more accurate style of suspension. This type of
suspension requires the use of a frame. One end of the rocker pin fits into the
load cell and the other into the corresponding socket on the scale frame. The
rounded ends of the rocker pin provide a restoring force to align the scale
after horizontal loading (see Figure 8).
With a ball and socket suspension, the ball fits between a socket that extends
from the load cell and a socket attached to the frame below. The ball and
5-7
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
socket suspension allows the scale to align properly after a horizontal impact.
The ball provides a very high restoring force to any horizontal loading. This
prevents weighing errors and therefore provides a more accurate scale.
Although once installed correctly this type of suspension weighs extremely
accurately, the installation and high maintenance cost are a significant
disadvantage of this suspension (see Figure 9).
Mettler Toledo DOES NOT use a ball
and socket suspension.
Figure 9: Ball and Socket Suspension
There are several variations of the above suspensions. Many suspension
designs combine the basics of the foot, rocker pin, and ball and socket designs.
The goal is to maximize the advantages and minimize the disadvantages of each
design in search of the ideal suspension.
• An example is the captured ball design. This design incorporates the ball
and socket and the foot design. It is not as accurate as the simple ball and
socket because the scale is not controlled in a frame. But it is accurate
compared to many foot scales and can endure fairly high side loading (see
Figure 10).
Mettler Toledo DOES NOT use a
captured ball foot suspension.
Figure 10: Captured Ball Foot Suspension
• Another variation is a swivel foot suspension. It is a combination of a foot
and a rocker pin suspension. Again, a swivel foot suspension is not as
accurate as a rocker pin suspension because movement is not controlled by a
frame (see Figure 11).
5-8
Chapter 5: Overview of Floor Scales
Predator scales utilize this cost
effective, easy to use suspension.
Figure 11: Swivel Foot Suspension
• The rocker pin foot is the newest and an excellent foot style suspension
system. It is a combination of a foot and a rocker pin suspension. The
rocker pin foot is adjustable for uneven surfaces, although the bottom of the
foot is not flat. The bottom of the rocker pin foot has a slight bevel outward.
This bevel concentrates the weight load to the center of the foot, sending an
accurate force precisely to the proper point of the load cell (see Figure 12).
Threaded Rocker Pin
Weight-Plate scales utilize this
suspension.
Retainer Clip
Jam-nut
Rocker Pin Foot
Figure 12: Rocker Pin Foot Suspension
This is a summary of the typical suspensions used in floor scales. It is not
inclusive of all the variations that have been used.
Frames
Frames provide for more accurate weighing in combination with the rocker pin
and ball and socket suspensions.
Frames also control the weighing
environment, preventing the scale from moving beyond the limits of the
suspension and providing a stable bearing surface. In addition, they protect the
load cells from damage that may occur from abuse and side impacts, and
5-9
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
provides an easy, robust method for securing the scale in place. It can also
provide excellent means for attaching ramps, conduit, or other accessories.
Weighbridge Design
Good weighbridge designs, channel
load forces out to the load cells
ensuring correct load transfer.
The last component of the scale is the weighbridge, or weighing platform. The
weighbridge, made of either smooth plate or tread-plate, is the primary load
receiving area of the scale. The platform is usually reinforced with steel
channel, tube or angle for strength. Because of the reinforcement, the thickness
of the top plate does not always indicate the strength of the platform assembly,
for example; a platform with a 1/4 inch top plate that is well reinforced may be
stronger than a 3/8 inch top plate that is poorly reinforced.
Junction Box
Balancing the load cells ensures that
the electrical output of each load cell in
the scale is the same at a constant
applied force.
It is important that the J-Box is well
protected, many applications require
stainless steel NEMA 4X/IP65
enclosures.
5-10
A junction box is the fifth fundamental component of all Mettler Toledo floor
scales and some other high accuracy floor scales. A junction box contains a
printed circuit board to which the load cells are connected. The junction box
provides individual load cell wiring termination, summing of the output signals
from the load cells, trimming/balancing the load cell signals, and a wiring
interface to the digital instrument. If a junction box is not used, the wires from
the load cells are soldered together or go directly to the indicator.
There are several basic advantages to the use of junction boxes in floor scales.
First, the wires are easy to connect and disconnect making maintenance very
simple. Second, the printed circuit board in the junction box includes
potentiometers (one per load cell) for the electrical trimming/balancing of the
load cell signals during calibration. The potentiometers are very simple to
adjust, if necessary, during calibration. Finally, the junction box offers
excellent protection for the summing of the sensitive low voltage load cell
signals. A junction box eliminates any need to splice load cell wires, and
provides superior environmental protection for wire termination and signal
summation.
Chapter 6: Scale Parameters
6
Scale Parameters
There are several different terms used to describe scale parameters. The
following is a list of terms and their definitions that are helpful to know, refer to
the glossary for more.
• Accuracy: Capability of a measuring device to provide measured values
without systematic measurement deviations.
• Resolution: The number of graduations the scale instrument can display
between zero and full scale capacity.
• Repeatability: The ability to obtain the same weight indication when a given
mass is applied to the scale on a repetitive basis.
• Rated Capacity: The heaviest weight the scale platform is designed to
withstand under normal conditions on a continuous basis.
• Safe Overload: A load cell rating that gives the maximum capacity to which
the device can be loaded without causing a failure (most load cells have a
150% safe overload rating).
• Ultimate Overload: A load cell rating quantifying the point when the load
cell counter force structurally fails (typically 300% for load cells).
• Shift Adjustment: A precision calibration adjustment of the electrical
characteristics of each load cell. Each cell is adjusted until all of the load
cells output the same signal for any given mass. This adjustment is also
called "cornering the scale."
• Calibration: The adjustment of the electrical output of the scale platform to
correspond to a known weight.
Calibration
When a scale is correctly calibrated the scale accurately reads the amount of
weight placed on it. Ideally, the percentage of total weight capacity should
equal the percentage of total counts. This ideal relationship is illustrated in
Figure 13.
6-1
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Figure 13: Perfect Calibration Curve
As an example, assume that a scale has 1000 counts or graduations and a total
capacity of 5,000 pounds. When a 2500 pound weight is placed on the scale
the count should be 500. Similarly a 5,000 pound weight should read 1000
counts on the indicator. This relationship should not change regardless of
whether weight is being added or removed from the scale.
When a scale is not correctly calibrated this ideal relationship does not hold
true. There are several different types of errors that could cause inaccurate
weighing.
Calibration Error
The error could be in the calibration of the equipment (see Figure 14). With
calibration error, the counts to load ratio is still a straight line as it was in the
ideal unit. However, the line does not reach 100 percent of the counts at full
load. The relationship between the weight and the counts is linear but not
correct. This is usually caused by an error in the electrical calibration or by an
error in calculating the active mass weight of the scale and can be easily
corrected by re-calibrating the scale.
Figure 14: Calibration Error
6-2
Chapter 6: Scale Parameters
Linearity Error
Another type of error is a linearity error. In this case the relationship between
the counts and the weight placed on the scale is not linear. This relationship is
illustrated in Figure 15. The scale reads correctly at zero and full load capacity
but incorrectly in between. It can either drift upward and read higher than the
actual weight (as shown in the graph), or droop downward and read less than
the actual weight applied.
Figure 15: Linearity Error
Hysteresis Error
Hysteresis is a scale's ability to repeat the measurements for a linearity test
when the scale is loaded and unloaded. Hysteresis error is the maximum
difference between the reading at a weight taken when the load is decreasing
from full load, expressed as a percent of full load. An example of a typical
hysteresis error can be found in Figure 16. This graph shows that when weight
is incrementally added to the scale, the curve drifts upward. Then, once fully
loaded, the weight is incrementally decreased and the line droops downward
giving a reading lower than accurate. In this example, the hysteresis error
causes the scale to read too high when weight is placed on the scale, and too
low when the weight is removed, but accurate at zero and full load. Hysteresis
can also act in the opposite direction. The hysteresis is measured from the
actual linearity curves as shown in the graph.
6-3
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Minimizing Hysteresis is inportant,
paticulary in weigh-in / weigh-out
applications for process control.
Figure 16: Hysteresis Error
It is very important to minimize linearity and hysteresis error in most scale
applications. Minimal error is absolutely critical in any application where the
full range of the scale will be used, such as batching, filling and counting
applications.
Repeatability
Repeatability describes the scale's ability to repeat the same reading when the
same weight is applied and removed several times. Usually it is expressed as
the maximum difference between any two readings taken in the same way, and
is expressed as a percent of full load.
For example, if the same 25 lb weight is placed on a 50 lb scale 100 times, with
25.01 being the highest reading and 25.00 being the lowest, then repeatability is
.02% (.01/50).
6-4
Chapter 7: Industry Standards
7
Industry Standards
Federal and State
Enforcement (USA)
In the United States alone there are about 850 weights and measures
departments; 50 state, and 800 country, city, and federal agencies.
The Federal Department of Agriculture (USDA) inspectors check livestock
scales and scales used in weighing grain. The Food and Drug Administration
(FDA) regulates packaging and labeling food, drugs, and cosmetics. The
National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) sponsors the National
Conference on Weights and Measures (NWCM), which recommends Handbook
44. Every technician must have a current-year Handbook 44 and understand
how to apply its rules.
NIST
The National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) is part of the
United States Department of Commerce. The National Conference of Weights
and Measures (NCWM) is sponsored by NIST. The NCWM is an association
of federal, state and local officials, and industry representatives. This
organization adopts uniform laws and regulations recommended by NCWM
members and publishes these regulations in the NIST Handbook 44.
http://www.nist.gov/
7-1
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
NCWM
The National Conference of Weights and Measures (NCWM) is an
organization of state and local weights and measurers officials and industry
representatives (manufacturers, owners, and users of weighing and measuring
equipment). Membership is about one-half government and one-half industry.
NCWM, sponsored by NIST, produces uniform laws and regulations
recommended for state adoption. All 50 states have adopted Handbook 44.
When a change is proposed for Handbook 44, the Weights and Measure
Officials attending the national conference, typically held in July, vote for
adoption or rejection. Only officials have voting privileges.
Industry
representatives serve as advisors and technical resources for NCWM
committees. The Specifications and Tolerances Committee recommends
changes to Handbook 44.
Other products of the National Conference include Handbook 130, Uniform
Law and Regulations (e.g., NTEP, Registration of Service Agencies): and
Handbook 133, Checking the Net Contents of Packaged Commodities.
Handbook 44
Handbook 44 (also written HB 44 or H-44) is the regulation for legal-for-trade
scales. It contains design requirements for manufacturers (Specifications). Test
procedures for officials (Notes), other performance requirements to be applied
by officials (Tolerances), and requirements for the user, owner, or operator
(User Requirements).
The current year Handbook 44 takes effect on January 1. All scales, scale
bases, indicators, and load cells manufactured after that date must comply with
the new regulations.
Fifteen to 20 states automatically adopt the revised handbook each year, while
the majority must follow adoption procedures specified by law in the individual
states (e.g., notification, public hearings, act of legislature).
7-2
Chapter 7: Industry Standards
Acceptance tolerance values for a particular class of scale are determined by
Handbook 44. Classes of scales as listed in Handbook 44 can be seen in the
table below. Heavy Capacity floor scales are considered Class III.
Typical Class or Type of Device for Weighing Operations
Class
Weighing Application or Scale Type
I
Precision laboratory weighing
II
Laboratory weighing, precious metals and gem weighing, grain
test scales
III
All commercial weighing not otherwise specified, grain test
scales, retail precious metals and semi-precious gem weighing,
animal scales, postal scales and scales used to determine laundry
charges
III L
Vehicle, axle-load, livestock, railway track scales, crane, and
hopper (other than grain hopper) scales
IIII
Wheel-load weighers and portable axle-load weighers used for
highway weight enforcement
Table 4: Classes of Scales
The values of both the acceptance and the maintenance tolerances are given in the
handbook. The acceptance tolerances must be met when the scale is initially
certified by NTEP. After installation, the larger maintenance tolerances apply.
Acceptance tolerances are equal to one half maintenance tolerances. Figure 17
illustrates the Handbook 44 acceptance tolerances for Class III scales.
Figure 17: Handbook 44 Acceptance Tolerance
To pass, a scale must perform over the temperature range within the limits specified.
These limits are specified with respect to the number divisions (or increments) that
correspond to the actual weight used. For example, if a weight is placed on the scale,
and that weight corresponds to 1000 divisions, the indicator must indicate 1000
divisions, plus or minus one division. If the weight corresponds to 3,000 divisions,
7-3
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
then the tolerance determined from the Handbook 44 chart is plus or minus 1.5
divisions. Finally, at full capacity the tolerance is plus or minus 2.5 divisions.
It is important to understand what NTEP certification says about the accuracy of a
scale. For example, if a scale has 5000 divisions, NTEP certification does not mean
that it is accurate to 1 part in 5000. One part in 5000 should never be used to
express accuracy because, according to NTEP tolerances, 2.5 parts of error are
allowed at full capacity.
A better way to illustrate the accuracy of an NTEP Class III certified scale is in
terms of percent of applied load accuracy. The dashed line in Figure 18 illustrates
the performance of a 0.1% of applied load accuracy, compared to NIST H-44 Class
III error chart. This depicts that a 0.1% or +/-0.05% applied load accuracy is a
good estimation of the Handbook 44 Chart through 5000 divisions.
Figure 18: H44 Acceptance Tolerance vs. 0.1% accuracy over entire weight range
NTEP certification is widely accepted in the United States, but is not a world
wide standard. When selling products outside of the United States it is
important to understand and follow that region's standards. Some common
standards include the CSA standard used in Canada and the OIML international
standard used by the European Community. All of these standards are different
and should be investigated when they may apply.
NTEP
There are several organizations which set standards for the scale industry.
Type approval by such organizations helps to assure the customer of the
accuracy of a scale. In the United States, type approval is performed by the
National Type Evaluation Program (NTEP), which is part of the National
Conference on Weights and Measures (NCWM). It is administered by the
office of Weights and Measures, National Institute of Standards and
Technology (NIST).
The NTEP thoroughly evaluates products in a laboratory; or if the scale is too
large, it is tested in the field. The scale is typically tested over a temperature
range of -10 to 40 degrees Celsius although limited temperature ranges are also
common. The NTEP tests the smallest and largest size, and the lowest and
7-4
Chapter 7: Industry Standards
highest capacity scale of a particular model. If the scale is found to comply
with the applicable technical requirements of Handbook 44, NTEP issues a
Certificate of Conformance for that model of scale.
The manufacturer then assumes the responsibility, and guarantees that every
scale of that model produced meets published specifications. A NTEP
Certificate of Conformance certifies that the particular scale tested by NTEP
met Handbook 44 requirements, not that all scales produced meet the
requirements.
The following are a list of NTEP states: Alabama, Arkansas, Arizona,
California, Colorado, Connecticut, Georgia, Hawaii, Idaho, Illinois, Iowa,
Kansas, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, Mississippi,
Missouri, Nebraska, Nevada, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, North
Carolina, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, South Carolina, South Dakota, Louisiana,
Pennsylvania, Utah, Virginia, West Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming.
States under consideration are: Alaska, Washington, Florida, Texas, and New
Mexico.
7-5
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Type Approval
Not all scales require Leagal-For-Trade
status.
Many states require “type approval,” approval prior to the sale or installation of
a scale. About forty states have type-approval regulations that make it a
violation of state law to install a legal-for-trade scale not type approved.
Consult your state and local Weights And Measures offices for more
information.
NCWM supports state approval of equipment and conducts the National Type
Evaluation Program (NTEP). Through NTEP, a manufacturer has its scales,
indicators, load cells, and the like certified as meeting Handbook 44
requirements. Some states DO NOT recognize the NTEP certification.
The model or family of scale is certified by an NTEP Certificate of
Conformance (COC), which specifies the features and options, capacities, scale
divisions, and platform sizes offered by the manufacturer.
Registration of Service
Companies
About forty states have adopted a registration program for service agencies and
technicians. A registered service company employees qualified technicians who
use the current-year Handbook 44 and have certified test weights for
maintenance and calibrations.
The state registration program allows the technician to place a scale into service
prior to the weights and measures inspection, and to remove official tags and
seals to perform service. A technician not registered would commit an illegal
act if they removed an official seal or placed a scale in service without official
permission.
Most states require notification of the installation or repair of scales. Failure to
notify the weights and measures department could result in a fine or license
revocation.
OIML
Though NTEP certification is widely accepted in the United States, it is not a
worldwide standard. When selling products outside of the United States, it is
important to understand and follow the local standards. Some common
standards include the CSA standard (Canadian Standards Association) and
OIML (Organization of Legal Metrology) standard used by the European
Economic Community.
OIML is the European Community's counterpart to NIST's Handbook 44. Its
main task is that of harmonizing the regulations and metrological controls
applied by the national metrological services, or related organizations, of its
Member States. There are two main types of OIML publications:
• International Recommendations (OIML R), which are model regulations
generally establishing the metrological characteristics required of the
measuring instruments concerned and specifying methods and equipment for
7-6
Chapter 7: Industry Standards
checking their conformity; the OIML Member States shall implement these
recommendations as far as possible.
• International Documents (OIML D), of an informative nature, to help and
improve the work of the metrological services.
Meeting NTEP certification does not automatically mean meeting OIML
certification. Several European testing labs (such as NMI, BTS, and PTB)
conduct performance tests to verify whether the equipment meets OIML's
standards and is capable of performing its intended functions.
OIML has its own set of accuracy classes and acceptance tolerances.
Instruments are classified according to:
• The verification scale interval (e), representing absolute accuracy
• The number of verification scale intervals (n = Max Capacity/e), representing
relative accuracy.
The accuracy classes for instruments and their symbols are given below:
Symbol
Designation
Special Accuracy
I
High Accuracy
II
Medium Accuracy
III
Ordinary Accuracy
IIII
The OIML acceptance tolerances are identical to Handbook 44's from 0 to 4000
division. At 4000 divisions, the acceptance tolerance for Handbook 44 increases
from +/- 1 1/2 divisions to +/- 2 1/2 divisions, while OIML's acceptance
tolerance remains at +/- 1 1/2 divisions up to 10,000 divisions (see Figures G &
H).
In order for a scale to pass OIML standards and be classified as "Legal for
Trade", the scale must pass the acceptance tolerances. Just as with Handbook
44's acceptance tolerances, the reading of the scale must be within the specified
limits, relative to the number of divisions (or increments) that correspond to the
actual weight used. For example, if a weight, which corresponds to 5000
divisions, is placed on the scale, then the indicator must display 5000 divisions,
+/- 1 1/2 divisions, to meet OIML acceptance tolerances. In order for this same
scale to meet Handbook 44's acceptance tolerances, the indicator could display
5000 divisions, +/- 2 1/2 divisions. The wider acceptance tolerance of
Handbook 44 was originally implemented to closely approximate the previous
0.1% of applied load method.
7-7
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Figure G: OIML Acceptance Tolerance Table
+2.5
+2.0
+1.5
+1.0
+0.5
Number
0
of
2000d
500d
Divisions
4000d
10,000d
-0.5
-1.0
-1.5
-2.0
-2.5
Class III
Figure H: Handbook 44 / OIML Acceptance Tolerance Overlay
+2.5
+2.0
+1.5
Number of Divisions
+1.0
+0.5
0
500d
2000d
4000d
10,000d
-0.5
-1.0
-1.5
-2.0
-2.5
OIML
Class III
Handbook 44
Handbook 44 & OIML
The biggest difference between Handbook 44 and OIML, besides the units used
(English and S.I. respectively), is the creep rate specification. For example,
Handbook 44 allows 0.5 division per hour from 0 to 500 divisions, 1.0 division
per hour from 500 to 2000 divisions, 1.5 divisions per hour from 2000 to 4000
divisions, and 2.5 divisions per hour from 4000 to 10,000 divisions. OIML,
however, only allows 0.5 division per 1/2 hour from 0 to 10,000 divisions.
Upon passing the OIML standards and regulations, the instrument is certified,
indicating that the instrument has satisfied the certification requirements and
performed within the calibration tolerance limits.
A difference exists between the concepts of a "test certificate" and an
"approval" under the EC scheme of Weights & Measures regulation.
Approvals are only for entire scales (not for indicators, nor load cells alone),
and they come in two forms:
• EC Type Approval for a self-contained complete scale
• EC "Umbrella" Approval for a modular scale, made up from components
(indicators, load cells, j-boxes, printers, etc..). Each component must have
an EC Test Certificate, and the test certificate must be listed on the umbrella
approval.
An umbrella approval can add additional EC Test Certified components to it in
the future. Within the approval, a matrix of products can be formulated by
combining the certified component together in various combinations. The
umbrella approval also allows for approving one component while the
development of future components is still proceeding.
7-8
Chapter 7: Industry Standards
CSA, Canada Standards
Association
The Canada Standards association (CSA) tests and certifies products and
systems to ensure they comply with CSA or other recognized North American
and international standards. CSA helps customers understand and work with
certification requirements for their chosen markets.
The CSA Mark is registered in Canada and other countries. When
manufacturers display this on their products, they are telling consumers that
their products meet the requirements of a standard for safety and/or
performance. Only products that are tested and certified by CSA (or by an
organization qualified by CSA) are allowed to carry the CSA mark.
The CSA Mark may appear alone or with qualifiers. If the CSA Mark appears
alone, it means that the product is CSA-certified for the
Canadian market, to the applicable Canadian standards.
If the CSA Mark appears with the qualifier "NRTL" it means that the product
is CSA-certified for the U.S. market, to the applicable U.S. standards.
.
If the CSA Mark appears with the qualifiers "NRTL/ C" it means that the
product is CSA-certified for the U.S. and Canadian markets, to the applicable
U.S. and Canadian standards.
CB Scheme — CSA is the first North American organization recognized to test
home entertainment and many household and commercial appliances under the
International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) Certification Body (CB)
Scheme. Under the Scheme, national certification organizations in more than
30 countries accept each other's test results for specific products, eliminating
the additional time and expense involved with duplicate testing.
http://www.csa.ca/
Testing to U.S. Standards — CSA is the first non-U.S. body accredited to test
and certify products to U.S. standards. Regulatory acceptance throughout the
U.S., including acceptance by the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health
Administration (OSHA), means that manufacturers can have products certified
by CSA for both Canadian and U.S. markets.
Reciprocal Agreements — CSA’s partnerships and reciprocal agreements with
other standards and certification agencies around the world allow CSA to offer
"one-stop shopping" for many manufacturers.
International Network — CSA’s international network stretches across 59
countries throughout the Americas, across Europe and into Asia. CSA not only
carries out inspections through the network, but offers special assistance to help
exporters understand and meet requirements for selling products in European
Union countries. CSA has agreements in the vast Asian market, including an
agreement with the Japan Quality Assurance (JQA) organization.
7-9
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Test Weights
Test weights, also referred to as “known weights,” are used to calibrate and
certify weighing equipment. The specifications and tolerances for test weights
are found in NIST Handbook 105-1. Generally, the accuracy required for test
weights (Class F) is one part per 10,000.
Test weights must be traceable to the state standards, NIST, or to the
applicable regulatory body. Many states require certification of test weights
every year or two years, depending on the state law.
Handbook 44 specifies the amount of test weight and test load required to test
and approve a scale. Refer to Scale Code, Paragraph N.3 (Table 4) in
Handbook 44.
Test weights must be used and maintained as “standards.” Careful handling
and regular maintenance will enhance their appearance and maintain their
accuracy. Serious problems may result from using inaccurate test weights.
7-10
Chapter 8: Products and Positioning
8
Products and Positioning
Mettler Toledo floor scales serve both a niche and core market. As seen in
Figure 19, the Predator, Weight-Plate, and Vertex serve the core market, while
the Liftmate and Deckmate serve the niche market.
Lif t m ate
Niche
Deckmate
Vertex
Core
W eight -Plate
Predator
Figure 19: Product Positioning of Floor Scales
8-1
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Core Market
•
•
•
•
•
Products in low to middle price ranges
1-20k Capacities
4 strain gage load cells
200+ standard products
80% of Mettler Toledo floor scale sales
Core Market/Price to
Benefits
The core market is further broken down into a three-tier structure (see figure
20). The Predator floor scale serves the low level, core market; the WeightPlate floor scale serves the middle level, core market; and the Vertex floor scale
serves the high level, core market. As the customer’s needs increase, the
features and benefits of these scales increase.
Price
V ERT EX
$3000$8500
2 1 6 2 IDNet
2 1 6 0 D igiT O L
2 1 5 8 A nalog
$2195$4595
2256
$1795
W EIGHT PLATE
2 2 5 4 PRED A T O R
Benefits
Figure 20: Core Market, Price to Benefits
8-2
Chapter 8: Products and Positioning
Core Market Profile;
Predator
Customer Profile - Low Level
Vertex
W eight-Plate
Predator
•
•
•
•
Price only consideration
Simple application
No loyalty
No sales support required
Application Profile - Low Level Product
•
•
•
•
Freight Consolidators and Forwarders
Small processing plants
Re-sellers
Shipping and Receiving Departments
Predator - Low Level Product
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
4 x 4 (1225 x 1225 mm)
5000 lb (2500 kg) capacity x 5 lb NTEP (1000d)
5000 lb (2500 kg) capacity x 1 lb NTEP (5000d)
Mild steel tread plate
Hermetically sealed, stainless steel load cells
Stainless steel analog J-box enclosure
Analog operation
Epoxy painted 2-3 mils DFT
Trapezoidal formed channels
Figure 21: Predator floor scale
8-3
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Core Market Profile; WeightPlate
Customer Profile - Middle Level
Vertex
W eight-Plate
Predator
•
•
•
•
Value shopper
Midsize companies
General purpose applications
Portability required
Application Profile - Middle Level Product
•
•
•
•
•
Warehouses
Meat plants
Fish houses
Hostile corrosive environments
Shipping and Receiving Departments
Weight-Plate - Middle Level Product
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Mild or stainless steel
3 x 3, 4 x 4, 4 x 5, 5 x 5
3000 x 1lb (3000d), 6000 x 2 lb (3000d), 10000 x 5 lb (5000d)
NTEP 3000d, 5000d / 6000d, 10,000d non-commercial
Stainless steel hermetically sealed load cells
Stainless steel NEMA 4x J-box
Captured rocker pin foot
Portable
Epoxy painted 2-3 mils DFT (mild steel)
Ramps
Locating plates
4” Profile
Figure 22: Weight-Plate floor scale
8-4
Chapter 8: Products and Positioning
Core Market Profile; Vertex
Customer Profile - Top Level
Vertex
W eight-Plate
Predator
•
•
•
•
Quality minded
Scale is viewed as an important tool in process
Price less concern
Sales support required
Application Profile - Top Level Product
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
High accuracy
Standard & custom configurations
Industrial environments
Concentrated loading applications (bins, carts and forklifts)
Warehouses/ Shipping and Receiving Departments
Meat plants/Fish houses
Hostile corrosive environments
Vertex - Top Level
• Mild or stainless steel
• 4 modes of operation
• Vertex / 2158
• DigiTOL / 2160
• IDNet / 2162
• EZ-Clean 2158/2160/2162 option
• 6 standard sizes
• 5 capacities
• Low profile
• 3 in. (76 mm) 1-5k
• 33/8 in. (85 mm) 10k
• 4 in. (101 mm) 20k
• Rocker pin suspension
• Stainless steel hermetically sealed load cells
• NTEP 5000d, 10000d non-commercial (except 2162)
• Stainless steel NEMA 4x J-box
Figure 23: Vertex floor scale
8-5
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Niche Market
•
•
•
•
Non-traditional applications
Specialized industries
Low volumes
15-20% of floor scale sales
Niche Market Profile;
Deckmate
Customer Profile - Niche, Low Level
Lif t m ate
Deckmate
•
•
•
•
Quality minded
Scale is viewed as an important tool in process
Price less concern
Sales support required
Application Profile - Niche, Low Level
•
•
•
•
•
Petrochemical
Pharmaceutical
Chemical
Bakery
Food processing plants
Deckmate - Niche, Low Level
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
8-6
Mild or stainless steel
Static or portable
1000 lb capacity
30 in. X 30 in. flat weighing surface
Hermetically sealed stainless steel load cells
Rocker pin suspension
Low profile 11/4 in. from floor to top
Stainless steel, top access J-box
NTEP 5000d, 10000d non-commercial
Portability frame with column for pushing and mounting indicator
Portable frame fits through 36 in. Standard door
Heavy duty rubber wheels 21/2 in. H x 11/8 in. W
Optional hinged ramps
Wheel jacks on portable
Chapter 8: Products and Positioning
Niche Market Profile;
MG4500 Liftmate
Customer Profile - Niche, Top Level
Lif t m ate
Deckm ate
•
•
•
•
Quality minded
Scale is viewed as an important tool in process
Price less concern
Sales support required
Application Profile - Niche, Top Level
• Steel industry
• Large steel coils
• Coil cars
• Scrap buckets
Liftmate - Niche, Top Level
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Heavy duty applications (40k and 60k)
9 standard sizes
Mild steel only
Smooth plate 3/8 in. and 1/2 in.
Platform has I-beam construction
Frame constructed of C-channel
40k uses 20k load cells with CENTERLIGN suspension
60k uses 45k load cells with CENTERLIGN suspension
Stainless steel NEMA 4x J-box
Coil cradle option
Custom sizes
Figure 24: MG4500 Liftmate floor scale
8-7
Chapter 9: Floor Scale Products
9
Floor Scale Products
PREDATOR™
The PREDATOR™ is a fully electronic, portable, low-profile floor scale, ideal
for freight consolidators and forwarders, small processing plants, re-sellers,
shipping and receiving departments, and start-up businesses. It’s low-profile
design minimizes operator effort when loading the scale platform. Units are
completely self-contained. Adjustable foot assemblies permit leveling on an
uneven floor. It utilizes four stainless steal hermetically sealed 2500 lb load
cells.
The junction box consists of a 304 stainless steel enclosure containing an
analog summing PCB. The assembly is mounted on the side of the weighbridge
parallel to the load cells for easy access.
PREDATOR is shipped completely assembled and is tested prior to shipment.
You’re assured of an operable weighing system as soon as it arrives.
Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
5000 lb (2500 kg) capacity
NTEP approved 5000 x 5 lb (2500 x 2.5 kg) for 1000d (COC 96-001)
Standard resolution 5000 x 1 lb (2500 x .5 kg) for 5000d
Stainless steel hermetically sealed load cells
Side access J-Box provides easy access with environmental protection
Swivel foot suspension
Trapezoidal channel design -- High weight to strength ratio
Portable, quick and easy top-of-floor installation
Mild steel tread plate platform
Platform consisting of 1/8 in. top plate
Shot blasted and two-part epoxy painted for superior protection, durability,
and appearance
• End covers for added load cell protection
9-1
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Standard Sizes
Predator Standard Sizes
Capacity
5000 lb
2500 kg
Standard Platform Size
4’ x 4’ (1219 mm x 1219 mm)
Scale Height
35/8 in. (92 mm)
Table 5: Predator Standard Sizes
Platform
The weighbridge is constructed of mild steel. Trapezoidal formed channels
support the 1/8 in. tread plate deck. The PREDATOR is designed and tested to
weigh evenly distributed pallet loads up to 5000 lb. The unit is compatible with
all Mettler Toledo™ analog indicators.
Load Cells
PREDATOR floor scales utilizes four (4) 2,500 lb, stainless steel hermetically
sealed load cells. The load cells have been manufactured to meet or exceed
National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), Handbook 44
specifications for 1000 divisions.
Each load cell incorporates a fully adjustable swivel foot assembly.
PREDATOR’s adjustable corners allow installation on uneven floors or when
additional clearance is required for movement via forklifts, pallet jacks, or other
similar devices.
Refer to load cell section for specifications.
Regulations & Standards
PREDATOR floor scales meet or exceed National Institute of Standards and
Technology (NIST), Handbook 44 requirements for Class III devices. A
certificate of Conformance (COC), number 96-001 was issued under the
National Type Evaluation Program (NTEP), for 1000 division accuracy for
5000 lb capacity.
PREDATOR is certified legal for trade at 5000 x 5 lb (1000d), but is capable
of a 5000 x 1 lb (5000d).
Options
• Side Covers
9-2
Chapter 9: Floor Scale Products
Weight-Plate®
The WEIGHT-PLATE® is a low-profile, industrial foot type floor scale
designed for general purpose use. WEIGHT-PLATE is designed to be an
economical, high value scale for midsize companies.
WEIGHT-PLATE’s low-profile design minimizes operator effort when loading
the scale platform. Units are completely self contained with one or more
optional ramps to suit the installation. Ample clearance is provided between
platform and floor for easy lifting with a forklift. WEIGHT-PLATE floor
scales are intended for top of floor use. Easily adjustable rocker pin foot design
permits the scale to be leveled on an uneven floor.
WEIGHT-PLATE scales are completely factory assembled and tested prior to
shipment. The WEIGHT-PLATE under-structure is compatible with the entire
line of Mettler Toledo analog instruments for maximum flexibility. Although
the WEIGHT-PLATE is a portable floor scale, optional locating plates can be
used to anchor the scale into place.
Features
• 3000 lb (1500 kg), 6000 lb (3000 kg), 10000 lb (5000 kg) capacity
• NTEP approved 3000 x 1 lb, (1500 x 0.5 kg), 6000 x 2 lb, (3000 x 1 kg),
10000 x 5 lb, (5000 x 2 kg) / COC 95-111
• Standard resolution: 3000 x 0.5 lb (1500 x 0.2 kg), 6000 x 1 lb (3000 x 0.5
kg), 10000 x 2 lb (5000 x 1 kg)
• Stainless steel hermetically sealed load cells
• Top access J-Box provides easy access with environmental protection
• Stainless steel NEMA 4 J-Box
• 4” Profile
• Rocker pin foot suspension provides increased accuracy
• Portable, quick and easy top-of-floor installation and forklift portability
• Mild steel tread plate or stainless steel smooth plate platform
• Platform consisting of a heavy 1/4 in. top plate with welded channel
reinforcement for strength
• Shot blasted and epoxy painted mild steel
• Bead blasted finish on stainless steel platforms
• Ramp accessible from two sides (opposite)
9-3
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Standard Sizes
Weight-Plate Standard Sizes
Capacity
3000 lb
1500 kg
6000 lb
3000 kg
10000 lb
5000 kg
Standard
Scale
Platform Sizes
Height
3’ x 3’, 4’ x
4’, 4’ x 5’, 5’
x 5’
Standard Ramp
Length
4 in.
36 in.
(101mm)
(914 mm)
4’ x 4’, 4’ x 5’
4 in.
36 in.
5’ x 5’
(101mm)
(914 mm)
Angle
5.9°
5.9°
Table 6: Weight-Plate Standard Sizes
Platform
WEIGHT-PLATE scales are available in mild steel tread plate, or stainless
steel smooth plate design. Both mild and stainless steel platforms consist of a
heavy 1/4 in. thick top plate with welded channel reinforcement for strength.
The mild steel version is Shot blasted and epoxy painted (2-3 mils DFT) for
superior metal protection, durability, and appearance.
The stainless steel
version has a bead blasted finish. The stainless steel model is designed for wash
down in areas that require continuous sanitation.
The platform is reinforced by formed channels welded to 1/4 in. Deck plate.
Load cells are mounted to the platform’s underside in each of the four corners.
The stainless steel NEMA 4x junction box is mounted inside the end channel
and accessed from the top of the scale. The scale platform has been designed
and tested to withstand the most demanding loading conditions.
Load Cells
WEIGHT-PLATE floor scales utilizes four (4) hermetically sealed, stainless
steel load cells. Load cells have been manufactured to meet or exceed National
Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), Handbook 44 specifications for
5000 divisions.
Each load cell incorporates a fully adjustable foot assembly which utilizes a
unique rocker pin suspension (see Figure 25). WEIGHT-PLATE’s adjustable
feet allow for installation on uneven floors or when additional clearance is
required for movement via forklifts, pallet jacks, or other similar devices. See
Appendix 2 for load cell specifications.
9-4
Chapter 9: Floor Scale Products
RETAINER CLIP
LOAD PIN
JAM NUT
FOOT BASE
Figure 25: Rocker Pin Foot Suspension
Regulations & Standards
WEIGHT-PLATE floor scales meet or exceed National Institute of Standards
and Technology (NIST), Handbook 44 requirements for Class III devices. A
certificate of Conformance (COC), number 95-111 was issued under the
National Type Evaluation Program (NTEP), for 3000 division accuracy for
6000 lb capacity and 2000 division accuracy for 10000 lb capacity. Each scale
platform is factory shift tested to a maximum allowable difference between high
and low corners of ± 1 lb. The WEIGHT-PLATE has Factory Mutual
approved load cells for use in hazardous areas when used with other approved
Mettler Toledo hazardous area devices.
Options
•
•
•
•
Ramp 3’ W x 3’ L - mild steel tread plate or stainless steel smooth plate
Ramp 4’ W x 3’ L - mild steel tread plate or stainless steel smooth plate
Ramp 5’ W x 3’ L - mild steel tread plate or stainless steel smooth plate
Locating Plates - set of 2
9-5
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
VERTEX®
Analog, 2158
DigiTOL, 2160
IDNet, 2162
Product Summary
Mettler Toledo VERTEX® is a family of fully electronic floor scales designed to
work in today’s tough industrial environments. Vertex is available in mild steel,
stainless steel, analog, DigiTOL, IDNet or EZ-Clean. The low profile design
minimizes operator effort when loading the scale platform. Its heavy-duty
platform makes it ideal for concentrated loading applications such as bins, carts
and forklifts. With a variety of standard sizes and capacities, Vertex floor
scales are the most rugged and versatile floor scale available.
The Vertex family is available in the FastFab™ program. This provides the
flexibility of custom scale sizes with the confidence and performance of a
standard product.
Vertex Stainless Steel
The VERTEX stainless steel scale is designed for high wash-down areas and
harsh, corrosive environments. The large variety of sizes and capacities are all
5000 division NTEP certified.
Vertex DigiTOL®
The 2160 DigiTOL Vertex floor scale series combines the superior Vertex
rocker pin suspension system with an enhanced DigiTOL junction box that can
connect to the latest generation of Mettler Toledo DigiTOL instruments. You
get improved weighing performance without the need to install any additional
hardware.
It’s ideal for applications in batching, filling in a pharmaceutical or chemical
plant. It allows the integration of the scale into a process, instead of designing
the process around the scale.
The DigiTOL Vertex is available in :
• Mild steel
• Stainless steel
•
EZ-Clean®
The DigiTOL junction box converts the analog load cell signal into a stronger,
more useful digital signal. The digital signal is less susceptible to radio
frequency interference (RFI) and allows for troubleshooting and scale
adjustments to be performed via the keyboard of the indicator. Installation is
quicker and easier while reducing maintenance time.
9-6
Chapter 9: Floor Scale Products
Vertex IDNet
The IDNet Vertex floor scale is ideal for applications in chemical formulation,
pharmaceutical process control, petrochemical, food processing, and 2-scale
counting applications.
The IDNet Vertex combines the superior Vertex rocker pin suspension system
with an enhanced NEMA 4X/IP65 junction box that can connect to ID
terminals and the latest generation of Mettler Toledo instruments.
ID1+ and ID5 terminals are offered with the IDNet Vertex floor scale. The
ID1+ offers checkweighing, tare, formulation, totalisation, and counting
capability. The ID5 terminal has standard application software for multiple summing, multiple valve filling, automated checkweighing, programmable soft
keys, totalising, counting, and formulation.
Vertex with IDNet is available in :
• Mild steel
• Stainless steel
•
EZ-Clean®
ID Terminals
The ID1 terminal offers checkweighing, tare, formulation, totalisation and
counting capability.
The ID5 terminal has standard application software for multiple register
summing, multiple valve filling, automated checkweighing, programmable soft
keys, as well as for totalising, counting, and formulation.
Applied DigiTOL
Technology
The DigiTOL junction box in the 2160 converts the analog load cell signal into
a stronger, more useful digital signal. The digital signal is less susceptible to
RFI and allows for troubleshooting and scale adjustments to be performed via
the keyboard of the indicator. Installation is quicker and easier while also
reducing maintenance time. EZ-Clean models are not available in 20,000
lb/10,000 kg capacities.
9-7
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Vertex Features
• Meets or exceeds NIST Handbook 44 for Class III devices, 5000d
• Integral load cell overload stops for added accidental overload protection
• 1000 through 5000 pound capacities
• Low profile - easy to access and use
• 100% end loading capabilities
• High accuracy option, 10,000 divisions accuracy (not legal for trade)
• Heavy all welded, channel reinforced, tread plate platforms
• 1/4" Deck plate on 1,000 through 5,000 pound models
• 5/16" Deck plate on 10,000 and 20,000 pound models
• Can be portable or permanently mounted on top of the floor or in a pit
• Epoxy paint finish keeps Vertex looking good long after its installed
• Ramp accessible from all four sides for increased flexibility
• Hermetically sealed stainless steel load cells
• Wide range of standard sizes and capacities
• Resolution up to 20,000d
• IDNet communication board
Standard Sizes
Vertex, DigiTOL, IDNet Standard Sizes *
Capacity
Standard
Scale
Standard Ramp
Platform
Sizes
Height
Length /Angle
1000 x 0.2 lb
500 x 0.1 kg
3’x3’, 4’x 4’,
2500 x 0.5 lb
1000 x 0.2 kg
4’x5’, 4’x6’,
5000 x 1 lb
2500 x 0.5 kg
5’x5’
10,000 x 2 lb
5000 x 1 kg
4’x4’, 4’x5’,
3 in.
36 in.
4.4°
33/8 in.
36 in.
4.9°
4 in.
36 in.
5.9°
4’x6’, 5’x5’
20,000 x 5 lb
10,000 x 2 kg
4’x4’, 4’x5’,
4’x6’, 5’x5’,
5’x7’
Table 7: EZ-Clean Standard Sizes
* EZ-Clean and stainless steel model are not available in 20,000 lb/10,000 kg capacities as standard.
9-8
Chapter 9: Floor Scale Products
Platform
Vertex capitalizes on a unique rocker pin suspension (see Figure 28). Vertex
scales are available in mild steel tread plate, or stainless steel smooth plate
design. Both mild and stainless steel platforms consist of a heavy 1/4 in. thick
deck plate on 1,000 through 5,000 pound models, and 5/16 in. deck plate on
10,000 and 20,000 pound models.
The mild steel version is Shot blasted and epoxy painted (2-3 mils DFT) for
superior metal protection, durability, and appearance. The stainless steel
version has a bead blasted finish. The stainless steel model is designed for wash
down in areas that require continuous sanitation.
Load cells are mounted to the platform’s underside in each of the four corners.
The stainless steel NEMA 4X/IP65 junction box is accessible from the top of
the scale. The scale platform has been designed and tested to withstand the
most demanding loading conditions. Vertex scales provide for 100% end
loading. Mechanical overload stops, integrated into each load cell, safeguard
the scale from damage caused by accidental overload.
Vertex platforms are ramp accessible from all sides. They can use standard or
low angle ramps.
9-9
Figure 26: Vertex Rocker Pin suspension
Chapter 9: Floor Scale Products
Load Cells
Stainless steel hermetically sealed load cells give superior protection in all
Vertex floor scales. Sensing elements are protected by durable stainless steel
covers. These are laser welded to the stainless steel load cell body.
Load cells have been manufactured to meet or exceed National Institute of
Standards and Technology (NIST), Handbook 44 specifications for 5000
divisions, load cells which are CE, OIML R60 G3 requirements are also
available.
Each load cell incorporates a unique rocker pin suspension. Load cell
assemblies are self-aligning and self-centering. This insures accurate weights
by using the horizontal movement of the scale to automatically center the
platform and align the force transmitting assemblies...so that only vertical
forces are transmitted to the stainless steel load cells.
See Appendix 2 for load cell specifications.
Regulations & Standards
Vertex floor scales meet or exceed National Institute of Standards and
Technology (NIST), Handbook 44 requirements for Class III devices. A
certificate of Conformance (COC), number 91-097A2 (model 2158) and 94010 (model 2160) was issued under the National Type Evaluation Program
(NTEP), for 5000 division accuracy for 1000 lb through 20,000 lb capacity.
Vertex also meets Canadian Weights and Measures regulations.
Vertex model 2162 IDNet has not been submitted for NTEP approval.
Options
• Ramps
• Mild steel tread plate
• Mild steel low angle
• Stainless steel - tread plate or smooth plate
• Forklift channel frames
• Bolt on indicator columns
• Quick pit frames
• Truck dock frame
• Ramps for truck dock
• Free standing indicator column
• Indicator mounting brackets
• Scale guard protectors
• High accuracy 2158/2160
• Load test verification 2158/2160
• OIML R60 3000d load cells
• Hardware kits
• Wheel kit (3’ x 3’ and 4’ x 4’ models through 5,000 lb)
• Hardware kits
9-11
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
FastFabtm Vertex®
FastFab is a custom scale program to provide modified standard product with
competitive prices and delivery times. FastFab comes in both a “slide rule”
version and an electronic Windows based program. The modifications are
primarily dimensional changes in scale length or width. Some of the features
and benefits of FastFab include the following:
FastFab Sizes and Capacities
Construction
Model
Type
Mild
Steel
Stainless
Steel
Capacities
Platform Sizes (in.)
2158
yes
yes
1K, 2.5K, 5K
30x30
108x84
2158
yes
yes
10K
30x30
108x84
2158
yes
no *
20K
48x48
96x96
From
/
To
Table 8: FastFab Program
* Consult factory for custom 20k stainless steel quotes
• Extremely large variety of sizes and capacities
• Pricing Slide makes custom quotes instantaneous
• Delivery in three weeks or less
• Prints arrive in two days or less to enable the customer to start pit work
immediately
• Quick Pit Frames are available for easy in floor installation
• Ramps available for all scale sizes
9-12
Chapter 9: Floor Scale Products
VERTEX High Accuracy
Certificate
Mettler Toledo
VERTEXTM Floor Scale
High Accuracy Verification Certificate
Dear Customer:
Thank you for your valued order with Mettler Toledo. The scale which you have purchased is the finest industrial floor scale in
TM
existence today, the VERTEX . Combined with its unparalleled standard features, you have also purchased the High Accuracy
TM
TM
Option to your new VERTEX Floor Scale. By definition the VERTEX High Accuracy Option is a scale which "Meets or exceeds
the National Institute of Standards and Technology Handbook 44 for 10,000 division accuracy at any single temperature between o
o
10 C and +40 C."
Attached you will find a graphic representation of what this simple statement means. There are three major sections, they include:
1) Scale Information: This includes the scale Model and Serial Number, along with scale capacity, the date tested, and the
technician which performed the test. Much of this same information may also be found on the platform's data plate located on the
junction box cover located under the access plate on the top of the scale platform.
2) Data Table: This is the raw data taken during the loading test. The first column "Load" signifies the various test weight values in
pounds, applied to the scale during the test.
The second column "Indicator" shows the actual number of raw counts displayed by the test instrument at the various loaded values.
"Linearity CTS" is the actual difference, in raw counts, between the actual scale performance as tested, and what the indication
should have displayed if the scale were to have no error. A "Count" is at times also referred to as a "Minor Division", since one
"Count" actually represents a fraction of an actual scale division. By testing a scale utilizing counts instead of the actual scale division
size, we are able to detect finer changes in weighing sensitivity.
The final column "Linearity LBS" is the same as the previous column, "Linearity CTS", except the count values have been converted
into pounds. For quick reference you may compare this column to the division rating of the scale purchased and the error chart
discussed in the next section.
Page 2
3) 10,000 Division Error Chart & Graph: Under the 1996 Edition of the National Institute of Standards Handbook 44 a scale which
conforms to 10,000 division accuracy requirements must be tested and its performance consistent with this accuracy envelope. In a
10,000 division accuracy tolerance graph, "Acceptance Tolerances" are used. These requirements are actually 1/2 of the value
which a scale would be tested at a users site making the process even more strenuous. Allowable errors in divisions are as follows:
NIST H-44 10,000 Division Tolerance Table
Number Of Scale Divisions
Maximum Allowable Error In
9-13
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Divisions
0 - 500
+/-0.50
501 - 2,000
+/-1.00
2,001 - 4,000
+/-1.50
4,001 - 10,000
+/-2.50
Table 9: NIST H-44 10,000d Tolerance Table
The specific tolerance graph provided takes the Maximum Allowable Error and Load Range (both in scale divisions), and plots the
actual error (in divisions), shown in the "Linearity (CTS)" column from the data table. These values are then plotted on the graph, with
the "0" horizontal axis representing a perfect scale. Once again the error is in "Counts" or minor divisions so finer changes in scale
sensitivity can be detected. If the graphed points, and connecting lines remain inside the boundaries of the error chart, then the scale
has passed the test and would be considered a 10,000 division accuracy scale, at a single temperature, per the National Institute of
Standards and Technology Handbook 44.
It should be noted that this in no way implies or infers that this scale is NTEP Certified, or is legal for trade under these conditions.
TM
Once again Mettler Toledo greatly appreciates your purchase of the High Accuracy VERTEX Floor Scale System. Should you
have any questions please contact your local Authorized Mettler Toledo Distributor or Service Center.
Sincerely,
Kyle H. Thomas
Product Marketing Manager
Mettler Toledo Floor Scale Products
9-14
Chapter 9: Floor Scale Products
VERTEX Floor Scale
Test Certificate
Figure 27: 10,000d Test Certificate
9-15
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
VERTEX 10,000d
Tolerance Worksheet
Figure 28: 10,000d Test Results
9-16
Chapter 9: Floor Scale Products
EZ-CleanTM Vertex®
Self-Deploying Support
The EZ-CLEAN VERTEX is a rugged 100% stainless steel pit type floor scale,
equipped with pneumatic operation which tilts up the platform 45o for easy
cleaning. The EZ-Clean is designed to maintain sanitation in high wash down
areas. The tilting platform allows full access to the pit area for complete wash
down and sanitation. EZ-Clean is 100% stainless steel. The tilting platform is
installed inside a sub-frame, with the outer frame serving as the pit coping.
Down Position
Features
• Single operator cleaning
• Platform tilts 45o to allow easy access for cleaning and reduced maintenance
time
• Pneumatic control enclosure allows only authorized personnel to operate
• Full frame protects all critical components
• No re-calibration after raising weighbridge
• 100% end loading capabilities
• Type 304 Stainless Steel with a glass bead blasted surface finish
• All Capacities feature tough stainless steel hermetically sealed load cells
• Dual self-deploying safety cylinders automatically drops safety stops into
place when platform is raised
• Factory Mutual Approved as a system for use in hazardous areas
• Meets or exceeds NIST H44 for Class III devices, 5000d standard NTEP
(91-097)
• High accuracy option, 10,000d documented during production testing (not
legal for trade).
Standard Sizes
EZ-Clean * VERTEX Standard Sizes
Capacity
Standard
Platform Sizes
Platform Sizes
1000 x 0.2 lb
500 x 0.1 kg
2500 x 0.5 lb
1000 x 0.2 kg
5000 x 1 lb
2500 x 0.5 kg
10,000 x 2 lb
5000 x 1 kg
3’x3’, 4’x4’, 4’x5’,
4’x6’, 5’x5’
4’x4’, 4’x5’, 4’x6’,
5’x5’, 5’x7’
Table 10: EZ-Clean Standard Sizes
9-17
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Platform
EZ-Clean Vertex floor scales are available in stainless steel smooth or tread
plate. The stainless steel platforms consist of a heavy 1/4 in. thick top plate with
formed channel reinforcement for strength. The stainless steel has a bead
blasted finish.
Stainless steel is used throughout, including the load cells, weighbridge, scale
frame, and the NEMA 4X junction box.
Access to the junction box assembly is from the top of the scale. Its mounting
design within the scale prohibits moisture or any other corrosive element from
concentrating where it might cause damage.
Dual self-deploying safety stops automatically drop into place when the
platform is raised. When the platform is lowered these safety stops
automatically disengage.
Load Cells
The EZ-Clean Vertex floor scale has the same stainless steel hermetically sealed
load cells as the other Vertex floor scales.
Regulations & Standards
The EZ-Clean Vertex floor scales meet or exceed National Institute of
Standards and Technology (NIST), Handbook 44 requirements for Class III
devices. A certificate of Conformance (COC), number 91-097 was issued
under the National Type Evaluation Program (NTEP), for 5000 division
accuracy. The EZ-Clean Vertex has Factory Mutual System approval for use in
hazardous areas when used with other approved Mettler Toledo hazardous area
devices.
Options
• Treadplate deck
• Custom sizes
9-18
Chapter 9: Floor Scale Products
Deckmate®
The Mettler Toledo DECKMATE® is a low profile floor scale designed to be a
compact, easy to use, portable scale, completely NTEP certified and legal for
trade. The DECKMATE takes drum and tote weighing to a new level of
accuracy that has never been achieved with such a low profile weighing surface.
The DECKMATE floor scale is available in four versions... a stainless steel
static or portable model, and a mild steel static or portable model. It’s ideal for
applications in petrochemical, pharmaceutical, chemical, bakery, or food
processing operations.
The DECKMATE combines our superior rocker pin suspension system with
hermetically sealed stainless steel load cells and a top-access stainless steel
junction box for extra protection in harsh environments. 100% end loading
means you can use the full capacity anywhere on the scale. You get long-term,
reliable weighing performance.
Capacity is 1000 lb (500 kg) and the platform is 30 in x 30 in (762 mm x 762
mm), large enough to easily position drums, totes, etc. The low platform height
means that less effort is required to manually place the load on the scale. The
optional ramps for static weighing extend only 6 in (150 mm) on either side of
the scale (ramps are 12 in [300 mm] on portable models), and the “live side
rails easily accept oversize loads with no decrease in accuracy.
Installation is easy... simply secure the scale to the floor, connect the indicator,
calibrate and start weighing. Epoxy paint on the mild steel models give you
superior protection in industrial environments, and the stainless steel models are
built to withstand wash down in harsher environments. The only difference
between the mild steel and stainless steel models is the steel. Both have tread
plate platforms, use hermetically sealed load cells, a stainless steel junction box
and load cell suspension.
9-19
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Features
• Ultra-Low profile, (1 1/4 in., 32 mm), makes loading quicker and easier
• Hermetically sealed load cells give greater protection in all environments
• Rocker pin suspension centers the platform so that only vertical forces are
transmitted to the load cells
• Top accessed J-box makes scale easier to install and maintain
• 100% end loading allows use of full capacity anywhere on the scale
• Portable option allows you to take the scale to the job, not the job to the scale
• Large caster wheels
• Heavy wheel jack assemblies
• 48" Instrument panel with swivel bracket
• Hinged ramp assemblies
• NTEP certified for Class III, 5000d operation (COC 96-106)
• Standard 10000d resolution non-commercial
• Factory Mutual approved for use with Mettler Toledo intrinsically safe
products
• Space saving standard platform size of 30 in x 30 in
• Mild or stainless steel construction
• "Live Rails" designed for oversized loads
• Platform consisting of a heavy 1/8 in. top plate
• Mild steel shot blasted and two-part epoxy painted for superior protection,
durability, and appearance
• Stainless steel bead blasted to eliminate dirt, grease and oils from the steel
Standard Sizes
DECKMATE Standard Sizes
Capacity
1000 lb
500 kg
Standard Platform
Size
30 in. x 30 in.
(762 mm x 762 mm)
Table 11: Deckmate Standard Sizes
9-20
Scale Height
11/4 in. (32 mm)
Chapter 9: Floor Scale Products
Platform
DECKMATE scales are available in mild or stainless steel. Both mild and
stainless steel are offered in tread or smooth plate. Both mild and stainless
platforms consist of a heavy 1/8 in. top plate with welded channel reinforcement
for strength. The mild steel version is shot blasted and epoxy painted (2-3 mils
DFT) for superior metal protection, durability, and appearance. The stainless
steel version has a bead blasted finish. The stainless steel model is designed for
wash down in areas that require continuous sanitation.
DECKMATE portable floor scale models include a sub-frame that provides
protection to the load sell assemblies from side impact to the scale. Large
caster wheels and solid wheel jack assemblies with large handles make
movement and setup quick and easy. Simply move the scale to where you want
it, disengage the wheel jacks, check the level bubble, and start weighing.
DECKMATE is one of the most compact portable scales available, measuring
only 33 1/2 in. wide by 44 3/4 in. Long. This small design enables DECKMATE
to maneuver through standard 36 in. doorways and narrow aisles.
Load Cells
DECKMATE floor scales utilize four (4) 500 lb, hermetically sealed, stainless
steel load cells. The Load cells have been manufactured to meet or exceed
National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), Handbook 44
specifications for 5000 divisions. An added benefit of the 2,500 lb load cell is
the ability to load 100% of the scale’s capacity along any end of the platform.
Each load cell incorporates a rocker pin suspension providing better accuracy.
This type of suspension requires the use of a frame. One end of the rocker pin
fits into the load cell and the other into the corresponding socket on the scale
frame. The rounded ends of the rocker pin provide a restoring force to align the
scale after horizontal loading
See Appendix 2 for load cell specifications.
9-21
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Regulations & Standards
DECKMATE floor scales meet or exceed National Institute of Standards and
Technology (NIST), Handbook 44 requirements for Class III devices. A
certificate of Conformance (COC), number 96-106 was issued under the
National Type Evaluation Program (NTEP), for 5000 division accuracy for
1000 lb capacity.
DECKMATE’s load cells are Factory Mutual Approved for use in hazardous
environments when used with a Mettler Toledo battery-operated 8141 or
battery-operated 8525 intrinsically safe instrument.
DECKMATE is certified legal for trade at 1000 x .2 lb (5000d), but is capable
of a 1000 x .1 lb (10000d).
Options
• Portability option
• Static Ramp 30 in. X 6 in. - mild steel tread or smooth plate; stainless steel
tread or smooth plate
• Static Ramp 30 in. X 12 in. - mild steel tread or smooth plate; stainless steel
tread or smooth plate
• Portable Ramp 30 in. X 12 in. - mild steel tread or smooth plate; stainless
tread or steel smooth plate
• Portable Ramp 30 in. X 18 in. - mild steel tread or smooth plate; stainless
tread or steel smooth plate
• Indicator mounting brackets
9-22
Chapter 9: Floor Scale Products
MG4500 LIFTMATE™
Coil Scale Product
Summary
The MG4500 LIFTMATE™ Heavy Duty Coil Scale is truly rugged. For example, the
60,000 lb model is capable of withstanding the impact of a 30 ton steel coil loaded directly
onto the scale with a loading speed of up to 15 feet-per-minute. The MG4500 provides for
100% end loading.
The scale may be either surface (top-of-floor) or flush (in-floor) mounted. When flush
mounted, the scale frame is used as the pit coping...no additional materials required.
The MG4500 LIFTMATE™ is constructed of mild steel, and incorporates an optional
special rubber belted cradle to secure coils, and help reduce the shock load. Coil scales are
being used to weigh steel coils ranging from 20,000 to 60,000 pounds which are typically
lowered by an overhead crane creating shock loading.
Features
• CENTERLIGN suspension assures only vertical forces are transmitted
• Capable of accepting coil weights up to 60,000 pounds and crane speeds of
15 feet per minute
• Available in large variety of sizes to fit the customer's individual needs
• Removable rubber belted cradle secures the coil and absorbs shock
• Flexible design can be mounted on top of the floor or installed in a shallow
pit
• Lift out platform provides easy cleaning
• Epoxy Paint Finish prevents rust
Standard Sizes
MG4500 LIFTMATE HD Standard Sizes
Capacity
Load Cell Size
Available Platform Sizes
Scale Height
40,000 lb
(20,000 kg)
20,000 lb
(10,000 kg)
5’ x 5’, 5’ x 7’, 6’ x 6’, 6’ x 8’, 7’ x 9’, 8’ x 10’
8 3/8 in.
60,000 lb
(30,000 kg)
45,000 lb
(22,500 kg)
5’ x 5’, 5’ x 7’, 5’ x 8’, 6’ x 6’, 6’ x 8’, 7’ x 7’, 8’ x 8’
10 3/4 in.
Table 12: MG4500 Liftmate HD Standard Sizes
9-23
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Platform
MG4500 LIFTMATE HD scales are available in mild steel smooth plate. The
platform consist of a heavy 3/8 in. thick top plate on the 40,000 lb unit, and 1/2
in. thick on the 60,000 lb unit. Both platforms are supported by wide flanged
heavy duty I-beams. The frame is made of heavy duty channel beam. Four
lifting points permit the scale platform to be easily lifted for periodic inspection
and maintenance.
The 304 stainless steel junction box assembly is designed to NEMA 4X/IP65
standards. Access to the junction box is from the top of the scale.
The MG4500 is Shot blasted and epoxy painted (2-3 mils DFT) for superior
metal protection, durability, and appearance.
An optional coil cradle is available for mounting to the platform. The cradle is
available in seven sizes, ranging from 3’ wide x 4’ long to 6’ wide x 7’ long.
The cradle has a “V” trough saddle constructed of 1/2 in. Plate with a 3/8 in.
Rubber pad where coil contact is made. The cradle can be removed for forklift
weighing applications.
Load Cells
MG4500 LIFTMATE floor scales utilizes four (4) 20,000 lb (40k capacity) or
(4) 45,000 lb (60k capacity) load cells. The load cells are manufactured of 174ph stainless steel. The gage cavity has been environmentally potted and sealed
for protection.
Each load cell incorporates a patented CENTERLIGN™ suspension. The
CENTERLIGN’s unique rocker pin and slider cup design, automatically
centers the platform so only vertical forces are applied to the load cells.
See Appendix 2 for load cell specifications.
Regulations & Standards
The MG4500 LIFTMATE floor scale is designed and manufactured in an ISO
9001 facility. Each scale meets or exceeds Mettler Toledo’s requirements for
quality as defined by the Mettler Toledo quality manual.
The MG4500 LIFTMATE has not been submitted for National Type
Evaluation Program (NTEP) certification.
Options
•
•
•
•
9-24
Coil Cradle
Coil Stops
Home Run Cable (25 ft., 50 ft., custom)
Lifting Eye Bolt Hole Plugs
Chapter 9: Floor Scale Products
Air Cargo Scale
16' - 3/4"
J-BOX ACCESS COVERS
RAMPS ON ALL SIDES
16' - 3/4"
3' - 3/8"
Ramp
10' - 0"
Platform
3' - 3/8"
Ramp
4" Floor to Top of Deck
Mettler Toledo Pancake deck scales are designed to weigh tug-transported air
cargo containers for air freight carriers. The Pancake Deck Scale check weighs
air cargo containers after they are loaded, prior to boarding the aircraft. This
weight data is used to determine container location on the aircraft in accordance
with acceptable weight and balance specifications.
Mettler Toledo Ball Transfer deck scales are designed to weigh air cargo
containers for air freight carriers. The weight plate contains roller balls to help
the cargo load being pushed across the deck of the scale.
The Mettler Toledo Pancake and Ball Transfer deck scale consists of multiple
mild steel floor scale platforms electronically connected to work as one scale.
Typically, several large 20,000 capacity scales are connected for the purpose of
weighing air cargo container transport devices.
The standard Pancake/Ball Transfer scale uses an analog summing junction
box, however, Mettler Toledo’s exclusive enhanced DigiTOLTM junction box is
available upon request. The Pancake/Ball Transfer Deck Scale can interface
with a broad selection of Mettler Toledo Instruments and Accessories.
131"
6" Center to Center of Ball
Transfers
J-BOX ACCESS COVER
107"
FRAME CORNER MOUNTING
BALL TRANSFER DECK
6" from floor to ball top
The patented CENTERLIGNTM self-aligning suspension system is ideally
suited for dynamic weighing applications such as air cargo containers. The
weight of the load automatically centers the platform and aligns the force
transmitting assemblies so that only vertical forces are directed to the load cells
.
Features and benefits of custom air cargo scales include the following:
• Capable of independent or summed weighing of the separate scale platform
assemblies
• Same high quality construction as the 2158 VERTEX® floor scale model
• Available in large variety of sizes and capacities to fit the customer's
individual needs
• Stainless steel hermetically sealed load cells
• Flexible Design mounting on top of the floor or installed in a shallow pit
• Low 4 in. profile for easy access and use
• Lift out platform provides easy maintenance
• Epoxy Paint Finish prevents rust
• Two piece platform makes shipping and installation easier
9-25
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Chlorine Tank Scales
Mettler Toledo Chlorine Tank Scales are being used at many waste water
treatment plants in their water purification process. The chlorine scales provide
a very accurate method of both monitoring the amount of chlorine being used,
and signaling the operator when to switch tanks. The chlorine scales are built
for a single or double tank application.
• The twin tank consists of a 6'x7', 10,000 lb capacity model 2158 VERTEX®,
with 12 polyurethane wheeled trunnions to support the tanks.
• The Single tank is designed as a 4'x6', 5,000 lb capacity model 2158 VERTEX
with 6 polyurethane wheeled trunnions.
Some of the features and benefits of the chlorine tank scale include:
•
•
•
•
NTEP certified 5,000 division load cells for high accuracy
Tanks are secured with corrosion resistant heavy duty polyurethane wheels
Flexible design allows pit frames to be added at any time
Rugged epoxy paint finish prevents rust
Standard Sizes
Chlorine Tank Scale, Standard Sizes
TYPE
SIZE
CAPACITY
CELL
Twin Tank
6’ x 7’
10000 lb (5 kg)
5000 lb (2.5 kg)
Single Tank
4’ x 6’
5000 lb (2.5 kg)
2500 lb (1.25 kg)
Table 13: Chlorine Tank Scale Standard Sizes
Figure 29: Chlorine tank scale
9-26
Chapter 10: Sales Tools
10
Sales Tools
“Two Days....Today”, 48
Hour Shipping Program
TWO Days...Today is a lasting commitment by Mettler Toledo Heavy
Capacity to be responsive to customers needs, by being able to ship mild steel
standard floor scales in 48 hours or less from receipt of order. Products
included in this 2 day shipping schedule are:
2 Days...Today Products (as of 01/21/98)
PREDATOR ™ 2254
5k – 4x4 Mild Steel
WEIGHT-PLATE® 2256
6k – 4x4, 5x5 Mild Steel
VERTEX®
2158/2160/2162
1k, 2.5k, 5k – 3x3, 4x4, 4x5, 4x6, 5x5 Mild Steel
10k 5x5, 5x7 Mild Steel
20k 5x7 Mild Steel
QUICK PIT FRAME
1k, 2.5k, 5k – 3x3, 4x4, 4x5, 4x6, 5x5 Mild Steel
2158/2160/2162
10k, 20k 5x5, 5x7 Mild Steel
RAMPS-TREAD PLATE
2158/2160/2162
1k, 2.5k, 5k – 3x3, 4x3, 5x3, 3x5
FLEXMOUNT 0958
10k, 3x5
500 lb, 1.25k, 2.5k, 5k Mild Steel
STAINLESS STEEL SMOOTH PLATE
VERTEX®
2158/2160/2162
1k, 2.5k, 5k – 3x3, 4x4, 5x5
RAMPS-TREAD PLATE
2158/2160/2162
1k, 2.5k, 5k – 3x3, 4x3, 5x3
10k, 3x5
Table 14: 2 Days... Today Products
• PLEASE CHECK THE MOST CURRENT 2 DAYS.... TODAY LEAD
TIME FORM FOR THE MOST UP TO DATE CONFIGURATIONS
• Shipments are within 48 hours (2 days) after receipt of order and immediate
credit release
• Single unit orders only are covered
10-1
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Floor Scale Demo Case
A floor scale demo case is an excellent way to demonstrate a Vertex floor scale.
Available in both mild smooth or stainless smooth plate, the demo case comes
with its own heavy duty carrying case (approximately 35 lb total). This
miniature Vertex scale is not a functional scale and is for demonstration
purposes only. The weighbridge lifts out of the frame, exposing four rocker
pins and one load cell (see figure below). Mettler Toledo offers two versions of
the demo case:
• TB202586 - Mild Steel
• TB202587 - Stainless Steel
Figure 30: Vertex 2158 Demo Case
Customer Satisfaction
Survey
Mettler Toledo Heavy Capacity SBU performs a customer satisfaction survey.
At random, orders are pulled from a closed order file. Mettler Toledo
telephones the distributor and asks a series of questions about on-time delivery,
quality and service. With permission of the distributor, Mettler Toledo will also
contact the end user and ask a similar series of questions.
10-2
Chapter 10: Sales Tools
Audit Process
Mettler Toledo Heavy Capacity SBU performs a monthly internal audit on both
the manufacturing process and product quality. The objectives of these audits
are to routinely audit a sample of both the process and product. The audit
results are documented then feedback to the involved personnel.
An audit checklist is developed for each product line. The checklist is
developed by a team, headed by the person with product marketing
responsibility and includes representatives from Engineering, Manufacturing,
Marketing, and Quality. Each audit checklist is reviewed for completeness and
approved by the Masstron Total Quality Program (MTQP) team.
The audit checklist is maintained and revised by the audit team. Any changes
shall be reviewed and approved by the Product Manager, Product Engineer,
Manufacturing Manager, and Quality Manager.
The Quality Assurance Department will schedule all audits, maintain a copy of
the audit checklist, and retain all audit results for a period of two years.
The product audit teams consist of members from Engineering, Manufacturing,
Marketing, Quality, production employees, and supervisors. An audit team is
formed for each product type and personnel will rotate in order to expose
multiple individuals to the audit process and to spread quality emphasis
throughout the organization.
Faxable Literature
All Heavy Capacity products have a one or two page faxable literature sheet.
The faxable literature contains important product information for the endcustomer. Refer to faxable literature Appendix for more details. Contact
Mettler Toledo Heavy Capacity Marketing for electronic copies.
10-3
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Quick Quote
The Quick Quote Predator form, shown on the following page, contains
features, functions, shipping, and indicator specifications written in a
presentable format for your customer. Contact Mettler Toledo Heavy Capacity
Marketing for an electronic version of this form.
Floor Scale Spec. Sheet
The Floor Scale Specification Sheet, shown on the following pages, helps the
salesperson quote standard floor scales. This one page document, list each
question that is needed to be asked when selling a floor scale. Contact Mettler
Toledo Heavy Capacity Marketing for an electronic version of this form.
Indicator/Bases
The table below shows which indicators are compatible with Mettler Toledo
floor scales.
Indicator/Base Compatibility
Spider
Panther
Lynx
Jaguar
ID1+
ID5
8525
8141
Puma
2254
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
2256
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
2158
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
2160
No
Yes (2qtr 97)
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
2162
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
2888
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
MG4500
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Table 15: Compatible Indicator/Bases
10-4
Chapter 10: Sales Tools
Mettler-Toledo, Inc.
6600 Huntley Road• Columbus, OH 43229
Phn (614) 841-7300• (614) 841-7295
Fax Quote
Spider Indicator & Predator Floor Scale
General Purpose Weighing System
TO:
Page 1 of 2
October 20, 1998
Fax:
FROM:
Mettler Toledo is very pleased to offer the following industrial floor scale system for your consideration.
Item Description
Predator 4’ X 4’, 5,000 lb Floor Scale
Spider Scale Indicator Weight Display
Flat Rate Guaranteed Freight
Set-up & Calibration
Total System Cost
Model Number
2254105023
SIGL0001000
Price
$ 1,750.00
$ 60.00
$ 150.00
$ 1,960.00
Freight: F.O.B. Factory, cost not to exceed “Flat Rate Guaranteed Freight” charge; Payment Terms: Net 30 Days; Allow 3 to 7 working days for shipment from the
factory after acceptance of the order; Set-up & Calibration to be performed during normal working hours 8am - 5pm Monday through Friday; Mettler Toledo
Standard Terms & Conditions of Sale (Form 14615400A) apply, contact your local sales office for details. Mettler Toledo accepts Visa or MasterCard as methods of
payment for equipment supplied & services rendered. Quotations valid for 60 days, specifications subject to change without notice.
Predator Model 2254105023 Floor Scale Specifications
Item
Capacity
Scale Size
Standard Industrial Resolution
Legal-For-Trade Resolution
Features
Swivel Foot Suspension
Flat Top Tread Plate Deck
Specifications
5,000 lb
4’W. x 4’L. X 3 1/2”H.
5,000 lb X 1 lb
5,000 lb X 5 lb
Benefits
• Scales are easy to install
• Easily permits leveling of scale on uneven floor
• Portable operation...easy to move
• Provides a safer, non-slip surface
• Allows weighing of oversized items
• Durable, long-lasting finish
• Provides superior environmental protection
Two-Part Epoxy Paint
Stainless Steel, Hermetically
Sealed Load Cells
NTEP certified for Class III, 1000d • Legal for Trade ... including portable weighing
(COC# 96-001)
applications
Predator....
Low Profile,
Economical,
Robust, Floor
Scale
Continued on next page.....
10-5
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Fax Quote
Spider Indicator & Predator Floor Scale
General Purpose Weighing System
Spider Model SIGL0001000 Indicator Specifications
Item
Page 2 of 2
Spider....
Specification
Physical Dimensions
(W x D x H)
Operating Temperature
235 x 143 x 63.5 mm
9.25” x 5.63” x 2.5”
-10°C to 40°C (14°F to 104°F)
10 to 95% humidity, non-condensing
120 VAC, 60 Hz AC adapter
NEMA 1; Extruded Aluminum Housing
Large 6 digit, 7 segment liquid crystal display
NTEP Class II, III, IIIL, 3000 d, #96-021
Power
Enclosure
Display
Accuracy
Features
Simple, Rugged,
Dependable, Easy
To Use Indicator
Benefits
Pushbutton Tare
Programmable Function Key:
•
Allows for net weighing of contents
Gross
•
Displays the gross weight of the scale load
Units Switching
•
Allows weighing in any two desirable units (lb, kg, g)
Formulization
•
Lets you weigh in several components into a single
container on the scale and determine the total weight and
number of components in the total load
Totalization
•
Bi-directional RS-232C
Serial Port
•
Lets you weigh several independent loads, one after
another, and accumulate the total weight and number of
weighments
Interface peripheral devices such as a printer or computer
Spider Model SIGL0001000 Indicator Accessories
Description
Second RS-232C Data Output Port
Wallmount Bracket
Battery Operation Kit
( 6 “C” batteries, not included)
Part Number
0917-0219
0917-0220
0917-0222
Price
$250.00
$45.00
$195.00
METTLER TOLEDO
ISO9000
These products have been
developed, produced, and tested in
Mettler Toledo facilities which
have been audited and registered
according to international
(ISO9001) quality standards.
10-6
Specifications subject to change without notice.
 1996 Mettler Toledo, Inc.
METTLER TOLEDO™, Spider™, and
Predator ™ are trademarks of Mettler Toledo, Inc.
Thank You For Considering
Mettler Toledo Products!
Chapter 10: Sales Tools
Mettler-Toledo, Inc.
Heavy Capacity SBU
6600 Huntley Road • Columbus OH 43229
Phone (614) 841-7300 • Fax: (614) 841-7295
Custom Floor Scale Specification Sheet2
1.0 Material Type
Mild Steel Tread Plate
Mild Steel Smooth Plate ( Add $250.00 List,
unless scale is over 72” wide it’s then standard)
304 Stainless Steel Tread Plate (Add $35.00/Sq. Ft List)
304 Stainless Steel Smooth Plate
Other_________________________
2.0 Load Cell Accuracy
3000d NIST H44
5000d NIST H44 (Add $150 List)
3000d OIML (Add $250.00 List)
3.0 Load Cell Type
Potted (744 250 lb cells only)
Hermetic (745 standard all others)
4.0 Junction Box Operation
2158 Analog
2160 Enhanced DigiTOL (Add $300.00 List)
2162 IDNet (Add $300.00 List
5.0 Junction Box Location
Standard In Scale
Remote With 15’ Cabled Load Cells (Add $160.00 List)
Remote With 30’ Cabled Load Cells (Add $ 280.00 List)
6.0 Platform Size _________wide by _________long
English
Metric
7.0 Capacity
1,000b
600 kg(*)
2,500 lb
1,500 kg (*)
5,000 lb
3,000 kg (*)
10,000 lb
6,000 kg (*)
Customer
SO#
PO#
Ship Date:
Accessories/Options
Quick Pit Frame
_____ Standard Length
36” Mild Tread Plate
Ramp
______Low Angle 60”
Length Mild Tread Plate
Ramp
______Standard Length
36” Stainless Steel
Smooth Plate Ramp
______ Standard Length
36” Stainless Steel Tread
Plate Ramp
2
Prices listed are in addition to standard cataloged List Prices or
in addition to List Prices as provided on the FastFab Pricing Slide.
10-7
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
20,000 lb
Other______
10-8
10,000 kg (*)
(*) Requires OIML Load Cells
Chapter 11: Floor Scale Competitive Analysis
11
Floor Scale Competitive Analysis
The following chapter gives general information about the top five competitors
of Mettler Toledo floor scale products. Fairbanks, General, Pennsylvania, Rice
Lake and Weigh-Tronix are spotlighted in this chapter. General information
such as location, ownership, sales, history and products are highlighted. After
each general information section a comparative analysis of a 4 ft. X 4 ft., 5,000
lb floor scale is shown. At the conclusion of each company section, strengths
and weakness will be highlighted. When using the tables for comparative
analysis, also refer to any current product literature.
Fairbanks Scales Inc.
Location
821 Locust Street
Kansas City, MO, 64106
816-842-6300
DUNS: 18-308-5091
Ownership
•
•
•
•
•
Started in 1840
Privately owned
Subsidiary of Fancor Inc.
F. A. Norden, President
Employees 775 total
Sales Revenue
• $81,204,832 (1995)
11-1
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
History
Business started in 1840. Subsidiary of Fancor Inc., Kansas City, MO.
Operates as holding company for its subsidiaries. The company operates 38
sales and service offices throughout the United States, with plants in Meridian,
MS and St. Johnsbury, VT.
The following companies are related through common ownership and/or
financial interest.
• The Scale Store, Inc., Kansas City, KS, started 1989, DUNS #79-1687049; operates as wholesaler of industrial scales via mail order
• Prime Weigh Inc., Kansas City, MO, started 1992, DUNS #79-1687320; operates as wholesaler of industrial scales
• Thurman Scales Inc., Columbus, OH, distributor of industrial scales.
.
Products
• Industrial scales and other weighing devices, SIC 3596
11-2
Chapter 11: Floor Scale Competitive Analysis
Fairbanks Comparative Analysis
Manufacturer
Fairbanks
Mettler Toledo
Model Name/Number
Aegis™
PLFR3500-F4
PREDATOR™ 2254
WEIGHT-PLATE® 2256
VERTEX®
2158
General Information
Style
Foot Style Industrial
Foot Style Industrial
Foot Style Industrial
Full Frame Industrial
Platform Sizes
30 in .X 30 in., 3X3,
4X4, 5X5, 5X7
4X4
3 x 3, 4 X 4, 4 X 5, 5 X 5
3 X 3, 4 X 4, 4 X 5,
X 6, 5 X 5, 5 X 7
No
No
No
Yes, formed angle
Capacities
1,000; 2,500; 5,000;
10,000; 20,000 lb
5000 lb
3000, 6000, 10000 lb
1,000; 2,500; 5,000;
10,000; 20,000 lb
Height
2 7/8 in. (30 in.X30 in.
through 5X5) 35/8 in.
(5X7 and 6X8)
3 3/8 in.
4 in.
1,000-5,000 lb = 3 in.
10,000 lb = 3 3/8 in.
20,000 lb = 4 in.
2 Year Limited
2 Year
2 Year
2 Years
NTEP Approved
Yes
Yes (COC 96-001)
Yes (COC 95-111)
Yes (COC 91-097A2)
NTEP No. Of Divisions
5000
1000
2000, 3000
5000
Manual
Manual
Manual
Manual
1
/4 in. Tread Plate ≤5,000
5
lb
/16 in.
Tread Plate 10,000 &
20,000 lb
Scale Frame
Warranty
Instructions
4
Weighbridge Construction & Finish
Top Plate
1
/4 in. Tread Plate
1
/8 in. Tread Plate
/4 in. Tread Plate
1
Top Plate Reinforcement
Formed channels
around perimeter,
stiffener bar in the
middle, and formed
box corners
Trapezoidal formed
ribs
Formed channel reinforced
around perimeter & across
center of platform
Channel reinforced
around perimeter &
across center of platform
Lifting Eye Locations
2 recessed handles
4 end hooks
2
2
End Loading
100% of capacity
100% of capacity
80% (3k &6k) 100% (10k)
of capacity
100% of capacity
Epoxy Paint
Epoxy Paint
Epoxy Paint
Epoxy Paint
Finish
11-3
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Fairbanks Comparative Analysis (continues)
Manufacturer
Fairbanks
Mettler Toledo
Model Name/Number
Aegis™
PLF-R3500-F4
PREDATOR™
2254
WEIGHT-PLATE®
2256
VERTEX®
2158
Load Cell & Suspension
Type
Construction
Overload Protection
Suspension Type
Height Adjustment
Bending beam
Bending Beam
Bending Beam
Bending Beam
Stainless steel = mild;
hermetically sealed =
stainless
Stainless steel,
hermetically sealed
Stainless steel, hermetically
sealed
Stainless steel,
hermetically sealed
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Rocker pin/stainless
steel with rubber base
Swivel foot
Rocker pin foot
Fixed rocker pin
1
1
1
Variable using shims
/2 in.
/2 in.
/2 in.
Junction Box & Load Cell Termination
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Plastic
Stainless steel
Stainless steel NEMA 4x
Stainless steel NEMA 4x
Top of scale
Side of scale
Top of scale
Top of scale
Trimming PCB
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Trim Pots
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Load Cell Termination
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
Instrument Cable Termination
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
Yes, 25 ft.
Yes, 15 ft.
Yes, 25 ft.
Yes, 25 ft.
Junction Box
J. Box Construction
Access
Instrument Cable Included
Comparison: 4' X 4', 5,000 lb Scale
2,500 lb
2,500 lb
2,500 lb
2,500 lb
322 lb
200 lb
400 lb
420 lb
List Price
$1,690.00 wholesale *
$1,795.00
$1,995.00
$3,095.00
Options
Ramps, pit frames, bolt
down mounting plates,
bumper guards,
platform handles for
stainless steel models
None
Ramps
Ramps, Low Angle
Ramps, Quick-Pit,
Forklift Channels, Scale
Guards, Truck Dock
Frame, High Accuracy,
Bolt on indicator column
Load Cell Capacity
Shipping Weight
Locating Plates
* Fairbanks only lists a wholesale price, not a list price
Table 16: Comparative Analysis; Fairbanks -- Aegis
11-4
Chapter 11: Floor Scale Competitive Analysis
Strengths
• Height adjustable from top of scale
• Epoxy Paint
• Acceptable overall appearance
Weaknesses
•
•
•
•
Lifting handles, no lifting eyes
Foot Suspension
Plastic J-box
The literature says that the scale is NTEP approved. The literature does not
reference a COC #.
11-5
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Fairbanks Comparative Analysis
Manufacturer
Fairbanks
Model Name/Number
Excalibur
FFX-445000-M
Mettler Toledo
PREDATOR™ 2254
WEIGHT-PLATE® 2256
VERTEX®
2158
General Information
Style
Foot Style Industrial
Foot Style Industrial
Foot Style Industrial
Full Frame Industrial
Platform Sizes
30 in. X 30 in., 3X3,
4X4, 4x5, 4x6, 5X5,
5X7
4X4
3 x 3, 4 X 4, 4 X 5, 5 X 5
3 X 3, 4 X 4, 4 X 5,
X 6, 5 X 5, 5 X 7
No
No
No
Yes, formed angle
Capacities
1,000; 2,500; 5,000;
10,000; 20,000 lb
5000 lb
3000, 6000, 10000 lb
1,000; 2,500; 5,000;
10,000; 20,000 lb
Height
2 7/8 in. (30 in.X30 in.
through 5X5) 35/8 in.
(5X7 )
3 3/8 in.
4 in.
1,000-5,000 lb = 3 in.
10,000 lb = 3 3/8 in.
20,000 lb = 4 in.
2 Year limited
2 Year
2 Year
2 Years
NTEP Approved
Yes
Yes (COC 96-001)
Yes (COC 95-111)
Yes (COC 91-097A2)
NTEP No. Of Divisions
5000
1000
2000, 3000
5000
Manual
Manual
Manual
Manual
1
/4 in. Tread Plate ≤5,000
5
lb
/16 in.
Tread Plate 10,000 &
20,000 lb
Scale Frame
Warranty
Instructions
4
Weighbridge Construction & Finish
Top Plate
Top Plate Reinforcement
Lifting Eye Locations
End Loading
Finish
11-6
1
/4 in. Tread Plate
1
/8 in. Tread Plate
/4 in. Tread Plate
1
Formed channels
around perimeter, Xbrace construction,
and formed box
corners
Trapezoidal formed
ribs
Formed channel reinforced
around perimeter & across
center of platform
Channel reinforced
around perimeter &
across center of platform
No
4 end hooks
2
2
100% of capacity
100% of capacity
80% (3k &6k) 100% (10k)
of capacity
100% of capacity
Epoxy Paint
Epoxy Paint
Epoxy Paint
Epoxy Paint
Chapter 11: Floor Scale Competitive Analysis
Fairbanks Comparative Analysis (continued)
Manufacturer
Fairbanks
Mettler Toledo
Model Name/Number
Excalibur
FFX-445000-M
PREDATOR™ 2254
WEIGHT-PLATE® 2256
VERTEX®
2158
Load Cell & Suspension
Type
Bending beam
Bending Beam
Bending Beam
Bending Beam
Construction
Stainless steel
Stainless steel,
hermetically sealed
Stainless steel, hermetically
sealed
Stainless steel,
hermetically sealed
No
No
Yes
Yes
Ball & cup foot
Swivel foot
Rocker pin foot
Fixed rocker pin
1
1
1
Variable using shims
Overload Protection
Suspension Type
Height Adjustment
/8 in.
/2 in.
/2 in.
Junction Box & Load Cell Termination
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Plastic tube
Stainless steel
Stainless steel NEMA 4x
Stainless steel NEMA 4x
End of channel
Side of scale
Top of scale
Top of scale
Trimming PCB
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Trim Pots
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Load Cell Termination
Soldered
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
Instrument Cable Termination
Soldered
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
Yes, 25 ft.
Yes, 15 ft.
Yes, 25 ft.
Yes, 25 ft.
Junction Box
J. Box Construction
Access
Instrument Cable Included
Comparison: 4' X 4', 5,000 lb Scale
Load Cell Capacity
Shipping Weight
List Price
Options
2,500 lb
2,500 lb
2,500 lb
2,500 lb
325 lb
200 lb
400 lb
420 lb
* $1,585 NTEP
* $1,390 non-NTEP
$1,795.00
$1,995.00
$3,095.00
Ramps, pit frames,
bolt down mounting
plates, bumper guards,
platform handles for
stainless steel models
None
Ramps
Ramps, Low Angle
Ramps, Quick-Pit,
Forklift Channels, Scale
Guards, Truck Dock
Frame, High Accuracy,
Bolt on indicator column
* Fairbanks only lists a wholesale price, not a list price
Table 17: Comparative Analysis; Fairbanks -- Excalibur
11-7
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Strengths
•
•
•
•
Many sizes
Mild or stainless steel
Height adjustable from top of scale
Acceptable overall appearance
•
•
•
•
•
No junction box
Load cells wired together inside a tube; tube has plastic end caps
Load cell and instrument cables permanently soldered together
Difficult to trouble shoot or maintenance scale
No lifting eye locations
Weaknesses
11-8
Chapter 11: Floor Scale Competitive Analysis
General Electronic
Systems, Inc.
Location
914 S.E. 14th Place
Cape Coral, FL 33990
941-574-2313
DUNS: 06-721-2332
Ownership
•
•
•
•
Started in 1963
Privately owned
W. Gary Doll, President - CEO
Employees 40-45
Sales Revenue
• N/A
History
Business started in 1963 by Donald R. Langevin. Present control succeeded
November 1991. Sixty percent (60%) of capital stock is owned by the
president. Forty percent (40%) of capital stock is owned by Banc Corp Capital
Group.
Original founder, Donald R. Langevin, retired in 1978 when Gary Doll took
over as president and 100% owner. Business expanded it’s product line to all
types of industrial scales. In 1986, Doll sold 80% of his stock to a group of
west coast investors and resigned as president, keeping the title of Chairman of
the Board. In November 1991, Doll increased his interest to 60% and also
regained the title of president. Forty percent (40%) of stock is still held by the
West Coast Group under the name of Banc Corp Capital Group, Los Angeles,
CA.
Products
• Manufacturers counting and weighing scales
• SIC: 3596
11-9
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
General Electronics Systems, Inc. Comparative Analysis
Manufacturer
General
Model Name/Number
Pro - Weigh 84
Mettler Toledo
PREDATOR™ 2254
WEIGHT-PLATE® 2256
VERTEX®
2158
General Information
Style
Foot Style Industrial
Foot Style Industrial
Foot Style Industrial
Full Frame Industrial
Platform Sizes
2X2 through 10X12
4X4
3 x 3, 4 X 4, 4 X 5, 5 X 5
3 X 3, 4 X 4, 4 X 5,
X 6, 5 X 5, 5 X 7
No
No
No
Yes, formed angle
1,000; 3,000; 5,000;
8,000; 10,000;
20,000;30,000;
40,000 lb
5000 lb
3000, 6000, 10000 lb
1,000; 2,500; 5,000;
10,000; 20,000 lb
1 - 5 k = 3.375 in. 8
- 20 k = 3.5 in. 3040 k = 3.625 in.
3 3/8 in.
4 in.
1,000-5,000 lb = 3 in.
10,000 lb = 3 3/8 in.
20,000 lb = 4 in.
2 Year
2 Year
2 Year
2 Years
Yes (COC 88-288) 1
- 20k; 3x3 through
5x7
Yes (COC 96-001)
Yes (COC 95-111)
Yes (COC 91-097A2)
5000
1000
2000, 3000
5000
Wiring Code Only
Manual
Manual
Manual
1
/4 in. Tread Plate ≤5,000
5
lb
/16 in.
Tread Plate 10,000 &
20,000 lb
Scale Frame
Capacities
Height
Warranty
NTEP Approved
NTEP No. Of Divisions
Instructions
4
Weighbridge Construction & Finish
Top Plate
Top Plate Reinforcement
Lifting Eye Locations
End Loading
Finish
11-10
1
/4 in. Smooth Plate
1
/8 in. Tread Plate
/4 in. Tread Plate
1
Tubular steel around
perimeter, 1/8 in.
bottom pan ties sides
together, no center
bridge support
Trapezoidal formed
ribs
Formed channel reinforced
around perimeter & across
center of platform
Channel reinforced
around perimeter &
across center of platform
4
4 end hooks
2
2
100% of Capacity
through 20k, 66% on
30K unless “SHD”.
version is ordered
100% of capacity
80% (3k &6k) 100% (10k)
of capacity
100% of capacity
Enamel Paint
Epoxy Paint
Epoxy Paint
Epoxy Paint
Chapter 11: Floor Scale Competitive Analysis
General Electronics Systems, Inc. Comparative Analysis (continued)
Manufacturer
General
Mettler Toledo
Model Name/Number
Pro - Weigh 84
PREDATOR™ 2254
WEIGHT-PLATE® 2256
VERTEX®
2158
Load Cell & Suspension
Type
Bending Beam
Bending Beam
Bending Beam
Bending Beam
Construction
Nickel plated
Stainless steel,
hermetically sealed
Stainless steel, hermetically
sealed
Stainless steel,
hermetically sealed
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Padded Swivel Foot
Swivel foot
Rocker pin foot
Fixed rocker pin
1
1
1
Variable using shims
Overload Protection
Suspension Type
Height Adjustment
/2 in.
/2 in.
/2 in.
Junction Box & Load Cell Termination
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Plastic
Stainless steel
Stainless steel NEMA 4x
Stainless steel NEMA 4x
Side of Scale
Side of scale
Top of scale
Top of scale
Trimming PCB
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Trim Pots
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Load Cell Termination
Terminal Strip
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
Instrument Cable Termination
Terminal Strip
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
Yes, 25 ft.
Yes, 15 ft.
Yes, 25 ft.
Yes, 25 ft.
Junction Box
J. Box Construction
Access
Instrument Cable Included
Comparison: 4' X 4', 5,000 lb Scale
Load Cell Capacity
Shipping Weight
List Price
Options
2,500 lb
2,500 lb
2,500 lb
2,500 lb
400 lb
200 lb
400 lb
420 lb
$1,995.00
$1,795.00
$1,995.00
$3,095.00
Ramps, bump ramps,
epoxy paint, tread
plate, floor plates, pit
kit, stainless(316),
forklift runners
None
Ramps
Ramps, Low Angle
Ramps, Quick-Pit,
Forklift Channels, Scale
Guards, Truck Dock
Frame, High Accuracy,
Bolt on indicator column
Table 18: Comparative Analysis; General Electronic Systems, Inc. -- Pro-Weigh
11-11
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Strengths
•
•
•
•
•
•
NTEP certified
Height adjustable from the top of the scale
Adjustable mechanical overload load cell stops
Side access to trim pots
Presentable appearance
10,000d option (not legal for trade)
Weaknesses
•
•
•
•
•
•
Use of "Loctite" on foot threads makes adjustment difficult
"Unitized" bridge poor for point loads
Threaded stud separates easily from the padded swivel foot
Junction box and load cell wiring underneath scale, no top access
Wiring to side mount trim pot tube becomes loose over time
Adjustable overload stops require continual maintenance to remain effective and in
tolerance
• Foot low restoring force causes platform to shift
• Pit mount applications require external summing box - $170.00 and Pit Kit - $115
(coping not included)
• No installation or set-up instructions included
11-12
Chapter 11: Floor Scale Competitive Analysis
General Electronic
Systems, Inc.
General Electronics Systems, Inc. Comparative Analysis
Manufacturer
General
Model Name/Number
Mettler Toledo
™
Weigh-Deck
PREDATOR
2254
WEIGHT-PLATE® 2256
VERTEX®
2158
General Information
Foot Style Industrial
Foot Style Industrial
Foot Style Industrial
Full Frame Industrial
4 X 4, 5 X 5
4X4
3 x 3, 4 X 4, 4 X 5, 5 X 5
3 X 3, 4 X 4, 4 X 5,
X 6, 5 X 5, 5 X 7
No
No
No
Yes, formed angle
1,000; 2,000; 3,000;
5,000; 8,000; 10,000
5000 lb
3000, 6000, 10000 lb
1,000; 2,500; 5,000;
10,000; 20,000 lb
Height
3 1/2 in.
3 3/8 in.
4 in.
1,000-5,000 lb = 3 in.
10,000 lb = 3 3/8 in.
20,000 lb = 4 in.
Warranty
2 Years
2 Year
2 Year
2 Years
Yes (COC 91-100)
Yes (COC 96-001)
Yes (COC 95-111)
Yes (COC 91-097A2)
NTEP No. Of Divisions
5000
1000
2000, 3000
5000
Instructions
None
Manual
Manual
Manual
1
/4 in. Tread Plate ≤5,000
5
lb
/16 in.
Tread Plate 10,000 &
20,000 lb
Style
Platform Sizes
Scale Frame
Capacities
NTEP Approved
4
Weighbridge Construction & Finish
Top Plate
1
/4 in. Smooth Plate
1
/8 in. Tread Plate
/4 in. Tread Plate
1
Channel steel around
perimeter, 1/8 in.
bottom pan ties sides
together, no center
bridge support
Trapezoidal formed
ribs
Formed channel reinforced
around perimeter & across
center of platform
Channel reinforced
around perimeter &
across center of platform
4
4 end hooks
2
2
End Loading
100% Of Capacity
100% of capacity
80% (3k &6k) 100% (10k)
of capacity
100% of capacity
Finish
Duco Polyurethane
Epoxy Paint
Epoxy Paint
Epoxy Paint
Top Plate Reinforcement
Lifting Eye Locations
11-13
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
General Electronics Systems, Inc. Comparative Analysis (continued)
Manufacturer
General
Model Name/Number
Weigh-Deck
Mettler Toledo
PREDATOR™ 2254
WEIGHT-PLATE® 2256
VERTEX®
2158
Load Cell & Suspension
Type
Bending Beam
Bending Beam
Bending Beam
Bending Beam
Construction
Stainless Steel
Stainless steel,
hermetically sealed
Stainless steel, hermetically
sealed
Stainless steel,
hermetically sealed
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Padded Swivel Foot
Swivel foot
Rocker pin foot
Fixed rocker pin
1
1
1
Variable using shims
Overload Protection
Suspension Type
Height Adjustment
/2 in.
/2 in.
/2 in.
Junction Box & Load Cell Termination
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Plastic
Stainless steel
Stainless steel NEMA 4x
Stainless steel NEMA 4x
Side of Scale
Side of scale
Top of scale
Top of scale
Trimming PCB
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Trim Pots
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Load Cell Termination
Terminal Strip
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
Instrument Cable Termination
Terminal Strip
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
Yes, 20 ft.
Yes, 15 ft.
Yes, 25 ft.
Yes, 25 ft.
Junction Box
J. Box Construction
Access
Instrument Cable Included
Comparison: 4' X 4', 5,000 lb Scale
Load Cell Capacity
Shipping Weight
List Price
Options
2,500 lb
2,500 lb
2,500 lb
2,500 lb
310 lb
200 lb
400 lb
420 lb
$1,695.00
$1,795.00
$1,995.00
$3,095.00
Ramps, Bump ramps,
Tread plate (n/c),
Anchor plates, Pit
frames
None
Ramps
Ramps, Low Angle
Ramps, Quick-Pit,
Forklift Channels, Scale
Guards, Truck Dock
Frame, High Accuracy,
Bolt on indicator column
Table 19: Comparative Analysis; General Electronic Systems, Inc. -- Weigh-Deck
11-14
Chapter 11: Floor Scale Competitive Analysis
Strengths
•
•
•
•
•
NTEP certified; 5,000d
Height adjustable from top of scale
Adjustable mechanical overload stops
Robust appearance
Price
Weaknesses
• Light weighbridge design, suitable for distributed loads, poor for point loads
• Use of "Loctite" on foot treads makes adjustment difficult
• Adjustable overload stops require continual maintenance to remain effective and in
tolerance
• Polyurethane paint finish not durable in the long term
• Must remove junction box from scale to access trim pots and load cell wiring,
difficult to reinstall
• Threaded stud separates easily from padded swivel foot
• Scale shifts under side load due to low restoring force of the padded foot
• No access to junction box or trim pots in pit applications, add $175 for remote
junction box and $115 for Pit Kit (no coping)
11-15
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Pennsylvania Scale
Company Inc.
Location
http://www.pascale.com
21 Graybill Road
Leola, PA 17540
717-656-2653
DUNS: 00-300-8257
Ownership
•
•
•
•
Started in 1908
Privately owned
Wayne W. Johnson, President
Employees 55
Sales Revenue
• $5,500,000 (1995)
History
Business started in 1908 by members of the local community. Fifty local
outside investors own 84% of capital stock.
Affiliates: The following are related through common principals. Management
and/or ownership. Johnson Scale Company Inc., Caldwell, NJ, started in 1946
(DUNS #01-114-2080). Wholesales new and used factory and computing
scales.
Products
• Electronic scales
• SIC: 3596
11-16
Chapter 11: Floor Scale Competitive Analysis
Pennsylvania Scale Company Inc.; Comparative Analysis
Manufacturer
Pennsylvania
Mettler Toledo
Model Name/Number
6600 Series/48x48
PREDATOR™ 2254
WEIGHT-PLATE® 2256
VERTEX®
2158
General Information
Foot Style General
Purpose
Foot Style Industrial
Foot Style Industrial
Full Frame Industrial
2 X 2, 3 X 3, 3 X 4, 4
X 4, 4 X 5, 4 X 6, 5
X 5, 5 X 6, 5 X 7, 6
X 6, 6 X 8, 7x9, 7x10,
8 X 10
4X4
3 x 3, 4 X 4, 4 X 5, 5 X 5
3 X 3, 4 X 4, 4 X 5,
X 6, 5 X 5, 5 X 7
No
No
No
Yes, formed angle
Capacities
1,000; 2,000; 5,000;
10,000; 20,000;
30,000; 40,000 lb
5000 lb
3000, 6000, 10000 lb
1,000; 2,500; 5,000;
10,000; 20,000 lb
Height
1 k - 10 k lb = 3 in.
20,000 lb = 4 in.
3 3/8 in.
4 in.
1,000-5,000 lb = 3 in.
10,000 lb = 3 3/8 in.
20,000 lb = 4 in.
3 Years
2 Year
2 Year
2 Years
Yes (Only through 5
X 7 10K)
Yes (COC 96-001)
Yes (COC 95-111)
Yes (COC 91-097A2)
5000
1000
2000, 3000
5000
Manual
Manual
Manual
Manual
1
/4 in. Tread Plate ≤5,000
5
lb
/16 in.
Tread Plate 10,000 &
20,000 lb
Style
Platform Sizes
Scale Frame
Warranty
NTEP Approved
NTEP No. Of Divisions
Instructions
4
Weighbridge Construction & Finish
Top Plate
3
/16 in. Tread Plate
1
/8 in. Tread Plate
/4 in. Tread Plate
1
2 X 2 Channel steel
perimeter reinforced
with angle center
support reinforcement
Trapezoidal formed
ribs
Formed channel reinforced
around perimeter & across
center of platform
Channel reinforced
around perimeter &
across center of platform
2
4 end hooks
2
2
End Loading
100% Of Capacity
100% of capacity
80% (3k &6k) 100% (10k)
of capacity
100% of capacity
Finish
Polyurethane Paint
Epoxy Paint
Epoxy Paint
Epoxy Paint
Top Plate Reinforcement
Lifting Eye Locations
11-17
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Pennsylvania Scale Company Inc.; Comparative Analysis (continued)
Manufacturer
Pennsylvania
Mettler Toledo
Model Name/Number
6600 Series/48x48
PREDATOR™ 2254
WEIGHT-PLATE® 2256
VERTEX®
2158
Load Cell & Suspension
Type
Construction
Overload Protection
Suspension Type
Height Adjustment
Shear Beam
Bending Beam
Bending Beam
Bending Beam
Nickel Plated Tool
Steel
Stainless steel,
hermetically sealed
Stainless steel, hermetically
sealed
Stainless steel,
hermetically sealed
No
No
Yes
Yes
None - Uses fixed
padded industrial
leveling foot
Swivel foot
Rocker pin foot
Fixed rocker pin
1
1
1
Variable using shims
/2 in.
/2 in.
/2 in.
Junction Box & Load Cell Termination
Junction Box
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
J. Box Construction
N/A
Stainless steel
Stainless steel NEMA 4x
Stainless steel NEMA 4x
Side Of Scale
Side of scale
Top of scale
Top of scale
Trimming PCB
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Trim Pots
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Load Cell Termination
Terminal Strip
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
Instrument Cable Termination
Terminal Strip
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
Yes, 20 ft.
Yes, 15 ft.
Yes, 25 ft.
Yes, 25 ft.
Access
Instrument Cable Included
Comparison: 4' X 4', 5,000 lb Scale
Load Cell Capacity
Shipping Weight
List Price
Options
2,500 lb
2,500 lb
2,500 lb
2,500 lb
260 lb
200 lb
400 lb
420 lb
$1,795.00
$1,795.00
$1,995.00
$3,095.00
Ramps, Bump
Guards, Fork Lift
Skid, Pit Frame, Top
Access J. Box,
Stainless Load Cells,
Stainless Construction
None
Ramps
Ramps, Low Angle
Ramps, Quick-Pit,
Forklift Channels, Scale
Guards, Truck Dock
Frame, High Accuracy,
Bolt on indicator column
Table 20: Comparative analysis; Pennsylvania Scale Company Inc. -- 6600 Series
11-18
Chapter 11: Floor Scale Competitive Analysis
Strengths
•
•
•
•
NTEP Approved
3 Year warranty
Acceptable overall appearance
Price
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Very light weighbridge design
Top access J. Box option required for pit mount applications
Side access to trimming PCB is tight & difficult to reinstall
Polyurethane paint finish
Nickel plated load cells and mild steel
Fixed foot assembly, no give for side forces or cell misalignment
No J-box enclosure
Weaknesses
11-19
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Rice Lake Weighing
Systems Inc.
Location
http://www.rlws.com
230 W Coleman
Rice Lake, WI 54868
715-2334-9171
DUNS: 02-352-6783
Ownership
•
•
•
•
Started in 1945
Privately owned
Mark O. Johnson, President - CEO
Employees 300
Sales Revenue
• $20,000,000 (1995)
History
The business has been under the control of the Johnson family since inception.
Products
• Distributes electronic weighing equipment, manufacturers mechanical scale
parts and precision weights, performs custom machining.
• Some operations certified ISO 9001
• SIC: 3596, 5046, 3821, 3599
• The RoughDeck 4X4 HP-5K is Rice Lake’s high accuracy version of a
general industrial floor scale
11-20
Chapter 11: Floor Scale Competitive Analysis
Rice Lake Weighing Systems Inc.; Comparative Analysis
Manufacturer
Model Name/Number
Rice Lake
RoughDeck
HP-5K
Mettler Toledo
4x4
PREDATOR™ 2254
WEIGHT-PLATE® 2256
VERTEX®
2158
General Information
Style
Foot Style Industrial
Foot Style Industrial
Foot Style Industrial
Full Frame Industrial
Platform Sizes
30 in. X 30 in., 3X3,
4X4, 4X5, 4X6, 5X5,
5X6, 5X7
4X4
3 x 3, 4 X 4, 4 X 5, 5 X 5
3 X 3, 4 X 4, 4 X 5,
X 6, 5 X 5, 5 X 7
No
No
No
Yes, formed angle
2,000; 5,000;
10,000 lb
5000 lb
3000, 6000, 10000 lb
1,000; 2,500; 5,000;
10,000; 20,000 lb
Height
3.25 in. - 3.62 in.
3 3/8 in.
4 in.
1,000-5,000 lb = 3 in.
10,000 lb = 3 3/8 in.
20,000 lb = 4 in.
Warranty
5 Years Platform,
Year Remainder
2 Year
2 Year
2 Years
Yes (COC 92-001)
Yes (COC 96-001)
Yes (COC 95-111)
Yes (COC 91-097A2)
5000
1000
2000, 3000
5000
Manual
Manual
Manual
Manual
1
/4 in. Tread Plate ≤5,000
5
lb
/16 in.
Tread Plate 10,000 &
20,000 lb
Scale Frame
Capacities
NTEP Approved
NTEP No. Of Divisions
Instructions
1
4
Weighbridge Construction & Finish
Top Plate
Top Plate Reinforcement
Lifting Eye Locations
End Loading
Finish
3
/16 in. Tread Plate
1
/8 in. Tread Plate
/4 in. Tread Plate
1
Channel and angle
reinforced around
perimeter and across
center of platform
Trapezoidal formed
ribs
Formed channel reinforced
around perimeter & across
center of platform
Channel reinforced
around perimeter &
across center of platform
2
4 end hooks
2
2
100% of Capacity
100% of capacity
80% (3k &6k) 100% (10k)
of capacity
100% of capacity
Enamel Paint
Epoxy Paint
Epoxy Paint
Epoxy Paint
11-21
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Rice Lake Weighing Systems Inc.; Comparative Analysis (continued)
Manufacturer
Model Name/Number
Rice Lake
RoughDeck
HP-5K
Mettler Toledo
4x4
PREDATOR™ 2254
WEIGHT-PLATE® 2256
VERTEX®
2158
Load Cell & Suspension
Type
Construction
Overload Protection
Suspension Type
Height Adjustment
Shear Beam
Bending Beam
Bending Beam
Bending Beam
Tool Steel
Stainless steel,
hermetically sealed
Stainless steel, hermetically
sealed
Stainless steel,
hermetically sealed
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Rigid post and foot
Swivel foot
Rocker pin foot
Fixed rocker pin
1
1
1
Variable using shims
/4 in.
/2 in.
/2 in.
Junction Box & Load Cell Termination
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Plastic
Stainless steel
Stainless steel NEMA 4x
Stainless steel NEMA 4x
Side of Scale
Side of scale
Top of scale
Top of scale
Trimming PCB
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Trim Pots
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Load Cell Termination
Terminal Strip
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
Instrument Cable Termination
Terminal Strip
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
Yes, 20 ft.
Yes, 15 ft.
Yes, 25 ft.
Yes, 25 ft.
Junction Box
J. Box Construction
Access
Instrument Cable Included
Comparison: 4' X 4', 5,000 lb Scale
Load Cell Capacity
Shipping Weight
List Price
Options
2,500 lb
2,500 lb
2,500 lb
2,500 lb
338 lb
200 lb
400 lb
420 lb
$1,995.00
$1,795.00
$1,995.00
$3,095.00
Stainless, washdown,
pit frames, access
ramps, mounting
plates
None
Ramps
Ramps, Low Angle
Ramps, Quick-Pit,
Forklift Channels, Scale
Guards, Truck Dock
Frame, High Accuracy,
Bolt on indicator column
Table 21: Comparative Analysis; Rice Lake Weighing Systems Inc. -- RoughDeck
11-22
Chapter 11: Floor Scale Competitive Analysis
Strengths
•
•
•
•
•
NTEP approved
100% of capacity end loading
Has a junction box
Stainless Steel and washdown options
Heavy construction
•
•
•
•
•
•
Enamel paint finish not durable in the long term
Load Cells made of tool steel, not stainless steel
Rigid post and foot suspension, no give for side forces or cell misalignment
Junction box is made of plastic
Side access to J-box load cell wiring, no top access
10,000 pound units only have 4,000 pound load cells
Weaknesses
11-23
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Weigh-Tronix, Inc.
Location
http://www.weigh-tronix.com
1000 Armstrong Drive
Fairmont, MN 56031
717-656-2653
DUNS: 05-672-8819
Ownership
•
•
•
•
•
Started in 1971
Privately owned
Subsidiary of Stavely Inc., Norwalk, CT
John McCann, President - CEO
Employees 550
Sales Revenue
• $65,000,000 (1995)
History
Originally incorporated in Iowa on August 8, 1971. On September 1, 1988 the
Iowa corporation was merged into a newly formed Delaware corporation with
the latter the survivor. The sole purpose of this event was to reincorporate in
the state of Delaware. One hundred percent (100%) of capital stock is owned
by the parent.
Through the control of the parent company, the business is related to the
following other subsidiaries. Aurora Weigh-Tronix, Inc., Toronto, Ontario,
Canada, acquired 1989 -- Manufacturers electronic scales.
11-24
Chapter 11: Floor Scale Competitive Analysis
Products
• Electronic scales
• SIC: 3596
• The Pro-Dec is a light industrial foot style floor scale positioned to the price
competitive low end floor scale market.
11-25
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Weigh-Tronix, Inc. Comparative Analysis
Manufacturer
Weigh-Tronix
Model Name/Number
Pro-Dec
DSL-4848-05
Mettler Toledo
PREDATOR™ 2254
WEIGHT-PLATE® 2256
VERTEX®
2158
General Information
Foot Type Light
Industrial
Foot Style Industrial
Foot Style Industrial
Full Frame Industrial
30 in. X 30 in. ,
3
X 3, 4 X 4, 5 X 4, 6
X 4, 5 X 5, 5 X 5, 7
X 5, 7 X 6, 8 X 6
4X4
3 x 3, 4 X 4, 4 X 5, 5 X 5
3 X 3, 4 X 4, 4 X 5,
X 6, 5 X 5, 5 X 7
No
No
No
Yes, formed angle
2,000; 5,000;
10,000 lb
5000 lb
3000, 6000, 10000 lb
1,000; 2,500; 5,000;
10,000; 20,000 lb
Height
3 5/16 in.
3 3/8 in.
4 in.
1,000-5,000 lb = 3 in.
10,000 lb = 3 3/8 in.
20,000 lb = 4 in.
Warranty
2 Years
2 Year
2 Year
2 Years
Yes (COC 90-132A1)
Yes (COC 96-001)
Yes (COC 95-111)
Yes (COC 91-097A2)
5000
1000
2000, 3000
5000
Manual
Manual
Manual
Manual
1
/4 in. Tread Plate ≤5,000
5
lb
/16 in.
Tread Plate 10,000 &
20,000 lb
Style
Platform Sizes
Scale Frame
Capacities
NTEP Approved
NTEP No. Of Divisions
Instructions
4
Weighbridge Construction & Finish
Top Plate
Top Plate Reinforcement
Lifting Eye Locations
End Loading
Finish
11-26
3
/16 in. Tread Plate
1
/8 in. Tread Plate
/4 in. Tread Plate
1
3
/16 in. Flat bar on
perimeter, 12 gage
channel reinforced
across center of
platform
Trapezoidal formed
ribs
Formed channel reinforced
around perimeter & across
center of platform
Channel reinforced
around perimeter &
across center of platform
0
4 end hooks
2
2
100% Of Capacity
100% of capacity
80% (3k &6k) 100% (10k)
of capacity
100% of capacity
Enamel Paint
Epoxy Paint
Epoxy Paint
Epoxy Paint
Chapter 11: Floor Scale Competitive Analysis
Weigh-Tronix, Inc. Comparative Analysis
Manufacturer
Weigh-Tronix
Model Name/Number
Pro-Dec
DSL-4848-05
Mettler Toledo
PREDATOR™ 2254
WEIGHT-PLATE® 2256
VERTEX®
2158
Load Cell & Suspension
Type
Construction
Overload Protection
Suspension Type
Height Adjustment
Weigh-bar
Bending Beam
Bending Beam
Bending Beam
Aircraft alloy
Stainless steel,
hermetically sealed
Stainless steel, hermetically
sealed
Stainless steel,
hermetically sealed
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
None - Uses fixed,
padded industrial
leveling foot
Swivel foot
Rocker pin foot
Fixed rocker pin
3
1
1
Variable using shims
/4 in.
/2 in.
/2 in.
Junction Box & Load Cell Termination
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Zinc plated
Stainless steel
Stainless steel NEMA 4x
Stainless steel NEMA 4x
Top Of Scale
Side of scale
Top of scale
Top of scale
Trimming PCB
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Trim Pots
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Load Cell Termination
Amphenol connectors
on side of junction box
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
Instrument Cable Termination
Amphenol connector
on side of junction box
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
Yes, 25 ft.
Yes, 15 ft.
Yes, 25 ft.
Yes, 25 ft.
Junction Box
J. Box Construction
Access
Instrument Cable Included
Comparison: 4' X 4', 5,000 lb Scale
Load Cell Capacity
Shipping Weight
List Price
Options
2,500 lb
2,500 lb
2,500 lb
2,500 lb
338 lb
200 lb
400 lb
420 lb
$2,360.00
$1,795.00
$1,995.00
$3,095.00
Ramps, Epoxy Paint,
Floor Plates, Pit
Frames, Stainless
Steel, lifting eyes
None
Ramps
Ramps, Low Angle
Ramps, Quick-Pit,
Forklift Channels, Scale
Guards, Truck Dock
Frame, High Accuracy,
Bolt on indicator column
Table 22: Comparative analysis; Weigh-Tronix, Inc. -- Pro-Dec
11-27
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Strengths
• Top access to junction box
• NTEP approved
Weaknesses
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
11-28
Entire j-box must be replaced if it fails
Amphenol connectors on j-box & cells, poor moisture resistance
Light weighbridge design
Fixed foot, no give for side forces or cell misalignment
Weigh-bars mounted in a common pipe, possible misalignment
Roll pin mount requires scale to be turned over to replace a cell
No installation manual or instruction
Enamel paint finish not durable
Trim +/- excitation (difficult to fine tune)
Chapter 11: Floor Scale Competitive Analysis
Weigh-Tronix, Inc.
Weigh-Tronix, Inc. Comparative Analysis
Manufacturer
Weigh-Tonix
Model Name/Number
Mettler Toledo
™
Tuf-Dec
DSB4848-05
PREDATOR
2254
WEIGHT-PLATE® 2256
VERTEX®
2158
General Information
Style
Foot Style Industrial
Foot Style Industrial
Foot Style Industrial
Full Frame Industrial
Platform Sizes
4X4, 4X5, 4X6, 5X5,
5X7
4X4
3 x 3, 4 X 4, 4 X 5, 5 X 5
3 X 3, 4 X 4, 4 X 5,
X 6, 5 X 5, 5 X 7
No
No
No
Yes, formed angle
5,000; 10,000 lb
5000 lb
3000, 6000, 10000 lb
1,000; 2,500; 5,000;
10,000; 20,000 lb
4 in.
3 3/8 in.
4 in.
1,000-5,000 lb = 3 in.
10,000 lb = 3 3/8 in.
20,000 lb = 4 in.
2 Year Limited
2 Year
2 Year
2 Years
Yes (COC 95-147)
Yes (COC 96-001)
Yes (COC 95-111)
Yes (COC 91-097A2)
5000
1000
2000, 3000
5000
Manual
Manual
Manual
Manual
1
/4 in. Tread Plate ≤5,000
5
lb
/16 in.
Tread Plate 10,000 &
20,000 lb
Scale Frame
Capacities
Height
Warranty
NTEP Approved
NTEP No. Of Divisions
Instructions
4
Weighbridge Construction & Finish
Top Plate
3
/16 in. Smooth Plate
1
/8 in. Tread Plate
/4 in. Tread Plate
1
Frame work of 1/2 in.
by 3 1/4 in. bar stock
Trapezoidal formed
ribs
Formed channel reinforced
around perimeter & across
center of platform
Channel reinforced
around perimeter &
across center of platform
None
4 end hooks
2
2
End Loading
100% of Capacity
100% of capacity
80% (3k &6k) 100% (10k)
of capacity
100% of capacity
Finish
Blue Enamel Paint
Epoxy Paint
Epoxy Paint
Epoxy Paint
Top Plate Reinforcement
Lifting Eye Locations
11-29
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Weigh-Tronix, Inc. Comparative Analysis (continued)
Manufacturer
Weigh-Tonix
Model Name/Number
Tuf-Dec
DSB4848-05
Mettler Toledo
PREDATOR™ 2254
WEIGHT-PLATE® 2256
VERTEX®
2158
Load Cell & Suspension
Type
Construction
Overload Protection
Suspension Type
Height Adjustment
Weigh Bars
Bending Beam
Bending Beam
Bending Beam
Stainless steel
Stainless steel,
hermetically sealed
Stainless steel, hermetically
sealed
Stainless steel,
hermetically sealed
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Rigid Post and Foot
Swivel foot
Rocker pin foot
Fixed rocker pin
1
1
1
Variable using shims
/2 in.
/2 in.
/2 in.
Junction Box & Load Cell Termination
Junction Box
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
J. Box Construction
N/A
Stainless steel
Stainless steel NEMA 4x
Stainless steel NEMA 4x
Access
Side/Bottom of Scale
Side of scale
Top of scale
Top of scale
Trimming PCB
Trim Excitation Only
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Load Cell Termination
Wire Nuts and
Terminal Strips
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
Instrument Cable Termination
Terminal Strip
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
Terminal strip
Yes, 25 ft.
Yes, 15 ft.
Yes, 25 ft.
Yes, 25 ft.
Trim Pots
Instrument Cable Included
Comparison: 4' X 4', 5,000 lb Scale
Load Cell Capacity
Shipping Weight
List Price
Options
2,500 lb
2,500 lb
2,500 lb
2,500 lb
265
200 lb
400 lb
420 lb
$1,715.00
$1,795.00
$1,995.00
$3,095.00
Ramps, bolt-down
floor plates, anti-slip
matting
None
Ramps
Ramps, Low Angle
Ramps, Quick-Pit,
Forklift Channels, Scale
Guards, Truck Dock
Frame, High Accuracy,
Bolt on indicator column
Table 23: Comparative Analysis; Weigh-Tronix, Inc. -- Tuf-Dec
11-30
Chapter 11: Floor Scale Competitive Analysis
Strengths
• Competitively Priced
• 100% end loading
• 2 year warranty
Weaknesses
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
No lifting eye locations
Enamel paint finish is not durable in the long term
Fixed foot, no give for side forces or cell misalignment
No junction box
Access to wires through the side/bottom of the scale
High 4 in. profile
Load cells mounted in shear
Trim “+ excitation" instead of "signal", can't fine tune the scale
Strain gages in high risk area. (little protection)
Scale overhangs feet by several inches, may cause tipping when used with ramps
11-31
Appendix 1 - Paint Specifications
Appendix 1 - Paint
Specifications
Paint Specification
The basic standards to describe surface preparation are: Steel Structures
Painting Council (SSPC) “Surface Preparation Specifications” and the National
Association of Corrosion Engineers Standards (N.A.C.E.). All Mettler Toledo
floor scales are cleaned to an SSPC specification of SP10. Further definition of
these specifications can be seen in the table below.
SURFACE PREPARATION
SSPC
N.A.C.E.
DESCRIPTION
SP 1, Solvent Cleaning
N/A
Removal of oil. Grease, dirt, soil and contaminants by
cleaning with solvent, vapor, alkali, emulsion or steam
SP 2, Hand Tool Cleaning
N/A
Removal of loose rust, loose mill scale and loose paint
by hand chipping, scraping, sanding and wire brushing
SP 3, Power Tool Cleaning
N/A
Removal of loose rust, loose mill scale, and loose paint
by power tool chipping, de-scaling, sanding, wire
brushing and grinding
SP 5, White Metal Blast Cleaning
1
Removal of all visible rust, mill scale, paint and foreign
matter by blast cleaning
SP 6, Commercial Blast Cleaning
3
Blast cleaning until at least two-thirds of each square
inch is free of all visible residues
SP 7, Brush-Off Blast Cleaning
4
Blast cleaning of all except tightly adhered residues of
mill scale, rust and coatings
SP 8, Pickling
Complete removal of rust and mill scale by acid
pickling, duplex pickling or electrolytic pickling
SP 10, Near White Blast Cleaning
2
Blast cleaning until at least 95% of each square inch is
free of all visible rust, mill scale, paint and foreign
matter.
SP 11-87T, Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal
N/A
Removal of all visible rust, mill scale, paint and foreign
matter using power tools and producing a minimum
profile of 1 mil.
Table 24: Surface Preparation
Appendix 1-1
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Paint Specifications, Black
Figure 31: Paint Specification, Black
2
Appendix 1 - Paint Specifications
Paint Specifications, Gray
Figure 32: Paint specification, Grey
Appendix 1-3
Appendix 2 -Load Cell Specifications
Appendix 2 - Load cell Specifications
Deckmate
Weight-Plate
Predator
VERTEX
MG4500
VERTEX Option
NIST H44 U.S. Standards Load Cells
Load Cell Capacity
Load Cell Model Number
2,500 lb
500 lb
1,250 lb
759
2,500 lb
5,000 lb
OIML Standards Load Cells
10k
20k
45k
745
220 kg
550 kg
1100 kg
743
10
15
15
15
15
2.0+/-.002
2.0 +/-. 002
2.0+/- .005
2.0 +/- .005
1.94 +/- .002
Input Resistance (Ohms)
385 min
385 min.
380 +/- 20
2200 /- 100
385 min
Output Resistance (Ohms)
350+/-2
350 +/- 2
350 +/- 2
2000 +/- 20
350 +/-2
+/-.02
+/- .02
+/- .02
+/- .02
+/- .02
Combined Error (% FSO)
<0.03%
<0.03%
<0.02%
<0.02%
<0.017%
Non-Repeatability (% FSO)
<0.01%
<0.01%
<0.01%
<0.01%
<0.01%
<0.03% FSO in 20 min.
<0.03% FSO in 20 min.
<0.02% FSOin 20min
<0.02% FSOin 20min
<0.025% FSOin 30min
Temperature Compensated Range
-10C to +40C
-10C to +40C
-10C to +40C
-10C to +40C
-10C to +40C
Safe Operating Range
-15C to +85C
-15C to +85C
-15C to +85C
-15C to +85C
-15C to +85C
Temperature Effect On Zero Balance
0.25%/100F
0.36 in
0.065 in
30 ft.
30 ft.
Excitation Voltage (VDC or VAC rms)
Rated Output MV/V
Zero Balance (mV/V)
Creep in 20 min. (% FSO)
Deflection @ Rated Capacity
Standard Cable Length
.010 in.
0.10% / 100F
0.01 in
7.5 ft.
0.01 in
7.5 ft.
0.01in
2200 kg
4400 kg
3.05mm
3.05mm
745
0.057% / 40C
0.012 in
15 ft.
0.012 in
30 ft.
2.54mm
2.54mm
4.57M
17-4ph Stainless Steel
Hermetically sealed
Hermetically Sealed
1/4-18NPT
1/4-18NPT
1/4-18NPT
1/4-18NPT
1/4-18NPT
96-007
92-108
88-008
88-008
TC2163/2
III
III
III
III or IIIL
T2206
Nmax Single Load Cell
1000d
3000d
5000d
10000d
R60 G3
Nmax Multiple Load Cell
1000d
5000d
2500d
2500d III/10000d IIIL
3000d
Vmin
2.5lb
.07 lb
.175 lb
.35 lb
.70 lb
1.40 lb
2.80lb
4.50 lb
.022kg
.056kg
.113kg
.226kg
.440kg
0
0
0
0
0
0
200lb
200lb
0
0
0
0
0
Wiring & Gage Cavity Seal Type
Integral Conduit Fitting
NTEP Certified (CC #)
NIST H44 Accuracy Class
Minimum Dead Load
17-4ph Stainless Steel
9.14M
17-4ph stainless steel
Material
17-4ph Stainless Steel
2.54mm
17-4ph Stainless Steel
Environmentally Protected
Hermetically Sealed
Safe Overload (% FSO)
150
150
150
150
150
Ultimate Overload (% FSO)
300
300
300
300
300
Safe Side Load (% FSO)
100
100
100
100
100
Appendix 2-1
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications
Appendix 3 Engineering
Specifications
Predator 2254
Engineering Specifications
Predator 2254 4’ X 4’ 5,000 Pound Mild Steel Warehouse Scale
1
General Provisions
1.1
Provide one fully electronic floor scale system.
1.2
Scale shall have an overall platform size of 48 inches wide by 48 inches long by 3.625
inches high and shall have a gross weighing capacity of 5,000 pounds.
1.3
The scale platform assembly shall be constructed of mild steel. Scale platform shall have
a mild steel tread plate surface.
1.4
Scale shall be surface (top-of-floor) mounted.
1.5
Scale shall be capable of weighing and withstanding 80% of the assemblies rated capacity
across each section or end of the weighing platform without damaging the performance or
fatiguing the design of the platform assembly.
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
Mechanical Specifications
Scale platform assembly shall be constructed of mild steel and shall have a tread plate
surface.
Scale platform shall have an unobstructed weighing surface, use of side rails or other
similar designs is not acceptable.
Platforms shall be constructed by welding formed or structural steel channel to the top
plate for reinforcement.
Each platform shall have provisions for lifting the entire platform for periodic inspection
and maintenance. The scale shall provide enough clearance to be lifted with a fork lift.
Side access to the load cell summing junction box shall be provided.
Scale shall be of a foot style design to allow ease of movement and installation.
Load foot assembly shall be threaded to allow for adjustment to compensate for uneven
floor conditions, a level bubble shall be provided.
The load foot shall have a captured swivel ball to compensate for possible foot
misalignment due to floor conditions.
Scale shall have a level bubble incorporated into the scale platform.
Appendix 3-1
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
3
Paint Preparation and Finish
3.1
Platforms, shall be abrasive blasted to 1.5 to 2.5 mils profile per SSPC-SP10 (Near White
Blast).
3.2
Paint will be Carboline 890 high build epoxy enamel. Coating must be cured to 3-6 mils
DFT.
3.3
Coating shall be lead and chromate free and cannot contain any substance defined as
carcinogenic by the U.S. EPA.
3.4
Coating must be suitable for salt solution immersion.
3.5
Coating must be chemical resistant per ASTM D3912 (Splash, Spillage, and Fumes).
4
Load Cell Specifications
4.1
All load cells shall meet or exceed the National Institute of Standards and Technology
(NIST) Handbook 44 for Class III weighing devices and shall be certified by the National
Type Evaluation Program (NTEP) for 1,000 division Class III accuracy.
4.2
Load cells to have the following individual characteristics:
4.2.1 Rated Capacity:
2,500 pounds
4.2.2 Rated Output:
2.0 +/- 0.002 (mV/V)
4.2.3 Zero Balance:
+/-0.02 mV/V
4.2.4 Temperature Compensation
-10 to +40 deg.C
+14 to +104 deg. F
4.2.5 Terminal Resistance:
Input:
385Ω
Signal:
350Ω +/- 2Ω
4.2.6 Excitation Voltage:
15 V AC/DC max.
4.2.7 Insulation Resistance:
5,000 MegaΩ min. @ 50 VDC
4.2.8 Maximum Loads:
Safe:
150% of R.C.
Ultimate Overload
300% of R.C.
Safe Side
100% of R.C.
4.2.9 Gage Cavity Seal Type:
Hermetic
4.3
Load cells to be constructed of 17-4 ph stainless steel and shall have a welded hermetic
gage cover over the gage and wiring cavities.
4.4
Each load cell to have a data plate affixed to the load cell which clearly shows:
4.4.1 Manufacturer
4.4.2 Capacity
4.4.3 Part Number
4.4.4 Serial Number
4.4.5 NTEP Certificate of Conformance Number
4.4.6 Class Number
4.4.7 Maximum divisions (Nmax)
4.4.8 Load cell Vmin
4.5
Load cells to be mounted to the scale platform with high strength grade 5 bolts minimum.
Appendix 3-2
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications
5
Junction Box Specifications
5.1
Scale shall have a junction box assembly mounted externally on the side of scale platform.
5.2
Junction box enclosure shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel.
5.3
The junction box shall contain a printed circuit board for the purpose of individual load cell
wiring termination, summing of the output signals from each load cell, trimming/balancing
the load cell signals, and wiring the interface to the digital instrument.
5.4
The printed circuit board shall have individual connectors for each of the load cells, and
the instrument interface cable. Each wire shall have a single terminal connection.
Doubling up or ganging of wires to one terminal is not acceptable.
5.5
The summing printed circuit board shall have potentiometers, one per load cell for the
electrical trimming/balancing of the load cell signals during calibration.
6
Warranties & Regulations
6.1
The scale platform shall have a minimum warranty of 24 months from date of installation.
Technician travel time and mileage costs shall be covered by the manufacturer for the first
30 days after installation, with on site labor covered for the first 12 months after the date of
installation. Replacement parts shall be covered for the full 24 month duration of the
warranty period.
6.2
Scale shall meet or exceed the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST)
Handbook 44 for Class III devices and shall also have been evaluated by National Type
Evaluation Program (NTEP) and verified compliance to Class III standards for 1,000
division accuracy performance. The scale shall have a Certificate of Conformance issued
under this program for the stated accuracy specification. The manufacturer shall provide
at the request of the customer a copy of this NTEP Certificate of Conformance.
7
Acceptable Manufacturers
7.1
Scale system shall be:
7.1.1 Mettler Toledo Model 2254 Predator platform scales.
8
Optional End Covers
8.1
Provide end covers in sets of (2)
Appendix 3-3
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Weight-Plate 2256 MS
Engineering Specifications
Weight-Plate 2256 Weight-Plate 2256 Mild Steel Platform Scale
Utilizing the table of Model 2156 Weight-Plate standard floor scales listed on the back page, find
the applicable scale width, length, height, and capacity desired for your specific applications.
Portions of the table which are shaded indicate that there is no standard offering available in that
specific size, capacity, or profile.
1
General Provisions
1.1
Provide one fully electronic floor scale system for the purpose
of________________________________________.
1.2
Scale shall have an overall platform size of ____ inches wide by ____ inches long by ____
inches high and shall have a gross weighing
capacity of __________ pounds.
1.3
The scale platform and subframe assembly shall be constructed of mild steel. Scale
platform shall have a mild steel tread plate surface. Scale shall be surface (top-of-floor)
mounted, the scale shall be capable of attaching drive on ramps on two opposite sides of
the scale without modifications.
1.4
Scale shall be capable of weighing and withstanding ____% of the assemblies rated
capacity across each section or end of the weighing platform without damaging the
performance or fatiguing the design of the platform assembly.
2
Mechanical Specifications
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
Appendix 3-4
Scale platform assembly shall be constructed of mild steel and shall have a tread plate
surface.
Scale platform shall have an unobstructed weighing surface, use of side rails or other
similar designs is not acceptable.
Platforms shall be constructed by welding formed channel to the top plate for
reinforcement.
Each platform shall have provisions for lifting the entire platform for periodic inspection
and maintenance. The scale manufacturer shall provide a minimum of two threaded
through hole lifting points in the scale platform for this purpose.
A removable access plate shall be provided in the top of the platform surface to provide
access to the load cell summing junction box.
Scale suspension shall be of a rocker foot style design to allow ease of movement and
installation.
Load foot assembly shall be threaded to allow for adjustment to compensate for uneven
floor conditions
A level bubble shall be provided, visible from the top of platform.
The load foot shall have a captured swivel ball to compensate for possible foot
misalignment due to floor conditions.
Load foot assembly shall have a locking jam nut.
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications
3
Paint Preparation and Finish
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
4
Platforms, shall be abrasive blasted to 1.5 to 2.5 mils profile per SSPC-SP10 (Near White
Blast).
Paint will be Carboline 890 high build epoxy enamel. Coating must be cured to 3-6 mils
DFT.
Coating shall be lead and chromate free and cannot contain any substance defined as
carcinogenic by the U.S. EPA.
Coating must be suitable for salt solution immersion.
Coating must be chemical resistant per ASTM D3912 (Splash, Spillage, and Fumes).
Load Cell Specifications
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
All load cells shall meet or exceed the National Institute of Standards and Technology
(NIST) Handbook 44 for Class III weighing devices and shall be certified by the National
Type Evaluation Program (NTEP) for 5,000 division Class III accuracy.
Load cells to have the following individual characteristics:
4.2.1 Rated Capacity:
____________pounds
4.2.2 Rated Output:
2.0 +/- 0.002 (mV/V)
4.2.3 Zero Balance:
+/-0.02 mV/V
4.2.4 Temperature Compensation
-10 to +40 deg. C
to +104 deg. F
4.2.5 Terminal Resistance:
4.2.5.1 Input:
385Ω
4.2.5.2 Signal:
350Ω +/- 2Ω
4.2.6 Excitation Voltage:
15 V AC/DC max.
4.2.7 Insulation Resistance:
5,000 MegaΩ min. @ 50 VDC
4.2.8 Maximum Loads:
4.2.8.1 Safe:
150% of R.C.
4.2.8.2 Ultimate Overload
300% of R.C.
4.2.8.3 Safe Side
100% of R.C.
4.2.9 Gage Cavity Seal Type:
Welded Hermetic Gage Cover
Load cells to be constructed of 17-4 ph stainless steel and shall have a welded hermetic
gage cover over the gage and wiring cavities.
Each load cell to have an integral conduit fitting on the cable entrance into the load cell for
enhanced moisture protection.
Each load cell to have a data plate affixed to the load cell which clearly shows:
4.5.1 Manufacturer
4.5.2 Capacity
4.5.3 Part Number
4.5.4 Serial Number
4.5.5 NTEP Certificate of Conformance Number
4.5.6 Class Number
4.5.7 Maximum divisions (Nmax)
4.5.8 Load cell Vmin
Load cells to be mounted to the scale platform with high strength grade 5 bolts minimum.
Appendix 3-5
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
5
Junction Box Specifications
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
6
Warranties & Regulations
6.1
6.2
7
The scale platform shall have a minimum warranty of 24 months from date of installation.
Technician travel time and mileage costs shall be covered by the manufacturer for the first
30 days after installation, with on site labor covered for the first 12 months after the date of
installation. Replacement parts shall be covered for the full 24 month
duration of the
warranty period.
Scale shall meet or exceed the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST)
Handbook 44 for Class III devices and shall also have been evaluated by National Type
Evaluation Program (NTEP) and verified compliance to Class III standards for _____
division accuracy performance. The scale shall have a Certificate of Conformance issued
under this program for the stated accuracy specification. The manufacturer shall provide
at the request of the customer a copy of this NTEP Certificate of Conformance.
Acceptable Manufacturers
7.1
8
Scale shall have a junction box assembly mounted internally within the scale platform.
Access to the junction box assembly shall be accomplished via removable plate in the top
of the scale platform. Remote mounted, or side access junction box assemblies are not
acceptable.
Junction box enclosure shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel and shall be designed
to NEMA 4X standards.
The junction box enclosure shall have wash down duty connectors, one for each load cell
cable, and one additional connector for the instrument cable. Multiple cables using single
box connectors is not acceptable.
The junction box shall contain a printed circuit board for the purpose of individual load cell
wiring termination, summing of the output signals from each load cell, trimming/balancing
the load cell signals, and wiring the interface to the digital instrument.
The printed circuit board shall have individual connectors for each of the load cells, and
the instrument interface cable. Each wire shall have a single terminal connection.
Doubling up or ganging of wires to one terminal is not acceptable.
The summing printed circuit board shall have potentiometers, one per load cell for the
electrical trimming/balancing of the load cell signals during calibration.
Scale system shall be:
7.1.1 Mettler Toledo Model 2256 Weight-Plate platform scales.
Optional Standard Ramp (Top-Of-Floor Mount Only)
8.1
8.2
8.3
Appendix 3-6
Provide _____ ramp(s) for access to the weighing platform. Ramps shall be 36”, 48” or
60” in width and a minimum of 36” in length, with an angle of 5.9°.
Ramps shall be constructed of reinforced mild steel tread plate.
Paint preparation and Finish Specification 3.0 shall apply.
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications
Appendix : Fill in the Blank Legends
In this appendix you will find the information and options for those portions of the specifications which are
left blank ( _________ ). In some cases, there are a number of options to chose from, others are simple.
Each fill in the blank option listed below has its applicable section number for ease of reference.
Section 1.1:
Provide a brief explanation of your specific application for the scale(s) required.
Section 1.2:
Utilizing the table of Model 2256 Weight-Plate standard floor scales listed below, find the applicable
scale width, length, height, and capacity desired for your specific applications. Portions of the table
which are shaded indicate that there is no standard offering available in that specific size, capacity, or
profile.
Standard Sizes, Capacities, Profile, & Load Cell Type
Scale Size
Scale Capacity
Width X Length
Profile
3,000 lb / 1,500 kg
6,000 lb / 3,000 kg
10,000 lb / 5,000 kg
36 in. X 36 in.
4 in.
Yes
Yes
No
914 mm x 914 mm
101 mm
48 in. X 48 in.
4 in.
Yes
Yes
Yes
1219 mm x 1219 mm
101 mm
48 in. X 60 in.
4 in.
Yes
Yes
Yes
1219 mm x 1524 mm
101 mm
60 in. X 60 in.
4 in.
Yes
Yes
Yes
1524 mm x 1524 mm
101 mm
Section 4.2.1: Rated Load Cell Capacity
Rated Scale
Capacity
Individual Load Cell Capacity
Overload Capacity
3,000 lbs
1,250 lbs
80%
6,000 lbs
2,500 lbs
80%
10,000 lbs
5,000 lbs
100%
Section 1.4: Rated Scale Capacity
NTEP / Division
Standard / Division
3,000 x 1 lbs / 3,000 d
3,000 x .5 lbs / 6,000 d
6,000 x 2 lbs / 2,000 d
6,000 x 1 lbs / 6,000 d
10,000 x 5 lbs / 2,000 d
10,000 x 2 lbs / 5,000 d
Appendix 3-7
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Weight-Plate 2256 SS
Engineering Specifications
Weight-Plate 2256 Stainless Steel Platform Scale
Utilizing the table of Model 2156 Weight-Plate standard floor scales listed on the back page, find
the applicable scale width, length, height, and capacity desired for your specific applications.
Portions of the table which are shaded indicate that there is no standard offering available in that
specific size, capacity, or profile.
1
General Provisions
1.1
Provide one fully electronic floor scale system for the purpose
of________________________________________.
1.2
Scale shall have an overall platform size of ____ inches wide by ____ inches long by ____
inches high and shall have a gross weighing capacity of ___________ pounds.
1.3
The scale shall be constructed for use in a washdown environment and shall have
components which are suited for that environment.
1.4
The scale platform and subframe assembly shall be constructed of type 304 stainless
steel and shall have a smooth plate surface.
1.5
Scale shall be surface (top-of-floor) mounted, the scale shall be capable of attaching drive
on ramps on two opposite sides of the scale without modifications.
1.6
Scale shall be capable of weighing and withstanding ____% of the assemblies rated
capacity across each section or end of the weighing platform without damaging the
performance or fatiguing the design of the platform assembly.
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
Appendix 3-8
Mechanical Specifications
Scale platform shall be constructed of type 304 stainless steel and shall have a smooth
plate surface.
Scale platform shall have an unobstructed weighing surface, use of side rails or other
similar designs is not acceptable.
Platforms shall be constructed by welding formed channel to the top plate for
reinforcement.
Each platform shall have provisions for lifting the entire platform for periodic inspection
and maintenance. The scale manufacturer shall provide a minimum of two threaded
through hole lifting points in the scale platform for this purpose. The scale manufacturer
shall also provide threaded steel plugs for each of these holes to protect the lifting points
during non-use.
A removable access plate shall be provided in the top of the platform surface to provide
access to the load cell summing junction box.
Scale suspension shall be of a rocker foot style design to allow ease of movement and
installation.
Load foot assembly shall be stainless steel and be threaded to allow for adjustment to
compensate for uneven floor conditions.
A level bubble shall be provided, visible from the top of platform.
The load foot shall have a captured swivel ball to compensate for possible foot
misalignment due to floor conditions.
Load foot assembly shall have a locking jam nut.
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications
3
Surface Preparation and Finish
3.1
3.2
3.3
4
Platform shall be constructed of material which conforms to SSPC-Vis 189 Rust
Grade A specifications.
All exterior material surfaces shall be cleaned to a white metal in accordance with SSPCSP-5-N1 specifications, only non-metallic abrasives are to be used.
A blast profile shall be between 1.25 to 2.5 mils.
Load Cell Specifications
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
All load cells shall meet or exceed the National Institute of Standards and Technology
(NIST) Handbook 44 for Class III weighing devices and shall be certified by the National
Type Evaluation Program (NTEP) for 5,000 division Class III accuracy.
Load cells to have the following individual characteristics:
4.2.1 Rated Capacity:
____________pounds
4.2.2 Rated Output:
2.0 +/- 0.002 (mV/V)
4.2.3 Zero Balance:
+/-0.02 mV/V
4.2.4 Temperature Compensation
-10 to +40 deg. C
to +104 deg. F
4.2.5 Terminal Resistance:
4.2.5.1 Input:
385Ω
4.2.5.2 Signal:
350Ω +/- 2Ω
4.2.6 Excitation Voltage:
15 V AC/DC max.
4.2.7 Insulation Resistance:
5,000 MegaΩ min. @ 50 VDC
4.2.8 Maximum Loads:
4.2.8.1 Safe:
150% of R.C.
4.2.8.2 Ultimate Overload
300% of R.C.
4.2.8.3 Safe Side
100% of R.C.
4.2.9 Gage Cavity Seal Type:
Welded Hermetic Gage Cover
Load cells to be constructed of 17-4 ph stainless steel and shall have a welded hermetic
gage cover over the gage and wiring cavities.
Each load cell to have an integral conduit fitting on the cable entrance into the load cell for
enhanced moisture protection.
Each load cell to have a data plate affixed to the load cell which clearly shows:
4.5.1 Manufacturer
4.5.2 Capacity
4.5.3 Part Number
4.5.4 Serial Number
4.5.5 NTEP Certificate of Conformance Number
4.5.6 Class Number
4.5.7 Maximum divisions (Nmax)
4.5.8 Load cell Vmin
Load cells to be mounted to the scale platform with high strength grade 5 bolts minimum.
Appendix 3-9
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
5
Junction Box Specifications
5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4
5.5
5.6
6
Warranties & Regulations
6.1
6.2
7
The scale platform shall have a minimum warranty of 24 months from date of installation.
Technician travel time and mileage costs shall be covered by the manufacturer for the first
30 days after installation, with on site labor covered for the first 12 months after the date of
installation. Replacement parts shall be covered for the full 24 month duration of the
warranty period.
Scale shall meet or exceed the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST)
Handbook 44 for Class III devices and shall also have been evaluated by National Type
Evaluation Program (NTEP) and verified compliance to Class III standards for _____
division accuracy performance. The scale shall have a Certificate of Conformance issued
under this program for the stated accuracy specification. The manufacturer shall provide
at the request of the customer a copy of this NTEP Certificate of Conformance.
Acceptable Manufacturers
7.1
8
Scale shall have a junction box assembly mounted internally within the scale platform.
Access to the junction box assembly shall be accomplished via removable plate in the top
of the scale platform. Remote mounted, or side access junction box assemblies are not
acceptable.
Junction box enclosure shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel and shall be designed
to NEMA 4X standards.
The junction box enclosure shall have wash down duty connectors, one for each load cell
cable, and one additional connector for the instrument cable. Multiple cables using single
box connectors is not acceptable.
The junction box shall contain a printed circuit board for the purpose of individual load cell
wiring termination, summing of the output signals from each load cell, trimming/balancing
the load cell signals, and wiring the interface to the digital instrument.
The printed circuit board shall have individual connectors for each of the load cells, and
the instrument interface cable. Each wire shall have a single terminal connection.
Doubling up or ganging of wires to one terminal is not acceptable.
The summing printed circuit board shall have potentiometers, one per load cell for the
electrical trimming/balancing of the load cell signals during calibration.
Scale system shall be:
7.1.1 Mettler Toledo Model 2256 Weight-Plate platform scales.
Optional Standard Ramp (Top-Of-Floor Mount Only)
8.1
8.2
8.3
Provide _____ ramp(s) for access to the weighing platform. Ramps shall be 36”, 48” or
60” in width and a minimum of 36” in length, with an angle of 5.9°.
Ramps shall be constructed of reinforced type 304 stainless steel smooth plate.
Surface preparation and Finish Specification 3.0 shall apply.
Appendix 3-10
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications
Appendix : Fill in the Blank Legends
In this appendix you will find the information and options for those portions of the specifications which are
left blank ( _________ ). In some cases, there are a number of options to chose from, others are simple.
Each fill in the blank option listed below has its applicable section number for ease of reference.
Section 1.1:
Provide a brief explanation of your specific application for the scale(s) required.
Section 1.2:
Utilizing the table of Model 2256 Weight-Plate standard floor scales listed below, find the applicable
scale width, length, height, and capacity desired for your specific applications. Portions of the table
which are shaded indicate that there is no standard offering available in that specific size, capacity, or
profile.
Standard Sizes, Capacities, Profile, & Load Cell Type
Scale Size
Scale Capacity
Width X Length
Profile
3,000 lb / 1,500 kg
6,000 lb / 3,000 kg
10,000 lb / 5,000 kg
36 in. X 36 in.
4 in.
Yes
Yes
No
914 mm x 914 mm
101 mm
48 in. X 48 in.
4 in.
Yes
Yes
Yes
1219 mm x 1219 mm
101 mm
48 in. X 60 in.
4 in.
Yes
Yes
Yes
1219 mm x 1524 mm
101 mm
60 in. X 60 in.
4 in.
Yes
Yes
Yes
1524 mm x 1524 mm
101 mm
Section 1.3: Rated Load Cell Capacity
Rated Scale
Capacity
Individual Load Cell Capacity
Overload Capacity
3,000 lbs
1,250 lbs
80%
6,000 lbs
2,500 lbs
80%
10,000 lbs
5,000 lbs
100%
Section 1.4: Rated Scale Capacity
NTEP / Division
Standard / Division
3,000 x 1 lbs / 3,000 d
3,000 x .5 lbs / 6,000 d
6,000 x 2 lbs / 2,000 d
6,000 x 1 lbs / 6,000 d
10,000 x 5 lbs / 2,000 d
10,000 x 2 lbs / 5,000 d
Appendix 3-11
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
VERTEX 2158 MS
Engineering Specifications
VERTEX 2158 Mild Steel Platform Scale
Utilizing the table of Model 2158 VERTEX standard floor scales listed on the back page, find the
applicable scale width, length, height, and capacity desired for your specific applications. Portions of the
table which are shaded indicate that there is no standard offering available in that specific size, capacity,
or profile.
1
General Provisions
1.1
Provide one fully electronic floor scale system for the purpose
of________________________________________.
1.2
Scale shall have an overall platform size of ____ inches wide by ____ inches long by ____
inches high and shall have a gross weighing capacity of ___________ pounds.
1.3
The scale platform and subframe assembly shall be constructed of mild steel. Scale
platform shall have a mild steel tread plate surface.
1.4
Scale shall be surface (top-of-floor) mounted, the scale shall be capable of attaching drive
on ramps on any or all four sides of the scale without modifications.
1.5
Scale shall be capable of weighing and withstanding 100% of the assemblies rated
capacity across each section or end of the weighing platform without damaging the
performance or fatiguing the design of the platform assembly.
2
Mechanical Specifications
2.1
Scale platform and frame assemblies shall be constructed of mild steel and shall have a
tread plate surface.
2.2
Scale platform shall have an unobstructed weighing surface, use of side rails or other
similar designs is not acceptable.
2.3
Platforms shall be constructed by welding formed or structural steel channel to the top
plate for reinforcement.
2.4
Each platform shall have provisions for lifting the entire platform for periodic inspection
and maintenance. The scale manufacturer shall provide a minimum of two threaded
through hole lifting points in the scale platform for this purpose. The scale manufacturer
shall also provide threaded steel plugs for each of these holes to protect the lifting points
during non-use.
2.5
A removable access plate shall be provided in the top of the platform surface to provide
access to the load cell summing junction box.
2.6
Scale shall be of full frame design to insure scale suspension containment and platform
horizontal checking. Scales which do not utilize a lower frame assembly are not
acceptable.
2.7
Scale frame shall be constructed of formed or structural angle, and shall be designed so
that the entire frame does not protrude outside the area covered by the platform
assembly.
2.8
Scale frame shall have provisions for permanent anchoring of the scale in-place , and
shall have fixed bumper assemblies for restricting the horizontal movement of the scale
platform.
Appendix 3-12
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications
2.9
2.10
2.11
2.12
The frame shall include the receiver or bearing point for the load cell suspension
assembly. The receiver is to be fixed in place and shall be constructed of hardened 17-4
ph stainless steel to insure excellent weighing performance.
Scale shall be secured to the foundation by drop-in anchors which secure the scale frame
to the foundation. Drop-in anchors shall be a minimum of 1/2" diameter. Use of cast inplace, or imbedded plates are not acceptable.
Each load cell shall have a rocker pin suspension to provide point
loading to the
load cell assembly and insure free movement of the scale platform. The rocker pin shall
be made of hardened 17-4 ph stainless steel.
All load cell suspension and frame bumper/checking systems shall be set at the factory
and not require field adjustment.
3
Paint Preparation and Finish
3.1
All platforms, frames, ramps, and/or pit coping shall be abrasive blasted to 1.5 to 2.5 mils
profile per SSPC-SP10 (Near White Blast).
3.2
Paint will be Carboline 890 high build epoxy enamel. Coating must be cured to 3-6 mils
DFT.
3.3
Coating shall be lead and chromate free and cannot contain any substance defined as
carcinogenic by the U.S. EPA.
3.4
Coating must be suitable for salt solution immersion.
3.5
Coating must be chemical resistant per ASTM D3912 (Splash, Spillage, and Fumes).
4
Load Cell Specifications
4.1
All load cells shall meet or exceed the National Institute of Standards and Technology
(NIST) Handbook 44 for Class III weighing devices and shall be certified by the National
Type Evaluation Program (NTEP) for 5,000 division Class III accuracy.
4.2
Load cells to have the following individual characteristics:
4.2.1 Rated Capacity:
____________pounds
4.2.2 Rated Output:
2.0 +/- 0.002 (mV/V)
4.2.3 Zero Balance:
+/-0.02 mV/V
4.2.4 Temperature Compensation
-10 to +40 deg. C
+14 to +104 deg. F
4.2.5 Terminal Resistance:
Input:
385Ω
Signal:
350Ω +/- 2Ω
4.2.6 Excitation Voltage:
15 V AC/DC max.
4.2.7 Insulation Resistance:
5,000 MegaΩ min. @ 50 VDC
4.2.8 Maximum Loads:
Safe:
150% of R.C.
Ultimate Overload
300% of R.C.
Safe Side
100% of R.C.
4.2.9 Gage Cavity Seal Type:
Hermetic
4.3
Load cells to be constructed of 17-4 ph stainless steel and shall be hermetically sealed.
4.4
Each load cell to have an integral conduit fitting on the cable entrance into the load cell for
enhanced moisture protection.
4.5
Each load cell to have a data plate affixed to the load cell which clearly shows:
4.5.1 Manufacturer
4.5.2 Capacity
4.5.3 Part Number
Appendix 3-13
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
4.6
4.5.4 Serial Number
4.5.5 NTEP Certificate of Conformance Number
4.5.6 Class Number
4.5.7 Maximum divisions (Nmax)
4.5.8 Load cell Vmin
Load cells to be mounted to the scale platform with high strength grade 5 bolts minimum.
5
Junction Box Specifications
5.1
Scale shall have a junction box assembly mounted internally within the scale platform.
Access to the junction box assembly shall be accomplished via removable plate in the top
of the scale platform. Remote mounted, or side access junction box assemblies are not
acceptable.
5.2
Junction box enclosure shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel and shall be designed
to NEMA 4X standards.
5.3
The junction box enclosure shall have wash down duty connectors, one for each load cell
cable, and one additional connector for the instrument cable. Multiple cables using single
box connectors is not acceptable.
5.4
The junction box shall contain a printed circuit board for the purpose of individual load cell
wiring termination, summing of the output signals from each load cell, trimming/balancing
the load cell signals, and wiring the interface to the digital instrument.
5.5
The printed circuit board shall have individual connectors for each of the load cells, and
the instrument interface cable. Each wire shall have a single terminal connection.
Doubling up or ganging of wires to one terminal is not acceptable.
5.6
The summing printed circuit board shall have potentiometers, one per load cell for the
electrical trimming/balancing of the load cell signals during calibration.
6
Warranties & Regulations
6.1
The scale platform shall have a minimum warranty of 24 months from date of installation.
Technician travel time and mileage costs shall be covered by the manufacturer for the first
30 days after installation, with on site labor covered for the first 12 months after the date of
installation. Replacement parts shall be covered for the full 24 month duration of the
warranty period.
6.2
Scale shall meet or exceed the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST)
Handbook 44 for Class III devices and shall also have been evaluated by National Type
Evaluation Program (NTEP) and verified compliance to Class III standards for 5,000
division accuracy performance. The scale shall have a Certificate of Conformance issued
under this program for the stated accuracy specification. The manufacturer shall provide
at the request of the customer a copy of this NTEP Certificate of Conformance.
7
Acceptable Manufacturers
7.1
Scale system shall be:
7.1.1 Mettler Toledo Model 2158 Vertex platform scales.
Appendix 3-14
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications
8
Optional Standard Ramp (Top-Of-Floor Mount Only)
8.1
Provide _____ ramp(s) for access to the weighing platform. Ramps shall
width and a minimum of 36” in length.
8.2
Ramps shall be constructed of reinforced mild steel tread plate.
8.3
Paint preparation and Finish Specification 3.0 shall apply.
be 36” in
9
Optional Low Angle Ramp (Top-Of-Floor Mount Only)
9.1
Provide _____ ramp(s) for low angle access to the weighing platform. Ramps shall be 36”
in width and a minimum of 60” in length.
9.2
Ramps shall be constructed of reinforced mild steel tread plate.
9.3
Paint preparation and Finish Specification 3.0 shall apply.
10
Optional Flush (In-Floor) Mounting
10.1 The scale shall be capable of Surface (Top-Of-Floor) or Flush (In-Floor) Mount installation
without modification to the scale assembly.
10.2 A separate pit frame shall be provided with the scale platform as a part of the complete
weighing system.
10.3 The pit frame shall be factory assembled requiring no field assembly or welding.
10.4 The pit frame shall provide a coping edge along the entire perimeter of the pit opening.
10.5 Paint preparation and Finish Specification 3.0 shall apply.
Appendix : Fill in the Blank Legends
In this appendix you will find the information and options for those portions of the specifications which are
left blank ( _________ ). In some cases, there are a number of options to chose from, others are simple.
Each fill in the blank option listed below has its applicable section number for ease of reference.
Section 1.1:
Provide a brief explanation of your specific application for the scale(s) required.
Appendix 3-15
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Section 1.2:
Utilizing the table of Model 2158 VERTEX standard floor scales listed below, find the applicable scale
width, length, height, and capacity desired for your specific applications. Portions of the table which are
shaded indicate that there is no standard offering available in that specific size, capacity, or profile.
Standard Sizes, Capacities, Profile, & Load Cell Type
Scale Size
Scale Capacity
Width X Length
Profile
1000 lb
500 kg
2500 lb
1250 kg
5000 lb
2500 kg
10000 lb
5000 kg
20000 lb
10000 kg
36 in. X 36 in.
914 mm x 914 mm
3"
76 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
48 in. X 48 in.
1219 mm x 1219 mm
3"
76 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
48 in. X 48 in.
1219 mm x 1219 mm
3 3/8"
85 mm
No
No
No
Yes
No
48 in. X 48 in.
1219 mm x 1219 mm
4"
101 mm
No
No
No
No
Yes
48 in. X 60 in.
1219 mm x 1524 mm
3"
76 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
48 in. X 60 in.
1219 mm x 1524 mm
3 3/8"
85 mm
No
No
No
Yes
No
48 in. X 60 in.
1219 mm x 1524 mm
4"
101 mm
No
No
No
No
Yes
48 in. X 72 in.
1219 mm x 1828 mm
3"
76 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
48 in. X 72 in.
1219 mm x 1828 mm
3 3/8"
85 mm
No
No
No
Yes
No
48 in. X 72 in.
1219 mm x 1828 mm
4"
101 mm
No
No
No
No
Yes
60 in. X 60 in.
1524 mm x 1524 mm
3"
76 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
60 in. X 60 in.
1524 mm x 1524 mm
3 3/8"
85 mm
No
No
No
Yes
No
60 in. X 60 in.
1524 mm x 1524 mm
4"
101 mm
No
No
No
No
Yes
60 in. X 84 in.
1524 mm x 2133 mm
3"
76 mm
No
No
Yes
No
No
60 in. X 84 in.
1524 mm x 2133 mm
3 3/8"
85 mm
No
No
No
Yes
No
60 in. X 84 in.
1524 mm x 2133 mm
4"
101 mm
No
No
No
No
Yes
Appendix 3-16
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications
Section 4.2.1: Rated Load Cell Capacity
Load cells in the Model 2158 VERTEX floor scales are equal to one half the capacity of the scale
assembly. There are four load cells per scale assembly, based on the gross weighing capacity desired,
individual load cell capacities are as follows:
Rated Scale Capacity
Individual Load Cell Capacity
1,000 lb (500 kg)
500 lb (250 kg)
2,500 lb 1,250 kg)
1,250 lb (625 kg)
5,000 lb (2,500 kg)
2,500 lb (1,250 kg)
10,0000 lb (5,000 kg)
5,000 lb )2,500 kg)
20,000 lb (10,000 kg)
10,000 lb (5,000 kg)
Appendix 3-17
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
VERTEX 2158 SS
Engineering Specifications
VERTEX 2158 Stainless Steel Platform Scale
Utilizing the table of Model 2158 VERTEX standard floor scales listed on the back page, find the
applicable scale width, length, height, and capacity desired for your specific applications. Portions of the
table which are shaded indicate that there is no standard offering available in that specific size, capacity,
or profile.
1
General Provisions
1.1
Provide one fully electronic floor scale system for the purpose
of________________________________________.
1.2
Scale shall have an overall platform size of ____ inches wide by ____ inches long by ____
inches high and shall have a gross weighing capacity of __________ pounds.
1.3
The scale shall be constructed for use in a washdown environment and shall have
components which are suited for that environment.
1.4
The scale platform and subframe assembly shall be constructed of type 304 stainless
steel and shall have a smooth plate surface.
1.5
Scale shall be capable of weighing and withstanding 100% of the assemblies rated
capacity across each section or end of the weighing platform without damaging the
performance or fatiguing the design of the platform assembly.
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
Mechanical Specifications
Scale platform and frame assemblies shall be constructed of type 304 stainless steel and
shall have a smooth plate surface.
Scale platform shall have an unobstructed weighing surface, use of side rails or other
similar designs is not acceptable.
Platforms shall be constructed by welding formed or structural steel channel to the top
plate for reinforcement.
Each platform shall have provisions for lifting the entire platform for periodic inspection
and maintenance. The scale manufacturer shall provide a minimum of two threaded
through hole lifting points in the scale platform for this purpose. The scale manufacturer
shall also provide threaded steel plugs for each of these holes to protect the lifting points
during non-use.
A removable access plate shall be provided in the top of the platform surface to provide
access to the load cell summing junction box.
Scale shall be of full frame design to insure scale suspension containment and platform
horizontal checking. Scales which do not utilize a lower frame assembly are not
acceptable.
Scale frame shall be constructed of formed or structural angle, and shall be designed so
that the entire frame does not protrude outside the area covered by the platform
assembly.
Scale frame shall have provisions for permanent anchoring of the scale in-place , and
shall have fixed bumper assemblies for restricting the horizontal movement of the scale
platform.
Appendix 3-18
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications
2.9
2.10
2.11
2.12
The frame shall include the receiver or bearing point for the load cell suspension
assembly. The receiver is to be fixed in place and shall be constructed of hardened 17-4
ph stainless steel to insure excellent weighing performance.
Scale shall be secured to the foundation by drop-in anchors which secure the scale frame
to the foundation. Drop-in anchors shall be a minimum of 1/2" diameter. Use of cast inplace, or imbedded plates are not acceptable.
Each load cell shall have a rocker pin suspension to provide point
loading to the
load cell assembly and insure free movement of the scale platform. The rocker pin shall
be made of hardened 17-4 ph stainless steel.
All load cell suspension and frame bumper/checking systems shall be set at the factory
and not require field adjustment.
3
Surface Preparation and Finish
3.1
All platforms, frames, ramps, and/or pit coping shall be constructed of material which
conforms to SSPC-Vis 1-89 Rust Grade A specifications.
3.2
All exterior material surfaces shall be cleaned to a white metal in accordance with SSPCSP-5-N1 specifications, only non-metallic abrasives are to be used.
3.3
A blast profile shall be between 1.25 to 2.5 mils.
4
Load Cell Specifications
4.1
All load cells shall meet or exceed the National Institute of Standards and Technology
(NIST) Handbook 44 for Class III weighing devices and shall be certified by the National
Type Evaluation Program (NTEP) for 5,000 division Class III accuracy.
4.2
Load cells to have the following individual characteristics:
4.2.1 Rated Capacity:
____________pounds
4.2.2 Rated Output:
2.0 +/- 0.002 (mV/V)
4.2.3 Zero Balance:
+/-0.02 mV/V
4.2.4 Temperature Compensation
-10 to +40 deg. C
+14 to +104 deg. F
4.2.5 Terminal Resistance:
Input:
385Ω
Signal:
350Ω +/- 2Ω
4.2.6 Excitation Voltage:
15 V AC/DC max.
4.2.7 Insulation Resistance:
5,000 MegaΩ min. @ 50 VDC
4.2.8 Maximum Loads:
Safe:
150% of R.C.
Ultimate Overload
300% of R.C.
Safe Side
100% of R.C.
4.2.9 Gage Cavity Seal Type:
(Potted or Hermetic)
4.3
Load cells to be constructed of 17-4 ph stainless steel and shall have a (potted / hermetic)
seal.
4.4
Each load cell to have an integral conduit fitting on the cable entrance into the load cell for
enhanced moisture protection.
4.5
Each load cell to have a data plate affixed to the load cell which clearly shows:
4.5.1 Manufacturer
4.5.2 Capacity
4.5.3 Part Number
4.5.4 Serial Number
4.5.5 NTEP Certificate of Conformance Number
Appendix 3-19
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
4.6
4.5.6 Class Number
4.5.7 Maximum divisions (Nmax)
4.5.8 Load cell Vmin
Load cells to be mounted to the scale platform with high strength grade 5 bolts minimum.
5
Junction Box Specifications
5.1
Scale shall have a junction box assembly mounted internally within the scale platform.
Access to the junction box assembly shall be accomplished via removable plate in the top
of the scale platform. Remote mounted, or side access junction box assemblies are not
acceptable.
5.2
Junction box enclosure shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel and shall be designed
to NEMA 4X standards.
5.3
The junction box enclosure shall have wash down duty connectors, one for each load cell
cable, and one additional connector for the instrument cable. Multiple cables using single
box connectors is not acceptable.
5.4
The junction box shall contain a printed circuit board for the purpose of individual load cell
wiring termination, summing of the output signals from each load cell, trimming/balancing
the load cell signals, and wiring the interface to the digital instrument.
5.5
The printed circuit board shall have individual connectors for each of the load cells, and
the instrument interface cable. Each wire shall have a single terminal connection.
Doubling up or ganging of wires to one terminal is not acceptable.
5.6
The summing printed circuit board shall have potentiometers, one per load cell for the
electrical trimming/balancing of the load cell signals during calibration.
6
Warranties & Regulations
6.1
The scale platform shall have a minimum warranty of 24 months from date of installation.
Technician travel time and mileage costs shall be covered by the manufacturer for the first
30 days after installation, with on site labor covered for the first 12 months after the date of
installation. Replacement parts shall be covered for the full 24 month
duration of the
warranty period.
6.2
Scale shall meet or exceed the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST)
Handbook 44 for Class III devices and shall also have been evaluated by National Type
Evaluation Program (NTEP) and verified compliance to Class III standards for 5,000
division accuracy performance. The scale shall have a Certificate of Conformance issued
under this program for the stated accuracy specification. The manufacturer shall provide
at the request of the customer a copy of this NTEP Certificate of Conformance.
7
Acceptable Manufacturers
7.1
Scale system shall be:
7.1.1 Mettler Toledo Model 2158 Vertex platform scales.
Appendix 3-20
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications
8
Optional Standard Ramp (Top-Of-Floor Mount Only)
8.1
Provide _____ ramp(s) for access to the weighing platform. Ramps shall
be ___” in
width and a minimum of 36” in length.
8.2
Ramps shall be constructed of reinforced type 304 stainless steel smooth plate.
8.3
Surface preparation and Finish Specification 3.0 shall apply.
9
Optional Low Angle Ramp (Top-Of-Floor Mount Only)
9.1
Provide _____ ramp(s) for low angle access to the weighing platform. Ramps shall be
___” in width and a minimum of 60” in length.
9.2
Ramps shall be constructed of reinforced type 304 stainless steel smooth plate.
9.3
Surface preparation and Finish Specification 3.0 shall apply.
10
Optional Flush (In-Floor) Mounting
10.1 The scale shall be capable of Surface (Top-Of-Floor) or Flush (In-Floor) Mount installation
without modification to the scale assembly.
10.2 A separate pit frame shall be provided with the scale platform as a part of the complete
weighing system.
10.3 The pit frame shall be factory assembled requiring no field assembly or welding.
10.4 The pit frame shall provide a coping edge along the entire parameter of the pit opening.
10.5 Surface preparation and Finish Specification 3.0 shall apply.
Appendix : Fill in the Blank Legends
In this appendix you will find the information and options for those portions of the specifications which are
left blank ( _________ ). In some cases, there are a number of options to chose from, others are simple.
Each fill in the blank option listed below has its applicable section number for ease of reference.
Section 1.1:
Provide a brief explanation of your specific application for the scale(s) required.
Appendix 3-21
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Section 1.2:
Utilizing the table of Model 2158 VERTEX standard floor scales listed below, find the applicable scale
width, length, height, and capacity desired for your specific applications. Portions of the table which are
shaded indicate that there is no standard offering available in that specific size, capacity, or profile.
Standard Sizes, Capacities, Profile, & Load Cell Type
Scale Size
Scale Capacity
Width X Length
Profile
1000 lb
500 kg
2500 lb
1250 kg
5000 lb
2500 kg
10000 lb
5000 kg
36 in. X 36 in.
914 mm x 914 mm
3"
76 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
48 in. X 48 in.
1219 mm x 1219 mm
3"
76 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
48 in. X 48 in.
1219 mm x 1219 mm
3 3/8"
85 mm
No
No
No
Yes
48 in. X 60 in.
1219 mm x 1524 mm
3"
76 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
48 in. X 60 in.
1219 mm x 1524 mm
3 3/8"
85 mm
No
No
No
Yes
48 in. X 72 in.
1219 mm x 1828 mm
3"
76 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
48 in. X 72 in.
1219 mm x 1828 mm
3 3/8"
85 mm
No
No
No
Yes
60 in. X 60 in.
1524 mm x 1524 mm
3"
76 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
60 in. X 60 in.
1524 mm x 1524 mm
3 3/8"
85 mm
No
No
No
Yes
60 in. X 84 in.
1524 mm x 2133 mm
3 3/8"
85 mm
No
No
No
Yes
Appendix 3-22
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications
Section 4.2.1: Rated Load Cell Capacity
Load cells in the Model 2158 VERTEX floor scales are equal to one half the capacity of the scale
assembly. There are four load cells per scale assembly, based on the gross weighing capacity desired,
individual load cell capacities are as follows:
Rated Scale Capacity
Individual Load Cell Capacity
1,000 lb (500 kg)
500 lb (250 kg)
2,500 lb (1,250 kg)
1,250 lb (625 kg)
5,000 lb (2,500 kg)
2,500 lb (1,250 kg)
10,0000 lb (5,000 kg)
5,000 lb (2,500 kg)
Appendix 3-23
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
VERTEX 2158 EZ-Clean
Engineering Specifications
VERTEX 2158 Stainless Steel EZ-Clean Pit Type Platform Scale
Utilizing the table of Model 2158 VERTEX EZ-Clean floor scales listed on the back page, find the
applicable scale width, length, height, and capacity desired for your specific applications. Portions of the
table which are shaded indicate that there is no standard offering available in that specific size, capacity,
or profile.
1
General Provisions
1.1
Provide one fully electronic floor scale system for the purpose
of________________________________________.
1.2
Scale shall have an overall platform size of ____ inches wide by ____ inches long by ____
inches high and shall have a gross weighing capacity of ___________ pounds.
1.3
The scale shall be constructed for use in a washdown environment and shall have
components which are suited for that environment.
1.4
The scale platform and subframe assembly shall be constructed of type 304 stainless
steel and shall have a smooth plate surface.
1.5
Scale shall be flush (In-floor) mounted and have a built-in pneumatic lift system to tilt the
platform 45 degrees, permitting single person operation for full access to the scale
underside and pit area for complete wash down and sanitation without assistance from
any external lifting device.
1.6
Scale shall be capable of weighing and withstanding 100% of the assemblies rated
capacity across each section or end of the weighing platform without damaging the
performance or fatiguing the design of the platform assembly.
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
Mechanical Specifications
Scale platform and frame assemblies shall be constructed of type 304 stainless steel and
shall have a smooth plate surface.
Scale platform shall have an unobstructed weighing surface, use of side rails or other
similar designs is not acceptable.
Platforms shall be constructed by welding formed or structural steel channel to the top
plate for reinforcement.
Each platform shall have provisions for lifting the entire platform for periodic inspection
and maintenance. The scale manufacturer shall provide a minimum of two threaded
through hole lifting points in the scale platform for this purpose. The scale manufacturer
shall also provide threaded steel plugs for each of these holes to protect the lifting points
during non-use.
A removable access plate shall be provided in the top of the platform surface to provide
access to the load cell summing junction box.
Scale shall be of full frame design to insure scale suspension containment and platform
horizontal checking. Scales which do not utilize a lower frame assembly are not
acceptable.
Scale frame shall be constructed of formed or structural angle, and shall be designed so
that the entire frame does not protrude outside the area covered by the platform
assembly.
Appendix 3-24
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications
2.8
2.9
2.10
2.11
2.12
The scale frame shall be hinged to an outer frame assembly. The outer frame shall be
factory assembled and also act as the pit coping providing a stainless steel edge along the
entire perimeter of the pit opening. The outer frame shall be constructed of type 304
stainless steel.
The frame shall include the receiver or bearing point for the load cell suspension
assembly. The receiver is to be fixed in place and shall be constructed of hardened 17-4
ph stainless steel to insure excellent weighing performance.
Scale shall be secured to the foundation by drop-in anchors which secure the scale frame
to the foundation. Drop-in anchors shall be a minimum of 1/2" diameter. Use of cast inplace, or imbedded plates are not acceptable.
Each load cell shall have a rocker pin suspension to provide point
loading to the
load cell assembly and insure free movement of the scale platform. The rocker pin shall
be made of hardened 17-4 ph stainless steel.
All load cell suspension and frame bumper/checking systems shall be set at the factory
and not require field adjustment.
3
Surface Preparation and Finish
3.1
All platforms, frames, ramps, and/or pit coping shall be constructed of material which
conforms to SSPC-Vis 1-89 Rust Grade A specifications.
3.2
All exterior material surfaces shall be cleaned to a white metal in accordance with SSPCSP-5-N1 specifications, only non-metallic abrasives are to be used.
3.3
A blast profile shall be between 1.25 to 2.5 mils.
4
Load Cell Specifications
4.1
All load cells shall meet or exceed the National Institute of Standards and Technology
(NIST) Handbook 44 for Class III weighing devices and shall be certified by the National
Type Evaluation Program (NTEP) for 5,000 division Class III accuracy.
4.2
Load cells to have the following individual characteristics:
4.2.1 Rated Capacity:
____________pounds
4.2.2 Rated Output:
2.0 +/- 0.002 (mV/V)
4.2.3 Zero Balance:
+/-0.02 mV/V
4.2.4 Temperature Compensation
-10 to +40 deg. C
+14 to +104 deg. F
4.2.5 Terminal Resistance:
Input:
385Ω
Signal:
350Ω +/- 2Ω
4.2.6 Excitation Voltage:
15 V AC/DC max.
4.2.7 Insulation Resistance:
5,000 MegaΩ min. @ 50 VDC
4.2.8 Maximum Loads:
Safe:
150% of R.C.
Ultimate Overload
300% of R.C.
Safe Side
100% of R.C.
4.2.9 Gage Cavity Seal Type:
Welded Hermetic Gage Cover
4.3
Load cells to be constructed of 17-4 ph stainless steel and shall have a welded hermetic
gage cover over the gage and wiring cavities.
4.4
Each load cell to have an integral conduit fitting on the cable entrance into the load cell for
enhanced moisture protection.
4.5
Each load cell to have a data plate affixed to the load cell which clearly shows:
4.5.1 Manufacturer
Appendix 3-25
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
4.6
4.7
4.5.2 Capacity
4.5.3 Part Number
4.5.4 Serial Number
4.5.5 NTEP Certificate of Conformance Number
4.5.6 Class Number
4.5.7 Maximum divisions (Nmax)
4.5.8 Load cell Vmin
Load cells to be mounted to the scale platform with high strength grade 5 bolts minimum.
An integral mechanical overload stop shall be built into the load cell to guard against
accidental damage.
5
Junction Box Specifications
5.1
Scale shall have a junction box assembly mounted internally within the scale platform.
Access to the junction box assembly shall be accomplished via removable plate in the top
of the scale platform. Remote mounted, or side access junction box assemblies are not
acceptable.
5.2
Junction box enclosure shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel and shall be designed
to NEMA 4X standards.
5.3
The junction box enclosure shall have wash down duty connectors, one for each load cell
cable, and one additional connector for the instrument cable. Multiple cables using single
box connectors is not acceptable.
5.4
The junction box shall contain a printed circuit board for the purpose of individual load cell
wiring termination, summing of the output signals from each load cell, trimming/balancing
the load cell signals, and wiring the interface to the digital instrument.
5.5
The printed circuit board shall have individual connectors for each of the load cells, and
the instrument interface cable. Each wire shall have a single terminal connection.
Doubling up or ganging of wires to one terminal is not acceptable.
5.6
The summing printed circuit board shall have potentiometers, one per load cell for the
electrical trimming/balancing of the load cell signals during calibration.
6
Pneumatic System Operation and Specifications
6.1
The scale platform shall be raised to a 45 degree angle by pneumatic means, hydraulic
operation is not acceptable. The system shall be capable of full operation by a single
person.
6.2
The system shall include one NEMA 4X stainless steel wall mount pneumatic control
enclosure for a termination point for the customer supplied air source and as an operator
control station for the lift operation.
6.3
The control enclosure shall include a pressure gage, visible on the exterior of the
enclosure for monitoring of line pressure to the system.
6.4
A key switch operator shall be mounted to the front face of the control enclosure. The key
switch shall have a removable key and have two positions designated as “Up” and “Down”.
6.5
Scale shall include two pneumatic cylinders, two flow control valves, one psi regulator, and
one fully pneumatic switch for the lifting operation.
6.6
A fully automatic, self-deploying mechanical safety interlock shall be included. The safety
system shall prevent the possible inadvertent lowering of the scale platform when in the
raised position if pressure is lost to the air system. This shall include loss of air pressure
at any point in the pneumatic schematic including line and load sides of the control
enclosure, either a controlled pressure loss or physical severing of the pneumatic supply
Appendix 3-26
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications
6.7
lines. The safety system shall not require any human intervention for actuation and
deployment.
All fitting, plumbing, cylinders, cylinder mounting plates, and associated hardware from the
load side of the pneumatic control enclosure shall be provided with the system. Hardware
shall be suitable for the environment as described in Section 1.0.
7
Warranties & Regulations
7.1
The scale platform shall have a minimum warranty of 24 months from date of installation.
Technician travel time and mileage costs shall be covered by the manufacturer for the first
30 days after installation, with on site labor covered for the first 12 months after the date of
installation. Replacement parts shall be covered for the full 24 month duration of the
warranty period.
7.2
Scale shall meet or exceed the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST)
Handbook 44 for Class III devices and shall also have been evaluated by National Type
Evaluation Program (NTEP) and verified compliance to Class III standards for 5,000
division accuracy performance. The scale shall have a Certificate of Conformance issued
under this program for the stated accuracy specification. The manufacturer shall provide
at the request of the customer a copy of this NTEP Certificate of Conformance.
8
Acceptable Manufacturers
8.1
Scale system shall be:
8.1.1 Mettler Toledo Model 2158 EZ-Clean Vertex platform scales.
Appendix : Fill in the Blank Legends
In this appendix you will find the information and options for those portions of the specifications which are
left blank ( _________ ). In some cases, there are a number of options to chose from, others are simple.
Each fill in the blank option listed below has its applicable section number for ease of reference.
Section 1.1:
Provide a brief explanation of your specific application for the scale(s) required.
Appendix 3-27
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Section 1.2:
Utilizing the table of Model 2158 VERTEX EZ-Clean floor scales listed below, find the applicable scale
width, length, height, and capacity desired for your specific applications. Portions of the table which are
shaded indicate that there is no standard offering available in that specific size, capacity, or profile.
Standard Sizes, Capacities, Profile, & Load Cell Type
Scale Size
Scale Capacity
Width X Length
1000 lb
500 kg
2500 lb
1250 kg
5000 lb
2500 kg
10000 lb
5000 kg
36 in. X 36 in.
91 mm x 91 mm
Yes
Yes
No
No
48 in. X 48 in.
1219 mm x 1219 mm
Yes
Yes
No
No
48 in. X 60 in.
1219 mm x 1524 mm
No
No
Yes
No
48 in. X 72 in.
1219 mm x 1828 mm
No
No
No
Yes
60 in. X 60 in.
1524 mm x 1524 mm
Yes
Yes
No
No
60 in. X 84 in.
1524 mm x 2133 mm
No
No
Yes
No
Section 4.2.1: Rated Load Cell Capacity
Load cells in the Model 2158 VERTEX EZ-Clean floor scales are equal to one half the capacity of the
scale assembly. There are four load cells per scale assembly, based on the gross weighing capacity
desired, individual load cell capacities are as follows:
Rated Scale Capacity
Individual Load Cell Capacity
1,000 lb (500 kg)
500 lb (250 kg)
2,500 lb (1,250 kg)
1,250 lb (625 kg)
5,000 lb (2,500 kg)
2,500 lb (1,250 kg)
10,0000 lb (5,000 kg)
5,000 lb (2,500 kg)
Appendix 3-28
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications
VERTEX DigiTOL 2160
MS
Engineering Specifications
VERTEX 2160 DigiTOL Mild Steel Platform Scale
Utilizing the table of Model 2158 VERTEX standard floor scales listed on the back page, find the
applicable scale width, length, height, and capacity desired for your specific applications. Portions of the
table which are shaded indicate that there is no standard offering available in that specific size, capacity,
or profile.
1
General Provisions
1.1
Provide one fully electronic floor scale system for the purpose
of________________________________________.
1.2
Scale shall have an overall platform size of ____ inches wide by ____ inches long by ____
inches high and shall have a gross weighing capacity of ___________ pounds.
1.3
The scale platform and subframe assembly shall be constructed of mild steel. Scale
platform shall have a mild steel tread plate surface.
1.4
Scale shall be surface (top-of-floor) mounted, the scale shall be capable of attaching drive
on ramps on any or all four sides of the scale without modifications.
1.5
Scale shall be capable of weighing and withstanding 100% of the assemblies rated
capacity across each section or end of the weighing platform without damaging the
performance or fatiguing the design of the platform assembly.
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
Mechanical Specifications
Scale platform and frame assemblies shall be constructed of mild steel and shall have a
tread plate surface.
Scale platform shall have an unobstructed weighing surface, use of side rails or other
similar designs is not acceptable.
Platforms shall be constructed by welding formed or structural steel channel to the top
plate for reinforcement.
Each platform shall have provisions for lifting the entire platform for periodic inspection
and maintenance. The scale manufacturer shall provide a minimum of two threaded
through hole lifting points in the scale platform for this purpose. The scale manufacturer
shall also provide threaded steel plugs for each of these holes to protect the lifting points
during non-use.
A removable access plate shall be provided in the top of the platform surface to provide
access to the load cell summing junction box.
Scale shall be of full frame design to insure scale suspension containment and platform
horizontal checking. Scales which do not utilize a lower frame assembly are not
acceptable.
Scale frame shall be constructed of formed or structural angle, and shall be designed so
that the entire frame does not protrude outside the area covered by the platform
assembly.
Scale frame shall have provisions for permanent anchoring of the scale in-place , and
shall have fixed bumper assemblies for restricting the horizontal movement of the scale
platform.
Appendix 3-29
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
2.9
2.10
2.11
2.12
The frame shall include the receiver or bearing point for the load cell suspension
assembly. The receiver is to be fixed in place and shall be constructed of hardened 17-4
ph stainless steel to insure excellent weighing performance.
Scale shall be secured to the foundation by drop-in anchors which secure the scale frame
to the foundation. Drop-in anchors shall be a minimum of 1/2" diameter. Use of cast inplace, or imbedded plates are not acceptable.
Each load cell shall have a rocker pin suspension to provide point
loading to the
load cell assembly and insure free movement of the scale platform. The rocker pin shall
be made of hardened 17-4 ph stainless steel.
All load cell suspension and frame bumper/checking systems shall be set at the factory
and not require field adjustment.
3
Paint Preparation and Finish
3.1
All platforms, frames, ramps, and/or pit coping shall be abrasive blasted to 1.5 to 2.5 mils
profile per SSPC-SP10 (Near White Blast).
3.2
Paint will be Carboline 890 high build epoxy enamel. Coating must be cured to 3-6 mils
DFT.
3.3
Coating must meet USDA regulations for incidental food contact.
3.4
Coating shall be lead and chromate free and cannot contain any substance defined as
carcinogenic by the U.S. EPA.
3.5
Coating must be suitable for salt solution immersion.
3.6
Coating must be chemical resistant per ASTM D3912 (Splash, Spillage, and Fumes).
4
Load Cell Specifications
4.1
All load cells shall meet or exceed the National Institute of Standards and Technology
(NIST) Handbook 44 for Class III weighing devices and shall be certified by the National
Type Evaluation Program (NTEP) for 5,000 division Class III accuracy.
4.2
Load cells to have the following individual characteristics:
4.2.1 Rated Capacity:
____________pounds
4.2.2 Rated Output:
2.0 +/- 0.002 (mV/V)
4.2.3 Zero Balance:
+/-0.02 mV/V
4.2.4 Temperature Compensation
-10 to +40 deg. C
+14 to +104 deg. F
4.2.5 Terminal Resistance:
Input:
385Ω
Signal:
350Ω +/- 2Ω
4.2.6 Excitation Voltage:
15 V AC/DC max.
4.2.7 Insulation Resistance:
5,000 MegaΩ min. @ 50 VDC
4.2.8 Maximum Loads:
Safe:
150% of R.C.
Ultimate Overload
300% of R.C.
Safe Side
100% of R.C.
4.2.9 Gage Cavity Seal Type:
Hermetic
4.3
Load cells to be constructed of 17-4 ph stainless steel and shall be hermetically sealed.
4.4
Each load cell to have an integral conduit fitting on the cable entrance into the load cell for
enhanced moisture protection.
4.5
Each load cell to have a data plate affixed to the load cell which clearly shows:
4.5.1 Manufacturer
4.5.2 Capacity
Appendix 3-30
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications
4.6
4.5.3 Part Number
4.5.4 Serial Number
4.5.5 NTEP Certificate of Conformance Number
4.5.6 Class Number
4.5.7 Maximum divisions (Nmax)
4.5.8 Load cell Vmin
Load cells to be mounted to the scale platform with high strength grade 5 bolts minimum.
5
Junction Box Specifications
5.1
Scale shall have a junction box assembly mounted internally within the scale platform.
Access to the junction box assembly shall be accomplished via removable plate in the top
of the scale platform. Remote mounted, or side access junction box assemblies are not
acceptable.
5.2
Junction box enclosure shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel and shall be designed
to NEMA 4X standards.
5.3
The junction box enclosure shall have wash down duty connectors, one for each load cell
cable, and one additional connector for the instrument cable. Multiple cables using single
box connectors is not acceptable.
5.4
The printed circuit board shall have individual connectors for each of the load cells, and
the instrument interface cable. Each wire shall have a single terminal connection.
Doubling up or ganging of wires to one terminal is not acceptable.
5.5
The junction box shall be microprocessor based and provide a digital output to the weight
display.
5.6
Precision balancing of the load cell outputs and shift adjustment of the scale platform
shall be accomplished automatically by software resident within the junction box
processor. Manual shift adjustment using trimming potentiometers or resistors is not
acceptable.
5.7
The junction box shall allow the operator to view, through the weight display, the output
values of each individual load cell without disconnecting any wiring from the load cell,
junction box, or weight display for fast installation and troubleshooting capabilities.
6
Warranties & Regulations
6.1
The scale platform shall have a minimum warranty of 24 months from date of installation.
Technician travel time and mileage costs shall be covered by the manufacturer for the first
30 days after installation, with on site labor covered for the first 12 months after the date of
installation. Replacement parts shall be covered for the full 24 month
duration of the
warranty period.
6.2
Scale shall meet or exceed the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST)
Handbook 44 for Class III devices and shall also have been evaluated by National Type
Evaluation Program (NTEP) and verified compliance to Class III standards for 5,000
division accuracy performance. The scale shall have a Certificate of Conformance issued
under this program for the stated accuracy specification. The manufacturer shall provide
at the request of the customer a copy of this NTEP Certificate of Conformance.
Appendix 3-31
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
7
Acceptable Manufacturers
7.1
Scale system shall be:
7.1.1 Mettler Toledo Model 2160 DigiTOL Vertex platform scales.
8
Optional Standard Ramp (Top-Of-Floor Mount Only)
8.1
Provide _____ ramp(s) for access to the weighing platform. Ramps shall be 36” in width
and a minimum of 36” in length.
8.2
Ramps shall be constructed of reinforced mild steel tread plate.
8.3
Paint preparation and Finish Specification 3.0 shall apply.
9
Optional Low Angle Ramp (Top-Of-Floor Mount Only)
9.1
Provide _____ ramp(s) for low angle access to the weighing platform. Ramps shall be 36”
in width and a minimum of 60” in length.
9.2
Ramps shall be constructed of reinforced mild steel tread plate.
9.3
Paint preparation and Finish Specification 3.0 shall apply.
10
Optional Flush (In-Floor) Mounting
10.1 The scale shall be capable of Surface (Top-Of-Floor) or Flush (In-Floor) Mount installation
without modification to the scale assembly.
10.2 A separate pit frame shall be provided with the scale platform as a part of the complete
weighing system.
10.3 The pit frame shall be factory assembled requiring no field assembly or welding.
10.4 The pit frame shall provide a coping edge along the entire perimeter of the pit opening.
10.5 Paint preparation and Finish Specification 3.0 shall apply.
Appendix : Fill in the Blank Legends
In this appendix you will find the information and options for those portions of the specifications which are
left blank ( _________ ). In some cases, there are a number of options to chose from, others are simple.
Each fill in the blank option listed below has its applicable section number for ease of reference.
Section 1.1:
Provide a brief explanation of your specific application for the scale(s) required.
Appendix 3-32
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications
Section 1.2:
Utilizing the table of Model 2160 VERTEX DigiTOL floor scales listed below, find the applicable scale
width, length, height, and capacity desired for your specific applications. Portions of the table which are
shaded indicate that there is no standard offering available in that specific size, capacity, or profile.
Standard Sizes, Capacities, Profile, & Load Cell Type
Scale Size
Scale Capacity
Width X Length
Profile
1000 lb
500 kg
2500 lb
1250 kg
5000 lb
2500 kg
10000 lb
5000 kg
20000 lb
10000 kg
36 in. X 36 in.
914 mm x 914 mm
3 in.
76 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
48 in. X 48 in.
1219 mm x 1219 mm
3 in.
76 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
48 in. X 48 in.
1219 mm x 1219 mm
3 3/8 in.
85 mm
No
No
No
Yes
No
48 in. X 48 in.
1219 mm x 1219 mm
4 in.
101 mm
No
No
No
No
Yes
48 in. X 60 in.
1219 mm x 1524 mm
3 in.
76 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
48 in. X 60 in.
1219 mm x 1524 mm
3 3/8 in.
85 mm
No
No
No
Yes
No
48 in. X 60 in.
1219 mm x 1524 mm
4 in.
101 mm
No
No
No
No
Yes
48 in. X 72 in.
1219 mm x 1828 mm
3 in.
76 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
48 in. X 72 in.
1219 mm x 1828 mm
3 3/8 in.
85 mm
No
No
No
Yes
No
48 in. X 72 in.
1219 mm x 1828 mm
4 in.
101 mm
No
No
No
No
Yes
60 in. X 60 in.
1524 mm x 1524 mm
3 in.
76 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
60 in. X 60 in.
1524 mm x 1524 mm
3 3/8 in.
85 mm
No
No
No
Yes
No
60 in. X 60 in.
1524 mm x 1524 mm
4 in.
101 mm
No
No
No
No
Yes
60 in. X 84 in.
1524 mm x 2133 mm
3 in.
76 mm
No
No
Yes
No
No
60 in. X 84 in.
1524 mm x 2133 mm
3 3/8 in.
85 mm
No
No
No
Yes
No
60 in. X 84 in.
1524 mm x 2133 mm
4 in.
101 mm
No
No
No
No
Yes
Appendix 3-33
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Section 4.2.1: Rated Load Cell Capacity
Load cells in the Model 2160 VERTEX DigiTOL floor scales are equal to one half the capacity of the
scale assembly. There are four load cells per scale assembly, based on the gross weighing capacity
desired, individual load cell capacities are as follows:
Rated Scale Capacity
Individual Load Cell Capacity
1,000 lb (500 kg)
500 lb (250 kg)
2,500 lb (1,250 kg)
1,250 lb (625 kg)
5,000 lb (2,500 kg)
2,500 lb (1,250 kg)
10,0000 lb (5,000 kg)
5,000 lb (2,500 kg)
20,000 lb (10,000 kg)
10,000 lb (5,000 kg)
Appendix 3-34
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications
VERTEX DigiTOL 2160
SS
Engineering Specifications
VERTEX 2160 DigiTOL Stainless Steel Platform Scale
Utilizing the table of Model 2158 VERTEX standard floor scales listed on the back page, find the
applicable scale width, length, height, and capacity desired for your specific applications. Portions of the
table which are shaded indicate that there is no standard offering available in that specific size, capacity,
or profile.
1
General Provisions
1.1
Provide one fully electronic floor scale system for the purpose
of________________________________________.
1.2
Scale shall have an overall platform size of ____ inches wide by ____ inches long by ____
inches high and shall have a gross weighing capacity of ___________ pounds.
1.3
The scale shall be constructed for use in a washdown environment and shall have
components which are suited for that environment.
1.4
The scale platform and subframe assembly shall be constructed of type 304 stainless
steel and shall have a smooth plate surface.
1.5
Scale shall be capable of weighing and withstanding 100% of the assemblies rated
capacity across each section or end of the weighing platform without damaging the
performance or fatiguing the design of the platform assembly.
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
Mechanical Specifications
Scale platform and frame assemblies shall be constructed of type 304 stainless steel and
shall have a smooth plate surface.
Scale platform shall have an unobstructed weighing surface, use of side rails or other
similar designs is not acceptable.
Platforms shall be constructed by welding formed or structural steel channel to the top
plate for reinforcement.
Each platform shall have provisions for lifting the entire platform for periodic inspection
and maintenance. The scale manufacturer shall provide a minimum of two threaded
through hole lifting points in the scale platform for this purpose. The scale manufacturer
shall also provide threaded steel plugs for each of these holes to protect the lifting points
during non-use.
A removable access plate shall be provided in the top of the platform surface to provide
access to the load cell summing junction box.
Scale shall be of full frame design to insure scale suspension containment and platform
horizontal checking. Scales which do not utilize a lower frame assembly are not
acceptable.
Scale frame shall be constructed of formed or structural angle, and shall be designed so
that the entire frame does not protrude outside the area covered by the platform
assembly.
Scale frame shall have provisions for permanent anchoring of the scale in-place , and
shall have fixed bumper assemblies for restricting the horizontal movement of the scale
platform.
Appendix 3-35
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
2.9
2.10
2.11
2.12
The frame shall include the receiver or bearing point for the load cell suspension
assembly. The receiver is to be fixed in place and shall be constructed of hardened 17-4
ph stainless steel to insure excellent weighing performance.
Scale shall be secured to the foundation by drop-in anchors which secure the scale frame
to the foundation. Drop-in anchors shall be a minimum of 1/2" diameter. Use of cast inplace, or imbedded plates are not acceptable.
Each load cell shall have a rocker pin suspension to provide point loading to the load cell
assembly and insure free movement of the scale platform. The rocker pin shall be made
of hardened 17-4 ph stainless steel.
All load cell suspension and frame bumper/checking systems shall be set at the factory
and not require field adjustment.
3
Surface Preparation and Finish
3.1
All platforms, frames, ramps, and/or pit coping shall be constructed of material which
conforms to SSPC-Vis 1-89 Rust Grade A specifications.
3.2
All exterior material surfaces shall be cleaned to a white metal in accordance with SSPCSP-5-N1 specifications, only non-metallic abrasives are to be used.
3.3
A blast profile shall be between 1.25 to 2.5 mils.
4
Load Cell Specifications
4.1
All load cells shall meet or exceed the National Institute of Standards and Technology
(NIST) Handbook 44 for Class III weighing devices and shall be certified by the National
Type Evaluation Program (NTEP) for 5,000 division Class III accuracy.
4.2
Load cells to have the following individual characteristics:
4.2.1 Rated Capacity:
____________pounds
4.2.2 Rated Output:
2.0 +/- 0.002 (mV/V)
4.2.3 Zero Balance:
+/-0.02 mV/V
4.2.4 Temperature Compensation
-10 to +40 deg. C
+14 to +104 deg. F
4.2.5 Terminal Resistance:
Input:
385Ω
Signal:
350Ω +/- 2Ω
4.2.6 Excitation Voltage:
15 V AC/DC max.
4.2.7 Insulation Resistance:
5,000 MegaΩ min. @ 50 VDC
4.2.8 Maximum Loads:
Safe:
150% of R.C.
Ultimate Overload
300% of R.C.
Safe Side
100% of RC.
4.2.9 Gage Cavity Seal Type:
Hermetic
4.3
Load cells to be constructed of 17-4 ph stainless steel and shall have a hermetic seal.
4.4
Each load cell to have an integral conduit fitting on the cable entrance into the load cell for
enhanced moisture protection.
4.5
Each load cell to have a data plate affixed to the load cell which clearly shows:
4.5.1 Manufacturer
4.5.2 Capacity
4.5.3 Part Number
4.5.4 Serial Number
4.5.5 NTEP Certificate of Conformance Number
4.5.6 Class Number
Appendix 3-36
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications
4.6
4.5.7 Maximum divisions (Nmax)
4.5.8 Load cell Vmin
Load cells to be mounted to the scale platform with high strength grade 5 bolts minimum.
5
Junction Box Specifications
5.1
Scale shall have a junction box assembly mounted internally within the scale platform.
Access to the junction box assembly shall be accomplished via removable plate in the top
of the scale platform. Remote mounted, or side access junction box assemblies are not
acceptable.
5.2
Junction box enclosure shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel and shall be designed
to NEMA 4X standards.
5.3
The junction box enclosure shall have wash down duty connectors, one for each load cell
cable, and one additional connector for the instrument cable. Multiple cables using single
box connectors is not acceptable.
5.4
The printed circuit board shall have individual connectors for each of the load cells, and
the instrument interface cable. Each wire shall have a single terminal connection.
Doubling up or ganging of wires to one terminal is not acceptable.
5.5
The junction box shall be microprocessor based and provide a digital output to the weight
display.
5.6
Precision balancing of the load cell outputs and shift adjustment of the scale platform
shall be accomplished automatically by software resident within the junction box
processor. Manual shift adjustment using trimming potentiometers or resistors is not
acceptable.
5.7
The junction box shall allow the operator to view, through the weight display, the output
values of each individual load cell without disconnecting any wiring from the load cell,
junction box, or weight display for fast installation and troubleshooting capabilities.
6
Warranties & Regulations
6.1
The scale platform shall have a minimum warranty of 24 months from date of installation.
Technician travel time and mileage costs shall be covered by the manufacturer for the first
30 days after installation, with on site labor covered for the first 12 months after the date of
installation. Replacement parts shall be covered for the full 24 month duration of the
warranty period.
6.2
Scale shall meet or exceed the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST)
Handbook 44 for Class III devices and shall also have been evaluated by National Type
Evaluation Program (NTEP) and verified compliance to Class III standards for 5,000
division accuracy performance. The scale shall have a Certificate of Conformance issued
under this program for the stated accuracy specification. The manufacturer shall provide
at the request of the customer a copy of this NTEP Certificate of Conformance.
Appendix 3-37
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
7
Acceptable Manufacturers
7.1
Scale system shall be:
7.1.1 Mettler Toledo Model 2160 DigiTOL Vertex platform scales.
8
Optional Standard Ramp (Top-Of-Floor Mount Only)
8.1
Provide _____ ramp(s) for access to the weighing platform. Ramps shall
be ___” in
width and a minimum of 36” in length.
8.2
Ramps shall be constructed of reinforced type 304 stainless steel smooth plate.
8.3
Surface preparation and Finish Specification 3.0 shall apply.
9
Optional Low Angle Ramp (Top-Of-Floor Mount Only)
9.1
Provide _____ ramp(s) for low angle access to the weighing platform.
Ramps shall be ___” in width and a minimum of 60” in length.
9.2
Ramps shall be constructed of reinforced type 304 stainless steel smooth plate.
9.3
Surface preparation and Finish Specification 3.0 shall apply.
10
Optional Flush (In-Floor) Mounting
10.1 The scale shall be capable of Surface (Top-Of-Floor) or Flush (In-Floor) Mount installation
without modification to the scale assembly.
10.2 A separate pit frame shall be provided with the scale platform as a part of the complete
weighing system.
10.3 The pit frame shall be factory assembled requiring no field assembly or welding.
10.4 The pit frame shall provide a coping edge along the entire parameter of the pit opening.
10.5 Surface preparation and Finish Specification 3.0 shall apply.
Appendix : Fill in the Blank Legends
In this appendix you will find the information and options for those portions of the specifications which are
left blank ( _________ ). In some cases, there are a number of options to chose from, others are simple.
Each fill in the blank option listed below has its applicable section number for ease of reference.
Section 1.1:
Provide a brief explanation of your specific application for the scale(s) required.
Appendix 3-38
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications
Section 1.2:
Utilizing the table of Model 2160 VERTEX DigiTOL floor scales listed below, find the applicable scale
width, length, height, and capacity desired for your specific applications. Portions of the table which are
shaded indicate that there is no standard offering available in that specific size, capacity, or profile.
Standard Sizes, Capacities, Profile, & Load Cell Type
Scale Size
Scale Capacity
Width X Length
Profile
1000 lb
500 kg
2500 lb
1250 kg
5000 lb
2500 kg
10000 lb
5000 kg
20000 lb
10000 kg
36 in. X 36 in.
914 mm x 914 mm
3 in.
76 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
48 in. X 48 in.
1219 mm x 1219 mm
3 in.
76 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
48 in. X 48 in.
1219 mm x 1219 mm
3 3/8 in.
85 mm
No
No
No
Yes
No
48 in. X 48 in.
1219 mm x 1219 mm
4 in.
101 mm
No
No
No
No
Yes
48 in. X 60 in.
1219 mm x 1524 mm
3 in.
76 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
48 in. X 60 in.
1219 mm x 1524 mm
3 3/8 in.
85 mm
No
No
No
Yes
No
48 in. X 60 in.
1219 mm x 1524 mm
4 in.
101 mm
No
No
No
No
Yes
48 in. X 72 in.
1219 mm x 1828 mm
3 in.
76 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
48 in. X 72 in.
1219 mm x 1828 mm
3 3/8 in.
85 mm
No
No
No
Yes
No
48 in. X 72 in.
1219 mm x 1828 mm
4 in.
101 mm
No
No
No
No
Yes
60 in. X 60 in.
1524 mm x 1524 mm
3 in.
76 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
60 in. X 60 in.
1524 mm x 1524 mm
3 3/8 in.
85 mm
No
No
No
Yes
No
60 in. X 60 in.
1524 mm x 1524 mm
4 in.
101 mm
No
No
No
No
Yes
60 in. X 84 in.
1524 mm x 2133 mm
3 in.
76 mm
No
No
Yes
No
No
60 in. X 84 in.
1524 mm x 2133 mm
3 3/8 in.
85 mm
No
No
No
Yes
No
60 in. X 84 in.
1524 mm x 2133 mm
4 in.
101 mm
No
No
No
No
Yes
Appendix 3-39
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Section 4.2.1: Rated Load Cell Capacity
Load cells in the Model 2160 VERTEX DigiTOL floor scales are equal to one half the capacity of the
scale assembly. There are four load cells per scale assembly, based on the gross weighing capacity
desired, individual load cell capacities are as follows:
Rated Scale Capacity
Individual Load Cell Capacity
1,000 lb (500 kg)
500 lb (250 kg)
2,500 lb (1,250 kg)
1,250 lb 625 kg)
5,000 lb (2,500 kg)
2,500 lb (1,250 kg)
10,0000 lb (5,000 kg)
5,000 lb (2,500 kg)
20,000 lb (10,000 kg)
10,000 lb (5,000 kg)
Appendix 3-40
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications
VERTEX 2160 EZ-Clean
Engineering Specifications
VERTEX 2160 DigiTOL Stainless Steel EZ-Clean Pit Type Platform Scale
Utilizing the table of Model 2158 VERTEX standard floor scales listed on the back page, find the
applicable scale width, length, height, and capacity desired for your specific applications. Portions of the
table which are shaded indicate that there is no standard offering available in that specific size, capacity,
or profile.
1
General Provisions
1.1
Provide one fully electronic floor scale system for the purpose
of________________________________________.
1.2
Scale shall have an overall platform size of ____ inches wide by ____ inches long by ____
inches high and shall have a gross weighing capacity of ___________ pounds.
1.3
The scale shall be constructed for use in a washdown environment and shall have
components which are suited for that environment.
1.4
The scale platform and subframe assembly shall be constructed of type 304 stainless
steel and shall have a smooth plate surface.
1.5
Scale shall be flush (In-floor) mounted and have a built-in pneumatic lift system to tilt the
platform 45 degrees, permitting single person operation for full access to the scale
underside and pit area for complete wash down and sanitation without assistance
from any external lifting device.
1.6
Scale shall be capable of weighing and withstanding 100% of the assemblies rated
capacity across each section or end of the weighing platform without damaging the
performance or fatiguing the design of the platform assembly.
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
Mechanical Specifications
Scale platform and frame assemblies shall be constructed of type 304 stainless steel and
shall have a smooth plate surface.
Scale platform shall have an unobstructed weighing surface, use of side rails or other
similar designs is not acceptable.
Platforms shall be constructed by welding formed or structural steel channel to the top
plate for reinforcement.
Each platform shall have provisions for lifting the entire platform for periodic inspection
and maintenance. The scale manufacturer shall provide a minimum of two threaded
through hole lifting points in the scale platform for this purpose. The scale manufacturer
shall also provide threaded steel plugs for each of these holes to protect the lifting points
during non-use.
A removable access plate shall be provided in the top of the platform surface to provide
access to the load cell summing junction box.
Scale shall be of full frame design to insure scale suspension containment and platform
horizontal checking. Scales which do not utilize a lower frame assembly are not
acceptable.
Scale frame shall be constructed of formed or structural angle, and shall be designed so
that the entire frame does not protrude outside the area covered by the platform
assembly.
Appendix 3-41
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
2.8
2.9
2.10
2.11
2.12
The scale frame shall be hinged to an outer frame assembly. The outer frame shall be
factory assembled and also act as the pit coping providing a stainless steel edge along the
entire perimeter of the pit opening. The outer frame shall be constructed of type 304
stainless steel.
The frame shall include the receiver or bearing point for the load cell suspension
assembly. The receiver is to be fixed in place and shall be constructed of hardened 17-4
ph stainless steel to insure excellent weighing performance.
Scale shall be secured to the foundation by drop-in anchors which secure the scale frame
to the foundation. Drop-in anchors shall be a minimum of 1/2" diameter. Use of cast inplace, or imbedded plates are not acceptable.
Each load cell shall have a rocker pin suspension to provide point
loading to the
load cell assembly and insure free movement of the scale platform. The rocker pin shall
be made of hardened 17-4 ph stainless steel.
All load cell suspension and frame bumper/checking systems shall be set at the factory
and not require field adjustment.
3
Surface Preparation and Finish
3.1
All platforms, frames, ramps, and/or pit coping shall be constructed of material which
conforms to SSPC-Vis 1-89 Rust Grade A specifications.
3.2
All exterior material surfaces shall be cleaned to a white metal in accordance with SSPCSP-5-N1 specifications, only non-metallic abrasives are to be used.
3.3
A blast profile shall be between 1.25 to 2.5 mils.
4
Load Cell Specifications
4.1
All load cells shall meet or exceed the National Institute of Standards and Technology
(NIST) Handbook 44 for Class III weighing devices and shall be certified by the National
Type Evaluation Program (NTEP) for 5,000 division Class III accuracy.
4.2
Load cells to have the following individual characteristics:
4.2.1 Rated Capacity:
____________pounds
4.2.2 Rated Output:
2.0 +/- 0.002 (mV/V)
4.2.3 Zero Balance:
+/-0.02 mV/V
4.2.4 Temperature Compensation
-10 to +40 deg. C
+14 to +104 deg. F
4.2.5 Terminal Resistance:
Input:
385Ω
Signal:
350Ω +/- 2Ω
4.2.6 Excitation Voltage:
15 V AC/DC max.
4.2.7 Insulation Resistance:
5,000 MegaΩ min. @ 50 VDC
4.2.8 Maximum Loads:
Safe:
150% of R.C.
Ultimate Overload
300% of R.C.
Safe Side
100% of R.C.
4.2.9 Gage Cavity Seal Type:
Welded Hermetic Gage Cover
4.3
Load cells to be constructed of 17-4 ph stainless steel and shall have a welded hermetic
gage cover over the gage and wiring cavities.
4.4
Each load cell to have an integral conduit fitting on the cable entrance into the load cell for
enhanced moisture protection.
4.5
Each load cell to have a data plate affixed to the load cell which clearly shows:
4.5.1 Manufacturer
Appendix 3-42
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications
4.6
4.7
4.5.2 Capacity
4.5.3 Part Number
4.5.4 Serial Number
4.5.5 NTEP Certificate of Conformance Number
4.5.6 Class Number
4.5.7 Maximum divisions (Nmax)
4.5.8 Load cell Vmin
Load cells to be mounted to the scale platform with high strength grade 5 bolts minimum.
An integral mechanical overload stop shall be built into the load cell to guard against
accidental damage.
5
Junction Box Specifications
5.1
Scale shall have a junction box assembly mounted internally within the scale platform.
Access to the junction box assembly shall be accomplished via removable plate in the top
of the scale platform. Remote mounted, or side access junction box assemblies are not
acceptable.
5.2
Junction box enclosure shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel and shall be designed
to NEMA 4X standards.
5.3
The junction box enclosure shall have wash down duty connectors, one for each load cell
cable, and one additional connector for the instrument cable. Multiple cables using single
box connectors is not acceptable.
5.4
The printed circuit board shall have individual connectors for each of the load cells, and
the instrument interface cable. Each wire shall have a single terminal connection.
Doubling up or ganging of wires to one terminal is not acceptable.
5.5
The junction box shall be microprocessor based and provide a digital output to the weight
display.
5.6
Precision balancing of the load cell outputs and shift adjustment of the scale platform
shall be accomplished automatically by software resident within the junction box
processor. Manual shift adjustment using trimming potentiometers or resistors is not
acceptable.
5.7
The junction box shall allow the operator to view, through the weight display, the output
values of each individual load cell without disconnecting any wiring from the load cell,
junction box, or weight display for fast installation and troubleshooting capabilities.
6
Pneumatic System Operation and Specifications
6.1
The scale platform shall be raised to a 45 degree angle by pneumatic means, hydraulic
operation is not acceptable. The system shall be capable of full operation by a single
person.
6.2
The system shall include one NEMA 4X stainless steel wall mount pneumatic control
enclosure for a termination point for the customer supplied air source and as an operator
control station for the lift operation.
6.3
The control enclosure shall include a pressure gage, visible on the exterior of the
enclosure for monitoring of line pressure to the system.
6.4
A key switch operator shall be mounted to the front face of the control enclosure. The key
switch shall have a removable key and have two positions designated as “Up” and “Down”.
6.5
Scale shall include two pneumatic cylinders, two flow control valve, one psi regulator, and
one fully pneumatic switch for the lifting operation.
6.6
A fully automatic, self-deploying mechanical safety interlock shall be included. The safety
system shall prevent the possible inadvertent lowering of the scale platform when in the
Appendix 3-43
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
6.7
raised position if pressure is lost to the air system. This shall include loss of air pressure
at any point in the pneumatic schematic including line and load sides of the control
enclosure, either a controlled pressure loss or physical severing of the pneumatic supply
lines. The safety system shall not require any human intervention for actuation and
deployment.
All fitting, plumbing, cylinders, cylinder mounting plates, and associated hardware from the
load side of the pneumatic control enclosure shall be provided with the system. Hardware
shall be suitable for the environment as described in Section 1.0.
7
Warranties & Regulations
7.1
The scale platform shall have a minimum warranty of 24 months from date of installation.
Technician travel time and mileage costs shall be covered by the manufacturer for the first
30 days after installation, with on site labor covered for the first 12 months after the date of
installation. Replacement parts shall be covered for the full 24 month duration of the
warranty period.
7.2
Scale shall meet or exceed the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST)
Handbook 44 for Class III devices and shall also have been evaluated by National Type
Evaluation Program (NTEP) and verified compliance to Class III standards for 5,000
division accuracy performance. The scale shall have a Certificate of Conformance issued
under this program for the stated accuracy specification. The manufacturer shall provide
at the request of the customer a copy of this NTEP Certificate of Conformance.
8
Acceptable Manufacturers
8.1
Scale system shall be:
8.1.1 Mettler Toledo Model 2160 EZ-Clean DigiTOL Vertex platform scales.
Appendix 3-44
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications
Appendix : Fill in the Blank Legends
In this appendix you will find the information and options for those portions of the specifications which are
left blank ( _________ ). In some cases, there are a number of options to chose from, others are simple.
Each fill in the blank option listed below has its applicable section number for ease of reference.
Section 1.1:
Provide a brief explanation of your specific application for the scale(s) required.
Section 1.2:
Utilizing the table of Model 2160 VERTEX EZ-Clean floor scales listed below, find the applicable scale
width, length, height, and capacity desired for your specific applications. Portions of the table which are
shaded indicate that there is no standard offering available in that specific size, capacity, or profile.
Standard Sizes, Capacities, Profile, & Load Cell Type
Scale Size
Scale Capacity
Width X Length
1000 lb
500 kg
2500 lb
1250 kg
5000 lb
2500 kg
10000 lb
5000 kg
36 in. X 36 in.
91 mm x 91 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
48 in. X 48 in.
1219 mm x 1219 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
48 in. X 60 in.
1219 mm x 1524 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
48 in. X 72 in.
1219 mm x 1828 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
60 in. X 60 in.
1524 mm x 1524 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
60 in. X 84 in.
1524 mm x 2133 mm
No
No
No
Yes
Section 4.2.1: Rated Load Cell Capacity
Load cells in the Model 2160 VERTEX EZ-Clean floor scales are equal to one half the capacity of the
scale assembly. There are four load cells per scale assembly, based on the gross weighing capacity
desired, individual load cell capacities are as follows:
Rated Scale Capacity
Individual Load Cell Capacity
1,000 lb (500 kg)
500 lb (250 kg)
2,500 lb ( 1,250 kg)
1,250 lb (625 kg)
5,000 lb (2,500 kg)
2,500 lb (1,250 kg)
10,0000 lb (5,000 kg)
5,000 lb (2,500 kg)
Appendix 3-45
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
VERTEX 2162 IDNet MS
Engineering Specifications
VERTEX 2162 IDNet Mild Steel Platform Scale With IDNEt
Utilizing the table of Model 2158 VERTEX standard floor scales listed on the back page, find the
applicable scale width, length, height, and capacity desired for your specific applications. Portions of the
table which are shaded indicate that there is no standard offering available in that specific size, capacity,
or profile.
1
General Provisions
1.1
Provide one fully electronic floor scale system capable of interfacing with a Mettler Toledo
ID Terminal through IDNet, for the purpose
of________________________________________.
1.2
Scale shall have an overall platform size of ____ inches wide by ____ inches long by ____
inches high and shall have a gross weighing capacity of ___________ pounds.
1.3
The scale platform and subframe assembly shall be constructed of mild steel. Scale
platform shall have a mild steel tread plate surface.
1.4
Scale shall be surface (top-of-floor) mounted, the scale shall be capable of attaching drive
on ramps on any or all four sides of the scale without modifications.
1.5
Scale shall be capable of weighing and withstanding 100% of the assemblies rated
capacity across each section or end of the weighing platform without damaging the
performance or fatiguing the design of the platform assembly.
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
Mechanical Specifications
Scale platform and frame assemblies shall be constructed of mild steel and shall have a
tread plate surface.
Scale platform shall have an unobstructed weighing surface, use of side rails or other
similar designs is not acceptable.
Platforms shall be constructed by welding formed or structural steel channel to the top
plate for reinforcement.
Each platform shall have provisions for lifting the entire platform for periodic inspection
and maintenance. The scale manufacturer shall provide a minimum of two threaded
through hole lifting points in the scale platform for this purpose. The scale manufacturer
shall also provide threaded steel plugs for each of these holes to protect the lifting points
during non-use.
A removable access plate shall be provided in the top of the platform surface to provide
access to the load cell summing junction box.
Scale shall be of full frame design to insure scale suspension containment and platform
horizontal checking. Scales which do not utilize a lower frame assembly are not
acceptable.
Scale frame shall be constructed of formed or structural angle, and shall be designed so
that the entire frame does not protrude outside the area covered by the platform
assembly.
Scale frame shall have provisions for permanent anchoring of the scale in-place , and
shall have fixed bumper assemblies for restricting the horizontal movement of the scale
platform.
Appendix 3-46
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications
2.9
2.10
2.11
2.12
The frame shall include the receiver or bearing point for the load cell suspension
assembly. The receiver is to be fixed in place and shall be constructed of hardened 17-4
ph stainless steel to insure excellent weighing performance.
Scale shall be secured to the foundation by drop-in anchors which secure the scale frame
to the foundation. Drop-in anchors shall be a minimum of 1/2" diameter. Use of cast inplace, or imbedded plates are not acceptable.
Each load cell shall have a rocker pin suspension to provide point
loading to the
load cell assembly and insure free movement of the scale platform. The rocker pin shall
be made of hardened 17-4 ph stainless steel.
All load cell suspension and frame bumper/checking systems shall be set at the factory
and not require field adjustment.
3
Paint Preparation and Finish
3.1
All platforms, frames, ramps, and/or pit coping shall be abrasive blasted to 1.5 to 2.5 mils
profile per SSPC-SP10 (Near White Blast).
3.2
Paint will be Carboline 890 high build epoxy enamel. Coating must be cured to 3-6 mils
DFT.
3.3
Coating must meet USDA regulations for incidental food contact.
3.4
Coating shall be lead and chromate free and cannot contain any substance defined as
carcinogenic by the U.S. EPA.
3.5
Coating must be suitable for salt solution immersion.
3.6
Coating must be chemical resistant per ASTM D3912 (Splash, Spillage, and Fumes).
4
Load Cell Specifications
4.1
All load cells shall meet or exceed the National Institute of Standards and Technology
(NIST) Handbook 44 for Class III weighing devices and shall be certified by the National
Type Evaluation Program (NTEP) for 5,000 division Class III accuracy.
4.2
Load cells to have the following individual characteristics:
4.2.1 Rated Capacity:
____________pounds
4.2.2 Rated Output:
2.0 +/- 0.002 (mV/V)
4.2.3 Zero Balance:
+/-0.02 mV/V
4.2.4 Temperature Compensation
-10 to +40 deg. C
+14 to +104 deg. F
4.2.5 Terminal Resistance:
Input:
385Ω
Signal:
350Ω +/- 2Ω
4.2.6 Excitation Voltage:
15 V AC/DC max.
4.2.7 Insulation Resistance:
5,000 MegaΩ min. @ 50 VDC
4.2.8 Maximum Loads:
Safe:
150% of R.C.
Ultimate Overload
300% of R.C.
Safe Side
100% of R.C.
4.2.9 Gage Cavity Seal Type:
Welded Hermetic Gage Cover
4.3
Load cells to be constructed of 17-4 ph stainless steel and shall have a welded hermetic
gage cover over the gage and wiring cavities.
4.4
Each load cell to have an integral conduit fitting on the cable entrance into the load cell for
enhanced moisture protection.
4.5
Each load cell to have a data plate affixed to the load cell which clearly shows:
4.5.1 Manufacturer
Appendix 3-47
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
4.6
4.7
4.5.2 Capacity
4.5.3 Part Number
4.5.4 Serial Number
4.5.5 NTEP Certificate of Conformance Number
4.5.6 Class Number
4.5.7 Maximum divisions (Nmax)
4.5.8 Load cell Vmin
Load cells to be mounted to the scale platform with high strength grade 5 bolts minimum.
An integral mechanical overload stop shall be built into the load cell to guard against
accidental damage.
5
Junction Box Specifications
5.1
The junction box shall contain a printed circuit board for the purpose of load cell wiring
termination, trimming and balancing the load cell signals, wiring and interface protocol to
a Mettler Toledo ID Terminal, through the IDNet communication system.
5.2
Scale junction box assembly shall be mounted internally within the scale platform. Access
to the junction box assembly shall be accomplished via removable plate in the top of the
scale platform. Remote mounted, or side access junction box assemblies are not
acceptable.
5.3
Junction box enclosure shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel and shall be designed
to NEMA 4X standards.
5.4
The junction box enclosure shall have wash down duty connectors, one for each load cell
cable, and one additional connector for the instrument cable. Multiple cables using single
box connectors is not acceptable.
5.5
The printed circuit board shall have individual connectors for each of the load cells, and
the instrument interface cable. Each wire shall have a single terminal connection.
Doubling up or ganging of wires to one terminal is not acceptable.
5.6
The summing printed circuit board shall have potentiometers for each load cell to
electrically trim/balance the load cell signal during calibration.
6
Warranty
6.1
The scale platform shall have a minimum warranty of 24 months from date of installation.
Technician travel time and mileage costs shall be covered by the manufacturer for the first
30 days after installation, with on site labor covered for the first 12 months after the date of
installation. Replacement parts shall be covered for the full 24 month duration of the
warranty period.
7
Acceptable Manufacturers
7.1
Scale system shall be:
7.1.1 Mettler Toledo Model 2162 Vertex with IDNet platform scales.
Appendix 3-48
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications
8
9
Optional Standard Ramp (Top-Of-Floor Mount Only)
8.1
Provide _____ ramp(s) for access to the weighing platform. Ramps shall
width and a minimum of 36” in length.
8.2
Ramps shall be constructed of reinforced mild steel tread plate.
8.3
Paint preparation and Finish Specification 3.0 shall apply.
be 48” in
Optional Low Angle Ramp (Top-Of-Floor Mount Only)
9.1
Provide _____ ramp(s) for low angle access to the weighing platform. Ramps shall be 48”
in width and a minimum of 60” in length.
9.2
Ramps shall be constructed of reinforced mild steel tread plate.
9.3
Paint preparation and Finish Specification 3.0 shall apply.
10
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
Optional Flush (In-Floor) Mounting
The scale shall be capable of Surface (Top-Of-Floor) or Flush (In-Floor) Mount installation
without modification to the scale assembly.
A separate pit frame shall be provided with the scale platform as a part of the complete
weighing system.
The pit frame shall be factory assembled requiring no field assembly or welding.
The pit frame shall provide a coping edge along the entire parimeter of the pit opening.
Paint preparation and Finish Specification 3.0 shall apply.
Appendix : Fill in the Blank Legends
In this appendix you will find the information and options for those portions of the specifications which are
left blank ( _________ ). In some cases, there are a number of options to chose from, others are simple.
Each fill in the blank option listed below has its applicable section number for ease of reference.
Section 1.1:
Provide a brief explanation of your specific application for the scale(s) required.
Appendix 3-49
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Section 1.2:
Utilizing the table of Model 2162 IDNet VERTEX floor scales listed below, find the applicable scale width,
length, height, and capacity desired for your specific applications. Portions of the table which are shaded
indicate that there is no standard offering available in that specific size, capacity, or profile.
Standard Sizes, Capacities, Profile, & Load Cell Type
Scale Size
Scale Capacity
Width X Length
Profile
1000 lb
500 kg
2500 lb
1250 kg
5000 lb
2500 kg
10000 lb
5000 kg
20000 lb
10000 kg
36 in. X 36 in.
914 mm x 914 mm
3 in.
76 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
48 in. X 48 in.
1219 mm x 1219 mm
3 in.
76 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
48 in. X 48 in.
1219 mm x 1219 mm
3 3/8 in.
85 mm
No
No
No
Yes
No
48 in. X 48 in.
1219 mm x 1219 mm
4 in.
101 mm
No
No
No
No
Yes
48 in. X 60 in.
1219 mm x 1524 mm
3 in.
76 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
48 in. X 60 in.
1219 mm x 1524 mm
3 3/8 in.
85 mm
No
No
No
Yes
No
48 in. X 60 in.
1219 mm x 1524 mm
4 in.
101 mm
No
No
No
No
Yes
48 in. X 72 in.
1219 mm x 1828 mm
3 in.
76 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
48 in. X 72 in.
1219 mm x 1828 mm
3 3/8 in.
85 mm
No
No
No
Yes
No
48 in. X 72 in.
1219 mm x 1828 mm
4 in.
101 mm
No
No
No
No
Yes
60 in. X 60 in.
1524 mm x 1524 mm
3 in.
76 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
60 in. X 60 in.
1524 mm x 1524 mm
3 3/8 in.
85 mm
No
No
No
Yes
No
60 in. X 60 in.
1524 mm x 1524 mm
4 in.
101 mm
No
No
No
No
Yes
60 in. X 84 in.
1524 mm x 2133 mm
3 in.
76 mm
No
No
Yes
No
No
60 in. X 84 in.
1524 mm x 2133 mm
3 3/8 in.
85 mm
No
No
No
Yes
No
60 in. X 84 in.
1524 mm x 2133 mm
4 in.
101 mm
No
No
No
No
Yes
Appendix 3-50
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications
Section 4.2.1: Rated Load Cell Capacity
Load cells in the Model 2162 IDNet VERTEX floor scales are equal to one half the capacity of the scale
assembly. There are four load cells per scale assembly, based on the gross weighing capacity desired,
individual load cell capacities are as follows:
Rated Scale Capacity
Individual Load Cell Capacity
1,000 lb (500 kg)
500 lb (250 kg)
2,500 lb (1,250 kg)
1,250 lb (625 kg)
5,000 lb (2,500 kg)
2,500 lb (1,250 kg)
10,0000 lb (5,000 kg)
5,000 lb (2,500 kg)
20,000 lb (10,000 kg)
10,000 lb (5,000 kg)
Appendix 3-51
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
VERTEX 2162 IDNet SS
Engineering Specifications
VERTEX 2162 IDNet Stainless Steel Platform Scale With IDNet
Utilizing the table of Model 2158 VERTEX standard floor scales listed on the back page, find the
applicable scale width, length, height, and capacity desired for your specific applications. Portions of the
table which are shaded indicate that there is no standard offering available in that specific size, capacity,
or profile.
1
General Provisions
1.1
Provide one fully electronic floor scale system capable of interfacing with a Mettler Toledo
ID Terminal through IDNet, for the purpose
of________________________________________.
1.2
Scale shall have an overall platform size of ____ inches wide by ____ inches long by ____
inches high and shall have a gross weighing capacity of ___________ pounds.
1.3
The scale shall be constructed for use in a washdown environment and shall have
components which are suited for that environment.
1.4
The scale platform and subframe assembly shall be constructed of type 304 stainless
steel and shall have a smooth plate surface.
1.5
Scale shall be surface (top-of-floor) mounted, the scale shall be capable of attaching drive
on ramps on any or all four sides of the scale without modifications.
1.6
Scale shall be capable of weighing and withstanding 100% of the assemblies rated
capacity across each section or end of the weighing platform without damaging the
performance or fatiguing the design of the platform assembly.
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
Mechanical Specifications
Scale platform and frame assemblies shall be constructed of type 304 stainless steel and
shall have a smooth plate surface.
Scale platform shall have an unobstructed weighing surface, use of side rails or other
similar designs is not acceptable.
Platforms shall be constructed by welding formed or structural steel channel to the top
plate for reinforcement.
Each platform shall have provisions for lifting the entire platform for periodic inspection
and maintenance. The scale manufacturer shall provide a minimum of two threaded
through hole lifting points in the scale platform for this purpose. The scale manufacturer
shall also provide threaded steel plugs for each of these holes to protect the lifting points
during non-use.
A removable access plate shall be provided in the top of the platform surface to provide
access to the load cell summing junction box.
Scale shall be of full frame design to insure scale suspension containment and platform
horizontal checking. Scales which do not utilize a lower frame assembly are not
acceptable.
Scale frame shall be constructed of formed or structural angle, and shall be designed so
that the entire frame does not protrude outside the area covered by the platform
assembly.
Appendix 3-52
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications
2.8
2.9
2.10
2.11
2.12
Scale frame shall have provisions for permanent anchoring of the scale in-place , and
shall have fixed bumper assemblies for restricting the horizontal movement of the scale
platform.
The frame shall include the receiver or bearing point for the load cell suspension
assembly. The receiver is to be fixed in place and shall be constructed of hardened 17-4
ph stainless steel to insure excellent weighing performance.
Scale shall be secured to the foundation by drop-in anchors which secure the scale frame
to the foundation. Drop-in anchors shall be a minimum of 1/2" diameter. Use of cast inplace, or imbedded plates are not acceptable.
Each load cell shall have a rocker pin suspension to provide point
loading to the
load cell assembly and insure free movement of the scale platform. The rocker pin shall
be made of hardened 17-4 ph stainless steel.
All load cell suspension and frame bumper/checking systems shall be set at the factory
and not require field adjustment.
3
Surface Preparation and Finish
3.1
All platforms, frames, ramps, and/or pit coping shall be constructed of material which
conforms to SSPC-Vis 1-89 Rust Grade A specifications.
3.2
All exterior material surfaces shall be cleaned to a white metal in accordance with SSPCSP-5-N1 specifications, only non-metallic abrasives are to be used.
3.3
A blast profile shall be between 1.25 to 2.5 mils.
4
Load Cell Specifications
4.1
All load cells shall meet or exceed the National Institute of Standards and Technology
(NIST) Handbook 44 for Class III weighing devices and shall be certified by the National
Type Evaluation Program (NTEP) for 5,000 division Class III accuracy.
4.2
Load cells to have the following individual characteristics:
4.2.1 Rated Capacity:
____________pounds
4.2.2 Rated Output:
2.0 +/- 0.002 (mV/V)
4.2.3 Zero Balance:
+/-0.02 mV/V
4.2.4 Temperature Compensation
-10 to +40 deg. C
+14 to +104 deg. F
4.2.5 Terminal Resistance:
Input:
385Ω
Signal:
350Ω +/- 2Ω
4.2.6 Excitation Voltage:
15 V AC/DC max.
4.2.7 Insulation Resistance:
5,000 MegaΩ min. @ 50 VDC
4.2.8 Maximum Loads:
Safe:
150% of R.C.
Ultimate Overload
300% of R.C.
Safe Side
100% of R.C.
4.2.9 Gage Cavity Seal Type:
Welded Hermetic Gage Cover
4.3
Load cells to be constructed of 17-4 ph stainless steel and shall have a welded hermetic
gage cover over the gage and wiring cavities.
4.4
Each load cell to have an integral conduit fitting on the cable entrance into the load cell for
enhanced moisture protection.
4.5
Each load cell to have a data plate affixed to the load cell which clearly shows:
4.5.1 Manufacturer
4.5.2 Capacity
Appendix 3-53
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
4.6
4.7
4.5.3 Part Number
4.5.4 Serial Number
4.5.5 NTEP Certificate of Conformance Number
4.5.6 Class Number
4.5.7 Maximum divisions (Nmax)
4.5.8 Load cell Vmin
Load cells to be mounted to the scale platform with high strength grade 5 bolts minimum.
An integral mechanical overload stop shall be built into the load cell to guard against
accidental damage.
5
Junction Box Specifications
5.1
The junction box shall contain a printed circuit board for the purpose of load cell wiring
termination, trimming and balancing the load cell signals, wiring and interface protocol to
a Mettler Toledo ID Terminal, through the IDNet communication system.
5.2
Scale junction box assembly shall be mounted internally within the scale platform. Access
to the junction box assembly shall be accomplished via removable plate in the top of the
scale platform. Remote mounted, or side access junction box assemblies are not
acceptable.
5.3
Junction box enclosure shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel and shall be designed
to NEMA 4X standards.
5.4
The junction box enclosure shall have wash down duty connectors, one for each load cell
cable, and one additional connector for the instrument cable. Multiple cables using single
box connectors is not acceptable.
5.5
The printed circuit board shall have individual connectors for each of the load cells, and
the instrument interface cable. Each wire shall have a single terminal connection.
Doubling up or ganging of wires to one terminal is not acceptable.
5.6
The summing printed circuit board shall have potentiometers for each load cell to
electrically trim/balance the load cell signal during calibration.
6
Warranty
6.1
The scale platform shall have a minimum warranty of 24 months from date of installation.
Technician travel time and mileage costs shall be covered by the manufacturer for the first
30 days after installation, with on site labor covered for the first 12 months after the date of
installation. Replacement parts shall be covered for the full 24 month
duration of the
warranty period.
7
Acceptable Manufacturers
7.1
Scale system shall be:
7.1.1 Mettler Toledo Model 2162 Vertex with IDNet platform scales.
Appendix 3-54
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications
8
Optional Standard Ramp (Top-Of-Floor Mount Only)
8.1
Provide _____ ramp(s) for access to the weighing platform. Ramps shall be 48” in width
and a minimum of 36” in length.
8.2
Ramps shall be constructed of reinforced type 304 stainless steel smooth plate.
8.3
Surface preparation and Finish Specification 3.0 shall apply.
9
Optional Low Angle Ramp (Top-Of-Floor Mount Only)
9.1
Provide _____ ramp(s) for low angle access to the weighing platform. Ramps shall be 48”
in width and a minimum of 60” in length.
9.2
Ramps shall be constructed of reinforced type 304 stainless steel smooth plate.
9.3
Surface preparation and Finish Specification 3.0 shall apply.
10
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
Optional Flush (In-Floor) Mounting
The scale shall be capable of Surface (Top-Of-Floor) or Flush (In-Floor) Mount installation
without modification to the scale assembly.
A separate pit frame shall be provided with the scale platform as a part of the complete
weighing system.
The pit frame shall be factory assembled requiring no field assembly or welding.
The pit frame shall provide a coping edge along the entire parameter of the pit opening.
Surface preparation and Finish Specification 3.0 shall apply.
Appendix : Fill in the Blank Legends
In this appendix you will find the information and options for those portions of the specifications which are
left blank ( _________ ). In some cases, there are a number of options to chose from, others are simple.
Each fill in the blank option listed below has its applicable section number for ease of reference.
Section 1.1:
Provide a brief explanation of your specific application for the scale(s) required.
Appendix 3-55
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Section 1.2:
Utilizing the table of Model 2162 IDNet VERTEX floor scales listed below, find the applicable scale width,
length, height, and capacity desired for your specific applications. Portions of the table which are shaded
indicate that there is no standard offering available in that specific size, capacity, or profile.
Standard Sizes, Capacities, Profile, & Load Cell Type
Scale Size
Scale Capacity
Width X Length
Profile
1000 lb
500 kg
2500 lb
1250 kg
5000 lb
2500 kg
10000 lb
5000 kg
20000 lb
10000 kg
36 in. X 36 in.
914 mm x 914 mm
3 in.
76 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
48 in. X 48 in.
1219 mm x 1219 mm
3 in.
76 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
48 in. X 48 in.
1219 mm x 1219 mm
3 3/8 in.
85 mm
No
No
No
Yes
No
48 in. X 48 in.
1219 mm x 1219 mm
4 in.
101 mm
No
No
No
No
Yes
48 in. X 60 in.
1219 mm x 1524 mm
3 in.
76 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
48 in. X 60 in.
1219 mm x 1524 mm
3 3/8 in.
85 mm
No
No
No
Yes
No
48 in. X 60 in.
1219 mm x 1524 mm
4 in.
101 mm
No
No
No
No
Yes
48 in. X 72 in.
1219 mm x 1828 mm
3 in.
76 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
48 in. X 72 in.
1219 mm x 1828 mm
3 3/8 in.
85 mm
No
No
No
Yes
No
48 in. X 72 in.
1219 mm x 1828 mm
4 in.
101 mm
No
No
No
No
Yes
60 in. X 60 in.
1524 mm x 1524 mm
3 in.
76 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
60 in. X 60 in.
1524 mm x 1524 mm
3 3/8 in.
85 mm
No
No
No
Yes
No
60 in. X 60 in.
1524 mm x 1524 mm
4 in.
101 mm
No
No
No
No
Yes
60 in. X 84 in.
1524 mm x 2133 mm
3 in.
76 mm
No
No
Yes
No
No
60 in. X 84 in.
1524 mm x 2133 mm
3 3/8 in.
85 mm
No
No
No
Yes
No
60 in. X 84 in.
1524 mm x 2133 mm
4 in.
101 mm
No
No
No
No
Yes
Appendix 3-56
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications
Section 4.2.1: Rated Load Cell Capacity
Load cells in the Model 2162 IDNet VERTEX floor scales are equal to one half the capacity of the scale
assembly. There are four load cells per scale assembly, based on the gross weighing capacity desired,
individual load cell capacities are as follows:
Rated Scale Capacity
Individual Load Cell Capacity
1,000 lb (500 kg)
500 lb (250 kg)
2,500 lb ( 1,250 kg)
1,250 lb (625 kg)
5,000 lb (2,500 kg)
2,500 lb (1,250 kg)
10,0000 lb (5,000 kg)
5,000 lb (2,500 kg)
20,000 lb (10,000 kg)
10,000 lb (5,000 kg)
Appendix 3-57
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
VERTEX 2162 IDNet EZClean
Engineering Specifications
VERTEX 2162 Stainless Steel EZ-Clean Pit Type Platform Scale With IDNet
Utilizing the table of Model 2158 VERTEX standard floor scales listed on the back page, find the
applicable scale width, length, height, and capacity desired for your specific applications. Portions of the
table which are shaded indicate that there is no standard offering available in that specific size, capacity,
or profile.
1
General Provisions
1.1
Provide one fully electronic floor scale system capable of interfacing with a Mettler Toledo
ID Terminal through IDNet, for the purpose
of________________________________________.
1.2
Scale shall have an overall platform size of ____ inches wide by ____ inches long by ____
inches high and shall have a gross weighing capacity of ___________ pounds.
1.3
The scale shall be constructed for use in a washdown environment and shall have
components which are suited for that environment.
1.4
The scale platform and subframe assembly shall be constructed of type 304 stainless
steel and shall have a smooth plate surface.
1.5
Scale shall be flush (In-floor) mounted and have a built-in pneumatic lift system to tilt the
platform 45 degrees, permitting single person operation for full access to the scale
underside and pit area for complete wash down and sanitation without assistance
from any external lifting device.
1.6
Scale shall be capable of weighing and withstanding 100% of the assemblies rated
capacity across each section or end of the weighing platform without damaging the
performance or fatiguing the design of the platform assembly.
2
Mechanical Specifications
2.1
Scale platform and frame assemblies shall be constructed of type 304 stainless steel and
shall have a smooth plate surface.
2.2
Scale platform shall have an unobstructed weighing surface, use of side rails or other
similar designs is not acceptable.
2.3
Platforms shall be constructed by welding formed or structural steel channel to the top
plate for reinforcement.
2.4
Each platform shall have provisions for lifting the entire platform for periodic inspection
and maintenance. The scale manufacturer shall provide a minimum of two threaded
through hole lifting points in the scale platform for this purpose. The scale manufacturer
shall also provide threaded steel plugs for each of these holes to protect the lifting points
during non-use.
2.5
A removable access plate shall be provided in the top of the platform surface to provide
access to the load cell summing junction box.
2.6
Scale shall be of full frame design to insure scale suspension containment and platform
horizontal checking. Scales which do not utilize a lower frame assembly are not
acceptable.
Appendix 3-58
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
2.11
2.12
Scale frame shall be constructed of formed or structural angle, and shall be designed so
that the entire frame does not protrude outside the area covered by the platform
assembly.
The scale frame shall be hinged to an outer frame assembly. The outer frame shall be
factory assembled and also act as the pit coping providing a stainless steel edge along the
entire perimeter of the pit opening. The outer frame shall be constructed of type 304
stainless steel.
The frame shall include the receiver or bearing point for the load cell suspension
assembly. The receiver is to be fixed in place and shall be constructed of hardened 17-4
ph stainless steel to insure excellent weighing performance.
Scale shall be secured to the foundation by drop-in anchors which secure the scale frame
to the foundation. Drop-in anchors shall be a minimum of 1/2" diameter. Use of cast inplace, or imbedded plates are not acceptable.
Each load cell shall have a rocker pin suspension to provide point
loading to the
load cell assembly and insure free movement of the scale platform. The rocker pin shall
be made of hardened 17-4 ph stainless steel.
All load cell suspension and frame bumper/checking systems shall be set at the factory
and not require field adjustment.
3
Surface Preparation and Finish
3.1
All platforms, frames, ramps, and/or pit coping shall be constructed of material which
conforms to SSPC-Vis 1-89 Rust Grade A specifications.
3.2
All exterior material surfaces shall be cleaned to a white metal in accordance with SSPCSP-5-N1 specifications, only non-metallic abrasives are to be used.
3.3
A blast profile shall be between 1.25 to 2.5 mils.
4
Load Cell Specifications
4.1
All load cells shall meet or exceed the National Institute of Standards and Technology
(NIST) Handbook 44 for Class III weighing devices and shall be certified by the National
Type Evaluation Program (NTEP) for 5,000 division Class III accuracy.
4.2
Load cells to have the following individual characteristics:
4.2.1 Rated Capacity:
____________pounds
4.2.2 Rated Output:
2.0 +/- 0.002 (mV/V)
4.2.3 Zero Balance:
+/-0.02 mV/V
4.2.4 Temperature Compensation
-10 to +40 deg. C
+14 to +104 deg. F
4.2.5 Terminal Resistance:
Input:
385Ω
Signal:
350Ω +/- 2Ω
4.2.6 Excitation Voltage:
15 V AC/DC max.
4.2.7 Insulation Resistance:
5,000 MegaΩ min. @ 50 VDC
4.2.8 Maximum Loads:
Safe:
150% of R.C.
Ultimate Overload
300% of R.C.
Safe Side
100% of R.C.
4.2.9 Gage Cavity Seal Type:
Welded Hermetic Gage Cover
4.3
Load cells to be constructed of 17-4 ph stainless steel and shall have a welded hermetic
gage cover over the gage and wiring cavities.
Appendix 3-59
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
Each load cell to have an integral conduit fitting on the cable entrance into the load cell for
enhanced moisture protection.
Each load cell to have a data plate affixed to the load cell which clearly shows:
4.5.1 Manufacturer
4.5.2 Capacity
4.5.3 Part Number
4.5.4 Serial Number
4.5.5 NTEP Certificate of Conformance Number
4.5.6 Class Number
4.5.7 Maximum divisions (Nmax)
4.5.8 Load cell Vmin
Load cells to be mounted to the scale platform with high strength grade 5 bolts minimum.
An integral mechanical overload stop shall be built into the load cell to guard against
accidental damage.
5
Junction Box Specifications
5.1
The junction box shall contain a printed circuit board for the purpose of load cell wiring
termination, trimming and balancing the load cell signals, wiring and interface protocol to
a Mettler Toledo ID Terminal, through the IDNet communication system.
5.2
Scale junction box assembly shall be mounted internally within the scale platform. Access
to the junction box assembly shall be accomplished via removable plate in the top of the
scale platform. Remote mounted, or side access junction box assemblies are not
acceptable.
5.3
Junction box enclosure shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel and shall be designed
to NEMA 4X standards.
5.4
The junction box enclosure shall have wash down duty connectors, one for each load cell
cable, and one additional connector for the instrument cable. Multiple cables using single
box connectors is not acceptable.
5.5
The printed circuit board shall have individual connectors for each of the load cells, and
the instrument interface cable. Each wire shall have a single terminal connection.
Doubling up or ganging of wires to one terminal is not acceptable.
5.6
The summing printed circuit board shall have potentiometers for each load cell to
electrically trim/balance the load cell signal during calibration.
6
Pneumatic System Operation and Specifications
6.1
The scale platform shall be raised to a 45 degree angle by pneumatic means, hydraulic
operation is not acceptable. The system shall be capable of full operation by a single
person.
6.2
The system shall include one NEMA 4X stainless steel wall mount pneumatic control
enclosure for a termination point for the customer supplied air source and as an operator
control station for the lift operation.
6.3
The control enclosure shall include a pressure gage, visible on the exterior of the
enclosure for monitoring of line pressure to the system.
6.4
A key switch operator shall be mounted to the front face of the control enclosure. The key
switch shall have a removable key and have two positions designated as “Up” and “Down”.
6.5
Scale shall include two pneumatic cylinders, two flow control valve, one psi regulator, and
one fully pneumatic switch for the lifting operation.
6.6
A fully automatic, self-deploying mechanical safety interlock shall be included. The safety
system shall prevent the possible inadvertent lowering of the scale platform when in the
Appendix 3-60
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications
7
8
raised position if pressure is lost to the air system. This shall include loss of air pressure
at any point in the pneumatic schematic including line and load sides of the control
enclosure, either a controlled pressure loss or physical severing of the pneumatic supply
lines. The safety system shall not require any human intervention for actuation and
deployment.
6.7
All fitting, plumbing, cylinders, cylinder mounting plates, and associated hardware from the
load side of the pneumatic control enclosure shall be provided with the system. Hardware
shall be suitable for the environment as described in Section 1.0.
Warranty
7.1
The scale platform shall have a minimum warranty of 24 months from date of installation.
Technician travel time and mileage costs shall be covered by the manufacturer for the first
30 days after installation, with on site labor covered for the first 12 months after the date of
installation. Replacement parts shall be covered for the full 24 month duration of the
warranty period.
Acceptable Manufacturers
8.1
Scale system shall be:
8.1.1 Mettler Toledo Model 2162 EZ-Clean Vertex with IDNet platform scales.
Appendix : Fill in the Blank Legends
In this appendix you will find the information and options for those portions of the specifications which are
left blank ( _________ ). In some cases, there are a number of options to chose from, others are simple.
Each fill in the blank option listed below has its applicable section number for ease of reference.
Section 1.1:
Provide a brief explanation of your specific application for the scale(s) required.
Appendix 3-61
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Section 1.2:
Utilizing the table of Model 2162 IDNet VERTEX EZ-Clean floor scales listed below, find the applicable
scale width, length, height, and capacity desired for your specific applications. Portions of the table
which are shaded indicate that there is no standard offering available in that specific size, capacity, or
profile.
Standard Sizes, Capacities, Profile, & Load Cell Type
Scale Size
Scale Capacity
Width X Length
1000 lb
500 kg
2500 lb
1250 kg
5000 lb
2500 kg
10000 lb
5000 kg
36 in. X 36 in.
91 mm x 91 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
48 in. X 48 in.
1219 mm x 1219 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
48 in. X 60 in.
1219 mm x 1524 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
48 in. X 72 in.
1219 mm x 1828 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
60 in. X 60 in.
1524 mm x 1524 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
60 in. X 84 in.
1524 mm x 2133 mm
No
No
No
Yes
Section 4.2.1: Rated Load Cell Capacity
Load cells in the Model 2162 IDNet VERTEX EZ-Clean floor scales are equal to one half the capacity of
the scale assembly. There are four load cells per scale assembly, based on the gross weighing capacity
desired, individual load cell capacities are as follows:
Rated Scale Capacity
Individual Load Cell Capacity
1,000 lb (500 kg)
500 lb (250 kg)
2,500 lb (1,250 kg)
1,250 lb (625 kg)
5,000 lb (2,500 kg)
2,500 lb (1,250 kg)
10,0000 lb (5,000 kg)
5,000 lb (2,500 kg)
Appendix 3-62
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications
Deckmate 2888 MS
Static
Engineering Specifications
Deckmate 2888 Mild Steel 30” X 30” Floor Scale
1
General Provisions
1.1
Provide one mild steel low profile floor scale system.
1.2
Scale shall be fully electronic in design and shall have a clear weighing surface of 30
inches by 30 inches and have a gross weighing capacity of 1,000 pounds.
1.3
The scale platform and frame assembly shall be constructed of mild steel, a tread plate
surface shall be provided for the weighing area.
1.4
The scale shall be surface (top-of-floor) mounted, the scale shall be capable of attaching
drive on ramps on at least two sides of the scale platform without modifications.
1.5
Scale shall be capable of accepting 100% of its rated capacity across any end or section
of the weighing platform.
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
Mechanical Specifications
Scale platform and frame assemblies shall be constructed of mild steel. The scale
platform shall have a tread plate surface.
Platform size shall have a clear, flat weighing area of 30" X 30". The entire scale
assembly shall require no more than 33.5 inches by 44.75
inches of total floor
space when being transported, including any ramp assemblies.
The weighing platform shall be low profile. The distance from the
floor to the 30
inch by 30 inch weighing platform shall not exceed 1.375 inches.
Scale frame shall have provisions for permanent anchoring of the scale in-place , and
shall have fixed bumper assemblies for restricting the horizontal movement of the scale
platform.
The frame shall include the receiver or bearing point for the load cell suspension
assembly. The receiver is to be fixed in place and shall be constructed of hardened 17-4
ph stainless steel to ensure excellent weighing performance.
Each load cell shall have a rocker pin suspension to provide point
loading to the
load cell assembly and insure free movement of the scale platform. The rocker pin shall
be made of hardened 17-4 ph stainless steel.
All load cell suspension and frame bumper/checking systems shall be set at the factory
and not require field adjustment.
Appendix 3-63
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
3
Paint Preparation and Finish
3.1
Platform and frame shall be abrasive blasted to 1.5 to 2.5 mils profile per SSPC-SP10
(Near White Blast).
3.2
Paint will be Carboline 890 high build epoxy enamel. Coating must be cured to 3-6 mils
DFT.
3.3
Coating must meet USDA regulations for incidental food contact.
3.4
Coating shall be lead and chromate free and cannot contain any substance defined as
carcinogenic by the U.S. EPA.
3.5
Coating must be suitable for salt solution immersion.
3.6
Coating must be chemical resistant per ASTM D3912 (Splash, Spillage, and Fumes).
4
Load Cell Specifications
4.1
All load cells shall meet or exceed the National Institute of Standards and Technology
(NIST) Handbook 44 for Class III weighing devices and shall be certified by the National
Type Evaluation Program (NTEP) for 5,000 division Class III accuracy.
4.2
Load cells to have the following individual characteristics:
4.2.1 Rated Capacity:
500 pounds
4.2.2 Rated Output:
2.0 +/- 0.002 (mV/V)
4.2.3 Zero Balance:
+/-0.02 mV/V
4.2.4 Temperature Compensation
-10 to +40 deg. C
+14 to +104 deg. F
4.2.5 Terminal Resistance:
Input:
385Ω
Signal:
350Ω +/- 2Ω
4.2.6 Excitation Voltage:
15 V AC/DC max.
4.2.7 Insulation Resistance:
5,000 Mega Ω min. @ 50 VDC
4.2.8 Maximum Loads:
Safe:
150% of R.C.
Ultimate Overload
300% of R.C.
Safe Side
100% of R.C.
4.2.9 Gage Cavity Seal Type:
Hermetic
4.3
The load cell shall be of suitable material for protection against moisture or corrosion and
shall be nickel plated or stainless steel.
4.4
Each load cell to have a data plate affixed to the load cell which clearly shows:
4.4.1 Manufacturer
4.4.2 Capacity
4.4.3 Part Number
4.4.4 Serial Number
4.4.5 NTEP Certificate of Conformance Number
4.4.6 Class Number
4.4.7 Maximum divisions (Nmax)
4.4.8 Load cell Vmin
4.5
Load cells to be mounted to the scale platform with high strength grade 5 bolts minimum.
Appendix 3-64
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications
5
Junction Box Specifications
5.1
The scale shall have a junction box assembly mounted integrally to the scale platform.
Access to the junction box shall be from the top of the scale. Remote mounted or side
access junction boxes are not acceptable.
5.2
Junction box shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel.
5.3
Junction box access cover shall be gasketed.
5.4
Junction box shall have box connectors designed to seal the box interior from moisture.
5.5
A summing printed circuit board (PCB) shall be mounted inside the function box and shall
have five terminal blocks, one set per each load cell, with a separate block for the
instrument interface cable. Soldered wire/cable connections are not acceptable.
5.6
The summing printed circuit board (PCB) shall have trimming potentiometers, one for each
load cell, for adjusting the output of the individual load cells during scale calibration.
6
Warranties & Regulations
6.1
The scale platform shall have a minimum warranty of 24 months from date of installation.
Technician travel time and mileage costs shall be covered by the manufacturer for the first
30 days after installation, with on site labor covered for the first 12 months after the date of
installation. Replacement parts shall be covered for the full 24 month
duration of the
warranty period.
6.2
Scale shall meet or exceed the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST)
Handbook 44 for Class III devices and shall also have been evaluated by National Type
Evaluation Program (NTEP) and verified compliance to Class III standards for 5,000
division accuracy performance. The scale shall have a Certificate of Conformance issued
under this program for the stated accuracy specification. The manufacturer shall provide
at the request of the customer a copy of this NTEP Certificate of Conformance.
7
Acceptable Manufacturers
7.1
Scale system shall be:
7.1.1 Mettler Toledo Model 2888 Portable Floor Scale.
8
Optional Ramp Assemblies
8.1
Supply (one or two) mild steel tread plate ramp(s) for the purpose of providing access to
the weighing platform.
8.2
Ramps shall be 30” in width by 6” in length.
8.3
The ramps shall be independent of the weighing assembly so that when a load is applied
to the ramp, a corresponding weight value is not displayed on the weight display.
8.4
Ramps shall fold over the scale platform, hinged to the scale frame assembly for ease of
stowing and movement when the scale is being transported.
8.5
Surface and finish preparation shall be in accordance with Section 3.0.
Appendix 3-65
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Deckmate 2888 MS
Portable
Engineering Specifications
Deckmate 2888 Mild Steel 30” X 30” Portable Scale
1
General Provisions
1.1
Provide one mild steel portable floor scale system.
1.2
Scale shall be fully electronic in design and shall have a clear weighing surface of 30
inches by 30 inches and have a gross weighing capacity of 1,000 pounds.
1.3
The scale platform and frame assembly shall be constructed of mild steel, a tread plate
surface shall be provided for the weighing area.
1.4
The scale shall be surface (top-of-floor) mounted, the scale shall be capable of attaching
drive on ramps on at least two sides of the scale platform without modifications.
1.5
Scale shall be capable of accepting 100% of its rated capacity across any end or section
of the weighing platform.
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
Mechanical Specifications
Scale platform and frame assemblies shall be constructed of mild steel. The scale
platform shall have a tread plate surface.
Platform size shall have a clear, flat weighing area of 30" X 30". The entire scale
assembly shall require no more than 33.5 inches by 44.75 inches of total floor space when
being transported, including any ramp assemblies.
The weighing platform shall be low profile. The distance from the floor to the 30 inch by
30 inch weighing platform shall not exceed 1.375 inches.
The scale shall have a lower frame assembly which has provisions for accepting,
containing, and checking the scale platform assembly. Scale lower frame shall also
contain the wheel and lever assemblies for portable operation, and provisions for
permanent attachment of the integral column for the weight display. Scales which do not
use a lower frame assembly are not acceptable.
Scale shall be fully portable by four retractable hard rubber wheels. These wheels shall
be at least 2.5 inches in diameter and 0.9375
inches in width. Wheels shall be
operated by hand lever assembly and shall provide at least 0.5 inches of clearance
between the scale frame and floor during movement.
Scale shall have an integral column made of heavy wall tubular mild steel which elevated
the weight display a minimum of 48 inches above the floor. The scale column shall also
have provisions for mounting any battery pack required for portable scale operation.
The frame shall include the receiver or bearing point for the load cell suspension
assembly. The receiver is to be fixed in place and shall be constructed of hardened 17-4
ph stainless steel to ensure excellent weighing performance.
Each load cell shall have a rocker pin suspension to provide point loading to the load cell
assembly and insure free movement of the scale platform. The rocker pin shall be made
of hardened 17-4 ph stainless steel.
All load cell suspension and frame bumper/checking systems shall be set at the factory
and not require field adjustment.
Scale shall have a level bubble visible to the operator.
Appendix 3-66
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications
3
Paint Preparation and Finish
3.1
Platform and frame shall be abrasive blasted to 1.5 to 2.5 mils profile per SSPC-SP10
(Near White Blast).
3.2
Paint will be Carboline 890 high build epoxy enamel. Coating must be cured to 3-6 mils
DFT.
3.3
Coating must meet USDA regulations for incidental food contact.
3.4
Coating shall be lead and chromate free and cannot contain any substance defined as
carcinogenic by the U.S. EPA.
3.5
Coating must be suitable for salt solution immersion.
3.6
Coating must be chemical resistant per ASTM D3912 (Splash, Spillage, and Fumes).
4
Load Cell Specifications
4.1
All load cells shall meet or exceed the National Institute of Standards and Technology
(NIST) Handbook 44 for Class III weighing devices and shall be certified by the National
Type Evaluation Program (NTEP) for 5,000 division Class III accuracy.
4.2
Load cells to have the following individual characteristics:
4.2.1 Rated Capacity:
500 pounds
4.2.2 Rated Output:
2.0 +/- 0.002 (mV/V)
4.2.3 Zero Balance:
+/-0.02 mV/V
4.2.4 Temperature Compensation
-10 to +40 deg. C
+14 to +104 deg. F
4.2.5 Terminal Resistance:
Input:
385Ω
Signal:
350Ω +/- 2Ω
4.2.6 Excitation Voltage:
15 V AC/DC max.
4.2.7 Insulation Resistance:
5,000 MegaΩ min. @ 50 VDC
4.2.8 Maximum Loads:
Safe:
150% of R.C.
Ultimate Overload
300% of R.C.
Safe Side
100% of R.C.
4.2.9 Gage Cavity Seal Type:
Hermetic
4.3
The load cell shall be of suitable material for protection against moisture or corrosion and
shall be nickel plated or stainless steel.
4.4
Each load cell to have a data plate affixed to the load cell which clearly shows:
4.4.1 Manufacturer
4.4.2 Capacity
4.4.3 Part Number
4.4.4 Serial Number
4.4.5 NTEP Certificate of Conformance Number
4.4.6 Class Number
4.4.7 Maximum divisions (Nmax)
4.4.8 Load cell Vmin
4.5
Load cells to be mounted to the scale platform with high strength grade 5 bolts minimum.
Appendix 3-67
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
5
Junction Box Specifications
5.1
The scale shall have a junction box assembly mounted integrally to the scale platform.
Access to the junction box shall be from the top of the scale. Remote mounted or side
access junction boxes are not acceptable.
5.2
Junction box shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel.
5.3
Junction box access cover shall be gasketed.
5.4
Junction box shall have box connectors designed to seal the box interior from moisture.
5.5
A summing printed circuit board (PCB) shall be mounted inside the junction box and shall
have five terminal blocks, one set per each load cell, with a separate block for the
instrument interface cable. Soldered wire/cable connections are not acceptable.
5.6
The summing printed circuit board (PCB) shall have trimming potentiometers, one for each
load cell, for adjusting the output of the individual load cells during scale calibration.
6
Warranties & Regulations
6.1
The scale platform shall have a minimum warranty of 24 months from date of installation.
Technician travel time and mileage costs shall be covered by the manufacturer for the first
30 days after installation, with on site labor covered for the first 12 months after the date of
installation. Replacement parts shall be covered for the full 24 month duration of the
warranty period.
6.2
Scale shall meet or exceed the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST)
Handbook 44 for Class III devices and shall also have been evaluated by National Type
Evaluation Program (NTEP) and verified compliance to Class III standards for 5,000
division accuracy performance. The scale shall have a Certificate of Conformance issued
under this program for the stated accuracy specification. The manufacturer shall provide
at the request of the customer a copy of this NTEP Certificate of Conformance.
7
Acceptable Manufacturers
7.1
Scale system shall be:
7.1.1 Mettler Toledo Model 2888 Portable Floor Scale.
8
Optional Ramp Assemblies
8.1
Supply (one or two) mild steel tread plate ramp(s) for the
purpose of providing
access to the weighing platform.
8.2
Ramps shall be 30” in width by 12” in length.
8.3
The ramps shall be independent of the weighing assembly so that when a load is applied
to the ramp, a corresponding weight value is not displayed on the weight display.
8.4
Ramps shall fold over the scale platform, hinged to the scale frame assembly for ease of
stowing and movement when the scale is being transported.
8.5
Surface and finish preparation shall be in accordance with Section 3.0.
Appendix 3-68
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications
Deckmate 2888 SS
Static
Engineering Specifications
Deckmate 2888 Stainless Steel 30” x 30” Scale
1
General Provisions
1.1
Provide one stainless steel portable scale system.
1.2
Scale shall be fully electronic in design and shall have a clear weighing surface of 30
inches by 30 inches and have a gross weighing capacity of 1,000 pounds.
1.3
The scale platform and frame assembly shall be constructed of type 304 stainless steel, a
tread plate surface shall be provided for the weighing area.
1.4
The scale shall be surface (top-of-floor) mounted, the scale shall be capable of attaching
drive on ramps on at least two sides of the scale platform without modifications.
1.5
Scale shall be capable of accepting 100% of its rated capacity across any end or section
of the weighing platform.
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
Mechanical Specifications
Scale platform and frame assemblies shall be constructed of type 304 stainless steel The
scale platform shall have a tread plate surface.
Platform size shall have a clear, flat weighing area of 30" X 30". The entire scale
assembly shall require no more than 33.5 inches by 44.75
inches of total floor
space when being transported, including any ramp assemblies.
The weighing platform shall be low profile. The distance from the floor to the 30 inch by
30 inch weighing platform shall not exceed 1.375 inches.
Scale frame shall have provisions for permanent anchoring of the scale in-place , and
shall have fixed bumper assemblies for restricting the horizontal movement of the scale
platform.
The frame shall include the receiver or bearing point for the load cell suspension
assembly. The receiver is to be fixed in place and shall be constructed of hardened 17-4
ph stainless steel to ensure excellent weighing performance.
Each load cell shall have a rocker pin suspension to provide point loading to the load cell
assembly and insure free movement of the scale platform. The rocker pin shall be made
of hardened 17-4 ph stainless steel.
All load cell suspension and frame bumper/checking systems shall be set at the factory
and not require field adjustment.
Surface Preparation and Finish
Platforms and frame shall be constructed of material which conforms to SSPC-Vis 1-89
Rust Grade A specifications.
All exterior material surfaces shall be cleaned to a white metal in accordance with SSPCSP-5-N1 specifications, only non-metallic abrasives are to be used.
A blast profile shall be between 1.25 to 2.5 mils.
Appendix 3-69
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
4
Load Cell Specifications
4.1
All load cells shall meet or exceed the National Institute of Standards and Technology
(NIST) Handbook 44 for Class III weighing devices and shall be certified by the National
Type Evaluation Program (NTEP) for 5,000 division Class III accuracy.
4.2
Load cells to have the following individual characteristics:
4.2.1 Rated Capacity:
500 pounds
4.2.2 Rated Output:
2.0 +/- 0.002 (mV/V)
4.2.3 Zero Balance:
+/-0.02 mV/V
4.2.4 Temperature Compensation
-10 to +40 deg. C
+14 to +104 deg. F
4.2.5 Terminal Resistance:
Input:
385Ω
Signal:
350Ω +/- 2Ω
4.2.6 Excitation Voltage:
15 V AC/DC max.
4.2.7 Insulation Resistance:
5,000 MegaΩ min. @ 50 VDC
4.2.8 Maximum Loads:
Safe:
150% of R.C.
Ultimate Overload
300% of R.C.
Safe Side
100% of R.C.
4.2.9 Gage Cavity Seal Type:
Hermetic
4.3
The load cell shall be of suitable material for protection against moisture or corrosion and
shall be nickel plated or stainless steel.
4.4
Each load cell to have a data plate affixed to the load cell which clearly shows:
4.4.1 Manufacturer
4.4.2 Capacity
4.4.3 Part Number
4.4.4 Serial Number
4.4.5 NTEP Certificate of Conformance Number
4.4.6 Class Number
4.4.7 Maximum divisions (Nmax)
4.4.8 Load cell Vmin
4.5
Load cells to be mounted to the scale platform with high strength grade 5 bolts minimum.
5
Junction Box Specifications
5.1
The scale shall have a junction box assembly mounted integrally to the scale platform.
Access to the junction box shall be from the top of the scale. Remote mounted or side
access junction boxes are not acceptable.
5.2
Junction box shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel.
5.3
Junction box access cover shall be gasketed.
5.4
Junction box shall have box connectors designed to seal the box interior from moisture.
5.5
A summing printed circuit board (PCB) shall be mounted inside the junction box and shall
have five terminal blocks, one set per each load cell, with a separate block for the
instrument interface cable. Soldered wire/cable connections are not acceptable.
5.6
The summing printed circuit board (PCB) shall have trimming potentiometers, one for each
load cell, for adjusting the output of the individual load cells during scale calibration.
Appendix 3-70
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications
6
Warranties & Regulations
6.1
The scale platform shall have a minimum warranty of 24 months from date of installation.
Technician travel time and mileage costs shall be covered by the manufacturer for the first
30 days after installation, with on site labor covered for the first 12 months after the date of
installation. Replacement parts shall be covered for the full 24 month duration of the
warranty period.
6.2
Scale shall meet or exceed the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST)
Handbook 44 for Class III devices and shall also have been evaluated by National Type
Evaluation Program (NTEP) and verified compliance to Class III standards for 5,000
division accuracy performance. The scale shall have a Certificate of Conformance issued
under this program for the stated accuracy specification. The manufacturer shall provide
at the request of the customer a copy of this NTEP Certificate of Conformance.
7
Acceptable Manufacturers
7.1
Scale system shall be:
7.1.1 Mettler Toledo Model 2888 Portable Floor Scale.
8
Optional Ramp Assemblies
8.1
Supply (one or two) type 304 stainless steel tread plate ramp(s) for the purpose of
providing access to the weighing platform.
8.2
Ramps shall be 30” in width by 6” in length.
8.3
The ramps shall be independent of the weighing assembly so that when a load is applied
to the ramp, a corresponding weight value is not displayed on the weight display.
8.4
Ramps shall fold over the scale platform, hinged to the scale frame assembly for ease of
stowing and movement when the scale is being transported.
8.5
Surface and finish preparation shall be in accordance with Section 3.0.
Appendix 3-71
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Deckmate 2888 SS
Portable
Engineering Specifications
Deckmate 2888 Stainless Steel 30” X 30” Portable Scale
1
General Provisions
1.1
Provide one stainless steel portable scale system.
1.2
Scale shall be fully electronic in design and shall have a clear weighing surface of 30
inches by 30 inches and have a gross weighing capacity of 1,000 pounds.
1.3
The scale platform and frame assembly shall be constructed of type 304 stainless steel, a
tread plate surface shall be provided for the weighing area.
1.4
The scale shall be surface (top-of-floor) mounted, the scale shall be capable of attaching
drive on ramps on at least two sides of the scale platform without modifications.
1.5
Scale shall be capable of accepting 100% of its rated capacity across any end or section
of the weighing platform.
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
Mechanical Specifications
Scale platform and frame assemblies shall be constructed of type 304 stainless steel The
scale platform shall have a tread plate surface.
Platform size shall have a clear, flat weighing area of 30" X 30". The entire scale
assembly shall require no more than 33.5 inches by 44.75 inches of total floor space when
being transported, including any ramp assemblies.
The weighing platform shall be low profile. The distance from the
floor to the 30
inch by 30 inch weighing platform shall not exceed 1.375 inches.
The scale shall have a lower frame assembly which has provisions for accepting,
containing, and checking the scale platform assembly. Scale lower frame shall also
contain the wheel and lever assemblies for portable operation, and provisions for
permanent attachment of the integral column for the weight display. Scales which do not
use a lower frame assembly are not acceptable.
Scale shall be fully portable by four retractable hard rubber wheels. These wheels shall
be at least 2.5 inches in diameter and 0.9375 inches in width. Wheels shall be operated
by hand lever assembly and shall provide at least 0.5 inches of clearance between the
scale frame and floor during movement.
Scale shall have an integral column made of heavy wall tubular stainless steel which
elevated the weight display a minimum of 48 inches above the floor. The scale column
shall also have provisions for mounting any battery pack required for portable scale
operation.
Scale frame shall have provisions for permanent anchoring of the scale in-place , and
shall have fixed bumper assemblies for restricting the horizontal movement of the scale
platform.
The frame shall include the receiver or bearing point for the load cell suspension
assembly. The receiver is to be fixed in place and shall be constructed of hardened 17-4
ph stainless steel to ensure excellent weighing performance.
Each load cell shall have a rocker pin suspension to provide point
loading to the
load cell assembly and insure free movement of the scale platform. The rocker pin shall
be made of hardened 17-4 ph stainless steel.
Appendix 3-72
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications
2.10
2.11
3
3.1
3.2
3.3
4
All load cell suspension and frame bumper/checking systems shall be set at the factory
and not require field adjustment.
Scale shall have a level bubble visible to the operator.
Surface Preparation and Finish
Platform and frame shall be constructed of material which conforms to SSPC-Vis 1-89
Rust Grade A specifications.
All exterior material surfaces shall be cleaned to a white metal in accordance with SSPCSP-5-N1 specifications, only non-metallic abrasives are to be used.
A blast profile shall be between 1.25 to 2.5 mils.
Load Cell Specifications
4.1
All load cells shall meet or exceed the National Institute of Standards and Technology
(NIST) Handbook 44 for Class III weighing devices and shall be certified by the National
Type Evaluation Program (NTEP) for 5,000 division Class III accuracy.
4.2
Load cells to have the following individual characteristics:
4.2.1 Rated Capacity:
500 pounds
4.2.2 Rated Output:
2.0 +/- 0.002 (mV/V)
4.2.3 Zero Balance:
+/-0.02 mV/V
4.2.4 Temperature Compensation
-10 to +40 deg. C
+14 to +104 deg. F
4.2.5 Terminal Resistance:
Input:
385Ω
Signal:
350Ω +/- 2Ω
4.2.6 Excitation Voltage:
15 V AC/DC max.
4.2.7 Insulation Resistance:
5,000 MegaΩ min. @ 50 VDC
4.2.8 Maximum Loads:
Safe:
150% of R.C.
Ultimate Overload
300% of R.C.
Safe Side
100% of R.C.
4.2.9 Gage Cavity Seal Type:
Hermetic
4.3
The load cell shall be of suitable material for protection against moisture or corrosion and
shall be nickel plated or stainless steel.
4.4
Each load cell to have a data plate affixed to the load cell which clearly shows:
4.4.1 Manufacturer
4.4.2 Capacity
4.4.3 Part Number
4.4.4 Serial Number
4.4.5 NTEP Certificate of Conformance Number
4.4.6 Class Number
4.4.7 Maximum divisions (Nmax)
4.4.8 Load cell Vmin
4.5
Load cells to be mounted to the scale platform with high strength grade 5 bolts minimum.
Appendix 3-73
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
5
Junction Box Specifications
5.1
The scale shall have a junction box assembly mounted integrally to the scale platform.
Access to the junction box shall be from the top of the scale. Remote mounted or side
access junction boxes are not acceptable.
5.2
Junction box shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel.
5.3
Junction box access cover shall be gasketed.
5.4
Junction box shall have box connectors designed to seal the box interior from moisture.
5.5
A summing printed circuit board (PCB) shall be mounted inside the junction box and shall
have five terminal blocks, one set per each load cell, with a separate block for the
instrument interface cable. Soldered wire/cable connections are not acceptable.
5.6
The summing printed circuit board (PCB) shall have trimming potentiometers, one for each
load cell, for adjusting the output of the individual load cells during scale calibration.
6
Warranties & Regulations
6.1
The scale platform shall have a minimum warranty of 24 months from date of installation.
Technician travel time and mileage costs shall be covered by the manufacturer for the first
30 days after installation, with on site labor covered for the first 12 months after the date of
installation. Replacement parts shall be covered for the full 24 month duration of the
warranty period.
6.2
Scale shall meet or exceed the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST)
Handbook 44 for Class III devices and shall also have been evaluated by National Type
Evaluation Program (NTEP) and verified compliance to Class III standards for 5,000
division accuracy performance. The scale shall have a Certificate of Conformance issued
under this program for the stated accuracy specification. The manufacturer shall provide
at the request of the customer a copy of this NTEP Certificate of Conformance.
7
Acceptable Manufacturers
7.1
Scale system shall be:
7.1.1 Mettler Toledo Model 2888 Portable Floor Scale.
8
Optional Ramp Assemblies
8.1
Supply (one or two) type 304 stainless steel tread plate ramp(s) for the purpose of
providing access to the weighing platform.
8.2
Ramps shall be 30” in width by 12” in length.
8.3
The ramps shall be independent of the weighing assembly so that when a load is applied
to the ramp, a corresponding weight value is not displayed on the weight display.
8.4
Ramps shall fold over the scale platform, hinged to the scale frame assembly for ease of
stowing and movement when the scale is being transported.
8.5
Surface and finish preparation shall be in accordance with Section 3.0.
Appendix 3-74
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications
Liftmate MG4500 HD
Engineering Specifications
Liftmate MG4500 HD Mild Steel Platform Scale
Utilizing the table of Model MG4500 Liftmate HD standard floor scales listed on the back page,
find the applicable scale width, length, height, and capacity desired for your specific applications.
Portions of the table which are shaded indicate that there is no standard offering available in that
specific size, capacity, or profile.
1
General Provisions
1.1
Provide one fully electronic heavy duty floor scale system for the purpose
of________________________________________.
1.2
Scale shall have an overall platform size of ____ inches wide by ____ inches long by ____
inches high and shall have a gross weighing capacity of ___________ pounds.
1.3
The scale platform and subframe assembly shall be constructed of mild steel. Scale
platform shall have a mild steel smooth plate surface.
1.4
Scale shall be capable of being either surface (top-of-floor) or flush (in-floor) mounting as
standard. In the event of a flush , in-floor installation the scale frame shall also be suitable
for use as the pit coping. No additional materials shall be required for in-floor mounting of
the scale.
1.5
Scale shall be capable of weighing and withstanding 100% of the assemblies rated
capacity across each section or end of the weighing platform without damaging the
performance or fatiguing the design of the platform assembly.
1.6
The scale assembly shall also be capable of withstanding high point and impact loads,
base design criteria should include the lowering of a ________ ton (________ lb) coil of
steel onto the with a maximum vertical drop speed of 15 feet per minute on a repetitive
basis.
2
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
Mechanical Specifications
Scale platform assembly shall be constructed of mild steel and shall have a smooth plate
surface.
Platform top plate shall be a minimum of ½ inch thick, grade ASTM A36 HR plate.
Platform shall be reinforced by structural beams capable of withstanding the loads
specified in Section 1.0.
Scale platform shall have an unobstructed weighing surface, use of side rails or other
similar designs is not acceptable.
Each platform shall have provisions for lifting the entire platform for periodic inspection
and maintenance. The scale manufacturer shall provide a minimum of four threaded
through hole lifting points in the scale platform for this purpose.
A removable access plate shall be provided in the top of the platform surface to provide
access to the scale summing junction box.
Scale shall be of full frame design to insure scale suspension containment and platform
horizontal checking. Scales which do not utilize a lower frame assembly are not
acceptable.
Scale frame shall be constructed of a heavy structural channel suitable for use as a pit
frame for in-floor applications or to provide protection to the scales active weighing
Appendix 3-75
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
2.9
2.10
2.11
2.12
assemblies if surface mounted. The channel shall be sized as to extend the entire depth
of the scale.
Scale frame shall have provisions for permanent anchoring of the scale in-place , and
shall have bumper assemblies for restricting the horizontal movement of the scale
platform.
The scale shall be electronic in design and shall not use any levers, flexures, or other
mechanical assemblies. It shall contain four stainless steel strain gage analog load cell
assemblies each with a minimum capacity of ________ pounds.
Each load cell shall utilize a rocker pin loading suspension to ensure that the load cells
measure only vertical weight forces. The rocker pin shall be contained within a slider cup
receiver to ensure that a hardened bearing surface is provided for the rocker pin.
Rocker pin assembly shall be constructed of 17-4ph stainless steel.
3
Paint Preparation and Finish
3.1
All platforms, frames, ramps, and/or pit coping shall be abrasive blasted to 1.5 to 2.5 mils
profile per SSPC-SP10 (Near White Blast).
3.2
Paint will be Carboline 890 high build epoxy enamel. Coating must be cured to 3-6 mils
DFT.
3.3
Coating shall be lead and chromate free and cannot contain any substance defined as
carcinogenic by the U.S. EPA.
3.4
Coating must be suitable for salt solution immersion.
3.5
Coating must be chemical resistant per ASTM D3912 (Splash, Spillage, and Fumes).
4
Load Cell Specifications
4.1
All load cells shall meet or exceed the National Institute of Standards and Technology
(NIST) Handbook 44 for Class III/IIIL weighing devices and shall be certified by the
National Type Evaluation Program (NTEP) for 10,000 division Class IIIL accuracy.
4.2
Load cells to have the following individual characteristics:
4.2.1 Rated Capacity:
45,000 pounds
4.2.2 Rated Output:
2.0 +/- 0.005 (mV/V)
4.2.3 Zero Balance:
+/-0.02 mV/V
4.2.4 Temperature Compensation
-10 to +40 deg. C
+14 to +104 deg. F
4.2.5 Temperature Effect
On Zero Balance:
+/- 0.7 (Vmin/5 deg. C)
4.2.6 Combined Error Due To
Hysteresis and Linearity:
0.02% Of Rated Output
4.2.7 Non-repeatability:
0.01% Of Rated Output
4.2.8 Terminal Resistance:
Input:
2200Ω +/- 100Ω
Signal:
2000Ω +/- 20Ω
4.2.9 Excitation Voltage:
20 V AC/DC max.
4.2.10 Insulation Resistance:
2,000 MegaΩ min. @ 100 VDC
4.2.11 Maximum Loads:
Safe:
150% of R.C.
Ultimate Overload
300% of R.C.
Safe Side
100% of R.C.
4.3
Load cells to be constructed of 17-4 ph stainless steel and shall have an environmentally
protected seal over the gage cavity.
Appendix 3-76
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications
5
Junction Box Specifications
5.1
Scale shall have a junction box assembly mounted internally within the scale platform.
Access to the junction box assembly shall be accomplished via removable plate in the top
of the scale platform. Remote mounted, or side access junction box assemblies are not
acceptable.
5.2
Junction box enclosure shall be constructed of 304 stainless steel and shall be designed
to NEMA 4X standards.
5.3
The junction box enclosure shall have wash down duty connectors, one for each load cell
cable, and one additional connector for the instrument cable. Multiple cables using single
box connectors is not acceptable.
5.4
The junction box shall contain a printed circuit board for the purpose of individual load cell
wiring termination, summing of the output signals from each load cell, trimming/balancing
the load cell signals, and wiring the interface to the digital instrument.
5.5
The printed circuit board shall have individual connectors for each of the load cells, and
the instrument interface cable. Each wire shall have a single terminal connection.
Doubling up or ganging of wires to one terminal is not acceptable.
5.6
The summing printed circuit board shall have potentiometers, one per load cell for the
electrical trimming/balancing of the load cell signals during calibration.
6
Warranties
6.1
The scale platform shall have a minimum warranty of 24 months from date of installation.
Technician travel time and mileage costs shall be covered by the manufacturer for the first
30 days after installation, with on site labor covered for the first 12 months after the date of
installation. Replacement parts shall be covered for the full 24 month duration of the
warranty period.
7
Acceptable Manufacturers
7.1
Mettler Toledo Model MG4500 Liftmate HD Coil Scale.
8
Cradle (Option)
8.1
Provide a coil acceptance cradle for mounting to the scale platform. Cradle shall have a
size of 36 inches wide by 48 inches in length.
8.2
The cradle shall be designed as to create a "V' trough saddle to allow the steel coil to rest
on the scale with out possible movement.
8.3
The cradle shall be constructed of a minimum of ½ inch plate and
shall have a
0.375 inch rubber pad on the surfaces which contact the steel coil.
8.4
The cradle shall be removable so that the scale platform scale be
used for other
weighing functions.
Appendix 3-77
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Appendix : Fill in the Blank Legends
In this appendix you will find the information and options for those portions of the specifications
which are left blank ( _________ ). In some cases, there are a number of options to chose from,
others are simple. Each fill in the blank option listed below has its applicable section number for
ease of reference.
Section 1.1:
Provide a brief explanation of your specific application for the scale(s) required.
Section 1.2:
Utilizing the table of Model MG4500 Liftmate HD standard floor scales listed below, find the
applicable scale width, length, height, and capacity desired for your specific applications.
Portions of the table which are shaded indicate that there is no standard offering available in that
specific size, capacity, or profile.
Standard Sizes, Capacities, Profile, & Load Cell Type
Scale Size
Width X Length
Scale Capacity
Profile
40000 lb
20000 kg
60000 lb
30000 kg
60 in. X 60 in.
1524 mm x 1524 mm
8 3/8 in. (212.7 mm) 40K
103/4 in. (273 mm) 60K
Yes
Yes
60 in. X 84 in.
1524 mm x 2133 mm
8 3/8 in. (212.7 mm) 40K
103/4 in. (273 mm) 60K
Yes
Yes
60 in. X 96 in.
1524 mm x 2438 mm
103/4 in.
No
Yes
72 in . X 72 in.
1828 mm x 1828 mm
8 3/8 in. (212.7 mm) 40K
103/4 in. (273 mm) 60K
Yes
Yes
72 in. X 96 in.
1828 mm x 2438 mm
8 3/8 in. (212.7 mm) 40K
103/4 in. (273 mm) 60K
Yes
Yes
84 in. X 84 in.
2133 mm x 2133 mm
103/4 in.
No
Yes
84 in. X 108 in.
2133 mm x 2743 mm
83/8 in.
Yes
No
96 in. X 96 in.
2438 mm x 2438 mm
103/4 in.
No
Yes
96 in. X 120 in.
2438 mm x 3048 mm
8 /8 in.
Yes
No
Appendix 3-78
3
Appendix 3 - Engineering Specifications
Section 4.2.1: Rated Load Cell Capacity
Load cells in the Model MG4500 Liftmate HD floor scales are equal to one half the capacity of the scale
assembly. There are four load cells per scale assembly, based on the gross weighing capacity desired,
individual load cell capacities are as follows:
Rated Scale Capacity
Individual Load Cell Capacity
40,000 lb (20,000 kg)
20,000 lb (10,000 kg)
60,000 lb (30,000 kg)
45,000 lb ( 22,500 kg)
Appendix 3-79
Appendix 4 - Drawings
Appendix 4 - Drawings
Appendix 4-1
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Appendix 4-2
Appendix 4 - Drawings
Appendix 4-3
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Appendix 4-4
Appendix 4 - Drawings
Appendix 4-5
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Appendix 4-6
Appendix 4 - Drawings
Appendix 4-7
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Appendix 4-8
Appendix 4 - Drawings
Appendix 4-9
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Appendix 4-10
Appendix 4 - Drawings
Appendix 4-11
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Appendix 4-12
Appendix 4 - Drawings
Appendix 4-13
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Appendix 4-14
Appendix 4 - Drawings
Appendix 4-15
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Appendix 4-16
Appendix 4 - Drawings
Appendix 4-17
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Appendix 4-18
Appendix 4 - Drawings
Appendix 4-19
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Appendix 4-20
Appendix 4 - Drawings
16' - 3/4"
J-BOX ACCESS COVERS
RAMPS ON ALL SIDES
16' - 3/4"
3' - 3/8"
Ramp
10' - 0"
Platform
3' - 3/8"
Ramp
4" Floor to Top of Deck
Appendix 4-21
Figure 33: Pancake Air Cargo Scale
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Figure 34: Chlorine Tank Scale
Appendix 4-22
Appendix 4 - Drawings
Appendix 4-23
Figure 35: Top View, Chlorine Tank Scale
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Figure 36: Side View, Chlorine Tank Scale
Appendix 4-24
Appendix 5 - Certificate of Conformance
Appendix 5 - Certificate
of Conformance
A Certificate of conformance is required, within the United states, for any
NTEP approved scale. Please refer to Chapter six (Industry Standards) for full
explanation of NTEP approvals.
Appendix 5-1
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Figure 37: PREDATOR 2254 COC, 1 of 2
Appendix 5-2
Appendix 5 - Certificate of Conformance
Figure 38: PREDATOR 2254 COC, 2 of 2
Appendix 5-3
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Figure 39: WEIGHT-PLATE COC, 1 of 2
Appendix 5-4
Appendix 5 - Certificate of Conformance
Figure 40: WEIGHT-PLATE COC, 2 of 2
Appendix 5-5
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Figure 41: VERTEX 2158 COC, 1 of 3
Appendix 5-6
Appendix 5 - Certificate of Conformance
Figure 42: VERTEX 2158 COC, 2 of 3
Appendix 5-7
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Figure 43: VERTEX 2158 COC, 1 of 3
Appendix 5-8
Appendix 5 - Certificate of Conformance
Figure 44: DigiTOL VERTEX 2160 COC, 1 of 2
Appendix 5-9
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Figure 45: DigiTOL VERTEX 2160 COC, 2 of 2
Appendix 5-10
Appendix 5 - Certificate of Conformance
Figure 46: DECKMATE COC, 1 of 2
Appendix 5-11
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Figure 47: DECKMATE COC, 2 of 2
Appendix 5-12
Appendix 6 - Faxable Literature
Appendix 6 - Faxable
Literature
All Heavy Capacity products have a one or two page faxable literature sheet.
The faxable literature contains important product information for the endcustomer. Contact Mettler Toledo Heavy Capacity Marketing for details.
Below is an example of a faxable literature piece.
Appendix 6-1
DATA BRIEF
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Floor Scales
2254 Predator
METTLER TOLEDO 2254 Predator is a fully electronic, portable, low profile
floor scale designed for general purpose, top of floor use. It’s low profile design
minimizes operator effort when loading or unloading the scale platform. The
Weighbridge is constructed of mild steel with trapezoidal formed channels
supporting a tread plate deck. The structure is designed to weigh evenly
distributed loads. Adjustable feet as well as a leveling bubble are included to level scale for accurate
weights. The 304 Stainless Steel, general purpose junction box contains an analog summing PCB and is
mounted on the side of the weighbridge parallel to the load cells for easy access. The 2254 is recommended
for use in dry environments only.
5,000 lb. / 2,500 kg
4x4
3 1/2”
SPECIFICATIONS
Scale Sizes
Scale Height
FEATURES
Swivel Foot Suspension
Tread Plate Deck
Two-Part Epoxy Paint
304 Stainless Steel , General
Purpose Junction Box
Stainless Steel, Hermetically
Sealed Load Cells
Hazardous Area Approval
BENEFITS
• Scales are easy to install
• Easily permits leveling of scale on uneven floor
• Provides a safer, non-slip surface
• Durable, long-lasting finish
• Protects from dirt and dust
• Allows for load cell shift adjustment
• Easily accessible
• Provides superior protection
Low Profile
Floor Scale
• Factory Mutual Approved Load Cell when used
with Mettler Toledo Intrinsically Safe Instruments.
NTEP certified for Class III, 1000d • Legal for Trade Applications
(COC# 96--001)
The 2254 Predator can interface with all Mettler Toledo analog instruments and accessories. Mettler Toledo
is the largest scale manufacturer in the world and has been a major supplier of industrial
CAPACITY
weighing equipment since the turn of the century. We have authorized sales and service
5,000 lb./2,500 kg.
offices throughout the U.S., Canada, and every major part of the world. Contact your
nearest authorized distributor for details on Mettler Toledo Floor Scales...or any other
weighing applications.
FM
APPROVED
Glossary-2
Appendix 6 - Faxable Literature
DATA BRIEF
Floor Scales

2256 WEIGHT-PLATE
METTLER TOLEDO 2256 WEIGHT-PLATE is a fully electronic,
portable, low profile floor scale designed for general purpose, top of
floor use. It’s low profile design minimizes operator effort when
loading or unloading the scale platform. The units are completely self
contained, and can be combined with one or two ramps to suit almost
any application. A unique rocker pin foot design provides increased
accuracy while still permitting the scale to be leveled on an uneven
floor. The 2256 is available in two different material types: a rugged
epoxy painted mild steel or a 304 bead blasted stainless steel version.
3,000 lb. / 6,000 lb. / 10,000 lb.
SPECIFICATIONS
Scale Sizes
Scale Height
Ramp Sizes
3x3, 4x4, 4x5, 5x5
4”
36”W x 36”L, 48”W x 36”L, 60”W x 36”L
FEATURES
BENEFITS
Rocker Pin Foot Suspension
Portable
• Scales are easy to install
• Increased accuracy
• Easily permits leveling of scale on an uneven floor
• Sufficient clearance to easily lift scale with forklift
Optional Stainless Steel Platform
• Ideal for wet and corrosive environments
NEMA 4X Stainless Steel Junction
Box
3,000 lb., 6,000 lb., 10,000 lb.
Capacities
• Provides superior protection against moisture and
corrosive elements
• 3,000 lb. x 1 lb.
• 6,000 lb. x 2 lb.
• 10,000 lb. x 5 lb.
• Provides maximum protection in harsh environments
Stainless Steel/Hermetically Sealed
Load Cells
Hazardous Area Approval
• Factory Mutual Approved Load Cell when used with
Mettler Toledo Intrinsically Safe Instruments.
NTEP certified for Class III, 3000d • Legal for trade applications; 3000 lb. x 1 lb. /
(COC# 95-111)
6,000 lb. x 2 lb. / 10,000 lb. x 5 lb.
Canadian Approved (AM5160)
• Standard 3,000 lb. x .5 lb. / 6,000 lb. x 1 lb. /
10,000 x 2 lb.
CAPACITY
3,000 lb./1,500 kg.
6,000 lb./3,000 kg.
10,000 lb./5,000 kg.
METTLER TOLEDO
Specifications subject to change without notice.
 1996 Mettler Toledo, Inc.
METTLER TOLEDO and WEIGHT-PLATE are
trademarks of Mettler Toledo, Inc.
The 2256 WEIGHT-PLATE can interface with all Mettler Toledo analog instruments and accessories.
Mettler Toledo is the largest scale manufacturer in the world and has been a major supplier of industrial
weighing equipment since the turn of the century. We have authorized sales and service offices throughout
the U.S., Canada, and every major part of the world. Contact your nearest authorized distributor for details
on Mettler Toledo Floor Scales...or any other weighing applications.
FM
APPROVED
Appendix 6-3
DATA BRIEF
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Floor Scales

2158 VERTEX
METTLER TOLEDO 2158 VERTEX is a fully electronic, highly accurate low
profile floor scale designed for tough industrial environments, and can either be
installed on top of the floor or in a pit. The VERTEX also contains a patented
rocker pin suspension, which eliminates the need for field adjustment of suspension
assemblies, bumpers, or overload stops. Optional ramps can make the scale
accessible from all four sides and it’s low profile design minimizes operator effort
when loading or unloading the scale platform. The 2158 is available in two
different material types: a rugged epoxy painted mild steel or a 304 bead blasted stainless steel version.
MILD STEEL
SPECIFICATIONS
1000, 2500 lb.
5,000 lb.
10,000 lb.
20,000 lb.
Scale Sizes (ft.)
3x3, 4x4, 4x5
4x6, 5x5
3
36 or 60
3x3, 4x4, 4x5
4x6, 5x5, 5x7
3
36 or 60
4x4, 4x5, 4x6
5x5, 5x7
3-3/8
36 or 60
4x4, 4x5, 4x6
5x5, 5x7
4
36
Scale Height (in.)
Ramp Length (in.)
STAINLESS STEEL
SPECIFICATIONS
Scale Sizes (ft.)
Scale Height (in.)
Ramp Length (in.)
1000, 2500, 5000 lb.
10,000 lb.
3x3, 4x4, 4x5, 4x6, 5x5
3
36
4x4, 4x5, 4x6, 5x5, 5x7
3-3/8
36
FEATURES
BENEFITS
Rocker Pin Suspension
• Scale is self-aligning and self-centering, so that only
vertical forces are transmitted to the load cell
• Wide choice of standard sizes and accessories to fit
the scale to your needs
• Washdown Safe; ideal for corrosive environments
Versatile
Optional Stainless Steel
NEMA 4X Stainless Steel
Junction Box
• Extra protection for harsh environments
FM
APPROVED
Glossary-4
Low Profile,
Highly
Accurate
Floor Scale
DATA BRIEF
Appendix 6 - Faxable Literature
The 2158 is certified for 5000d
but it can be factory
Rugged Industrial Construction
• 100% End Loading, ideal for concentrated loadsstandards,
such
tested for 10,000d (Not legal for
as forklifts
• Mechanical overload stops integral to each load trade)
cell accuracy. This option is
assembly (1,000 - 5,000 lb. scale capacities only)
ideal for counting, inventory,
batching, filling, etc. and includes a
Factory Test Loading Report
FEATURES (cont.)
BENEFITS
verifying the 10,000d accuracy.
Stainless Steel/Hermetically
•Provides maximum protection in harsh
Sealed Load Cells*
environments
The 2158 can interface with the
entire line of Mettler Toledo analog
Hazardous Area Approval
•Factory Mutual Approved Load Cell when
instruments and accessories.
used with Mettler Toledo Intrinsically Safe
Mettler Toledo is the largest scale
Instruments.
manufacturer in the world and has
NTEP Certified for Class III,
•Legal for trade applications
been a major supplier of industrial
5000d Standards (COC# 91-097)
weighing equipment since the turn
*All capacities except 1,000 lb.
of the century. We have authorized
sales and service offices throughout
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
the U.S., Canada, and every major
Forklift Channel Frame
•Allows easy movement of scale with a forklift
part of the world. Contact your
•Heavy frame provides superior protection for
nearest authorized distributor for
the scale platform and weighing assemblies
details on Mettler Toledo Floor
Scale Guard Frame Protectors •Protects the sides from accidental forklift hits
Scales...or any other weighing
applications.
Truck Dock Frame
Instrument Column
Portability Wheel Kit
Quick Pit Frame
FastFab Option
•Heavy-duty frame, which provides maximum
protection for the scale in high traffic areas
•Convenient mounting of wall and desk top
versions of Mettler Toledo instruments and
battery packs
•Provides 3’x3’ and 4’x4’ models through 5,000
lb. wheeled portability
•Comes with a bolt on instrument column
•Floor installations are simple and easy
•Frame doubles as pit coping and forms,
eliminating expensive steps
•Greater flexibility of sizes which can be ordered
CAPACITY
1,000 lb.
2,500 lb.
5,000 lb.
10,000 lb.
20,000 lb.
Appendix 6-5
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
2158 VERTEX SUSPENSION DETAIL
LOAD CELL OVERLOAD STOP
PROTECTIVE O’RING
FIXED END AND
SIDE BUMPERS
FIXED ROCKER
PIN RECEIVER
STAINLESS STEEL
ROCKER PIN
STAINLESS STEEL
LOAD CELL
METTLER TOLEDO
Specifications subject to change without notice.
 1996 Mettler Toledo, Inc.
METTLER TOLEDO and VERTEX are trademarks
of Mettler Toledo, Inc.
Glossary-6
DATA BRIEF
Appendix 6 - Faxable Literature
Floor Scales


EZ-CLEAN VERTEX
METTLER TOLEDO EZ-CLEAN VERTEX is a fully electronic pit type floor
scale with a pneumatically operated tilting platform. This permits full access to the
underside of the scale and the pit area for complete washdown and sanitation. The
EZ-CLEAN is constructed of stainless steel throughout...including load cells,
weighbridge, scale frame, and the NEMA 4X junction box. To provide extra
flexibility, the junction box is available with the standard analog output, (Model#
2158) or Mettler Toledo’s exclusive Enhanced DigiTOL output (Model# 2160).
Access to the junction box is from the top of the scale, which allows for easy
installation and maintenance.
SPECIFICATIONS
Scale Sizes (ft.)
1000, 2500, 5000 lb.
3x3, 4x4, 4x5, 4x6, 5x5
BENEFITS
Rocker Pin Suspension
•Scale is self-aligning and self-centering, so that only
vertical forces are transmitted to the load cell
•Washdown Safe; ideal for corrosive environments
•Insures only authorized personnel operate the system
•Engages/disengages when platform is raised or lowered
•100% End Loading, ideal for concentrated loads such
as forklifts
•Mechanical overload stops integral to each load cell
assembly (1,000 - 5,000 lb. scale capacities only)
•Provides maximum protection in harsh wet, corrosive
environments
•Factory Mutual Approved when used with Mettler
Toledo Intrinsically Safe Instruments.
•Legal for trade applications
Stainless Steel/Hermetically
Sealed Load Cells*
Hazardous Area Approval
Down Position
10,000 lb.
4x4, 4x5, 4x6, 5x5, 5x7
FEATURES
304 Stainless Steel Scale
Pneumatic Control Enclosure
Self-Deploying Safety Supports
Rugged Industrial Construction
Self-Deploying Support
Stainless
Steel Pit Type
Floor Scale
NTEP Certified for Class III,
5000d (COC# 91-097,
COC# 94-010)
*1,000 lb. scale uses an environmentally sealed load cell
Mettler Toledo is the largest scale manufacturer in the world and has been a major
supplier of industrial weighing equipment since the turn of the century. We have
authorized sales and service offices throughout the U.S., Canada, and every major part of
the world. Contact your nearest authorized distributor for details on Mettler Toledo
Floor Scales...or any other weighing applications.
CAPACITY
1,000 lb.
2,500 lb.
5,000 lb.
10,000 lb.
METTLER TOLEDO
FM
APPROVED
Specifications subject to change without notice.
 1995 Mettler-Toledo, Inc.
METTLER TOLEDO, EZ-CLEAN, VERTEX,
and DigiTOL are trademarks of Mettler-Toledo,
Inc.
Appendix 6-7
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
DATA BRIEF
Floor Scales

2888 DECKMATE LP
METTLER TOLEDO 2888 DECKMATE LP is a fully electronic, ultra low
profile floor scale designed for easy loading. The 2888 provides a high quality,
space-saving scale at a competitive price. When combined with the portability
option, the 2888 is a portable, compact scale that can be moved almost anywhere.
It is available in two different material types: a rugged epoxy painted mild steel or a
tough 304 bead blasted stainless steel.
1,000 lb.
30”x30”
1-1/4”
SPECIFICATIONS
Weighing Platform Size
Platform Height
FEATURES
BENEFITS
Rugged Industrial Construction
• 100% End Loading; ideal for concentrated loads
such as drum totes
• Built in overload stops integral to each load cell
• Provides maximum protection in harsh
environments
• Automatically centers the platform, so that only
vertical forces are transmitted to the load cells
• Portable, compact scale
• Swivel instrument mount rotate 360° to allow the
indicator to be seen from any side of the scale
• Fold onto the platform for easy movement
Stainless Steel/Hermetically Sealed
Load Cells
Rocker Pin Suspension
Optional Portability Frame
Optional Ramps
Optional 304 Stainless Steel Platform
Hazardous Area Approval
NTEP Certified for Class III, 5000d
(COC# XX-XXX)
Compact SpaceSaving Platform
• Ideal for wet and extremely corrosive
environments
• Factory Mutual Approved Load Cell when used
with Mettler Toledo Intrinsically Safe
Instruments.
•Legal for trade applications
CAPACITY
1,000 lb.
The 2888 can interface with all Mettler Toledo analog instruments and accessories.
Mettler Toledo is the largest scale manufacturer in the world and has been a major
supplier of industrial weighing equipment since the turn of the century. We have
authorized sales and service offices throughout the U.S., Canada, and every major part of
the world. Contact your nearest authorized distributor for details on Mettler Toledo
Floor Scales...or any other weighing applications.
METTLER TOLEDO
FM
APPROVED
Glossary-8
Specifications subject to change without notice.
 1996 Mettler Toledo, Inc.
METTLER TOLEDO and DECKMATE are
trademarks of Mettler Toledo, Inc.
DATA BRIEF
Appendix 6 - Faxable Literature
Floor Scales

MG4500 LIFTMATE HD
METTLER TOLEDO MG4500 LIFTMATE HD is a fully electronic floor scale
designed for heavy duty applications, such as weighing steel coils or heavy freight
with large forklifts. It can accommodate many different applications, since it
provides the flexibility of being installed flush with the floor or above ground.
Also, the optional coil cradle can be mounted directly to the weighing platform to
accommodate large coils of material. The cradle is available in seven sizes ranging
from 3’Wx4’L to 6’Wx7’L, with a rubber padded “V” trough saddle. The scale’s
platform and sub-frame assembly are constructed of mild steel and then painted with a rugged epoxy paint
finish. The top access to the stainless steel NEMA 4X junction box allows for easy installation and
maintenance.
SPECIFICATIONS
Scale Size
Platform Height
FEATURES

40,000 lb.
5’x5’, 5’x7’, 6’x6’, 6’x8’
7’x9’, 8’x10’
8-3/8”
60,000 lb.
5’x5’, 5’x7’, 5’x8’, 6’x6’
6’x8’, 7’x7’, 8’x8’
10-3/4”
Rugged
Heavy Duty
Floor Scale
BENEFITS
Centerlign Capture Foot Suspension •Assures only vertical forces are applied to load
cells
LIFTMATE Structural Channel
•Excellent protection for top-of-floor installations
Frame
•Integral pit frame for in-floor installations
Rugged Industrial Construction
•I-beam construction for extremely heavy loads
•Constructed of mild steel, with a rugged two-part
epoxy paint finish
•100% End Loading; ideal for forklifts and other
concentrated loads
Stainless Steel Load Cells
•Provides extra protection in harsh environments
Hazardous Area Approval
•Factory Mutual Approved Load Cell when used
with Mettler Toledo Intrinsically Safe Instruments.
The MG4500 can interface with all Mettler Toledo analog instruments and accessories.
Mettler Toledo is the largest scale manufacturer in the world and has been a major
supplier of industrial weighing equipment since the turn of the century. We have
authorized sales and service offices throughout the U.S., Canada, and every major part of
the world. Contact your nearest authorized distributor for details on Mettler Toledo
Floor Scales...or any other weighing applications.
CAPACITY
40,000 lb.
60,000 lb.
Appendix 6-9
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
FM
APPROVED
METTLER TOLEDO
Specifications subject to change without notice.
 1995 Mettler-Toledo, Inc.
METTLER TOLEDO, CENTERLIGN, and
LIFTMATE are trademarks of Mettler-Toledo, Inc.
Glossary-10
DATA BRIEF
Appendix 6 - Faxable Literature
Pancake Deck Scale
METTLER TOLEDOTM Pancake Deck Scales are designed to weigh tug-transported air cargo containers for air
freight carriers. The Pancake Deck Scale check weighs air cargo containers after they are loaded, prior to boarding the
aircraft. This weight data is used to determine container location on the aircraft in accordance with acceptable weight
and balance specifications.
Features
Patented CENTERLIGNTM rocker pin
suspension
Floor mounted perimeter frame
Stainless steel hermetically sealed load cells
Stainless steel NEMA 4X junction box, Analog
or DigiTOLTM
Removable J-Box Access Cover
Benefits
• Self-aligning, no suspension feet to break off
• Load cells are protected
• Provides platform checking
• Provides maximum protection in harsh
environment
• Provides protection in harsh environments
• Versatility to meet every instrumentation need
• Easy maintenance and repair
The standard scale uses an analog summing junction box, however, Mettler Toledo’s exclusive enhanced DigiTOLTM
junction box is available upon request. The Pancake Deck Scale can interface with a broad selection of Mettler Toledo
Instruments and Accessories.
The patented CENTERLIGNTM self-aligning suspension system is ideally suited for dynamic weighing applications
such as air cargo containers. The weight of the load automatically centers the platform and aligns the force
transmitting assemblies so that only vertical forces are directed to the load cells .
Platform Size:
120” x 120”
Capacity:
20,000 lb
Appendix 6-11
DATA BRIEF
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Pancake Deck Scale
16' - 3/4"
J-BOX ACCESS COVERS
RAMPS ON ALL SIDES
16' - 3/4"
3' - 3/8"
Ramp
10' - 0"
Platform
3' - 3/8"
Ramp
4" Floor to Top of Deck
METTLER TOLEDO
subject
to change
notice.
METTLER TOLEDOTM is the largest scale manufacturer in theSpecifications
world and has
been
a majorwithout
supplier
of
 1996 Mettler Toledo, Inc.
industrial weighing equipment since the turn of the century. We have authorized sales and service offices throughout
TM
TM
the U.S., Canada, and every major part of the world. Contact your nearest
authorized
distributor
for details
on Mettler
METTLER
TOLEDO
and CENTERLIGN
are
trademarks
of
Mettler
Toledo,
Inc.
Toledo Pancake Deck Scales...or any other weighing applications.
Glossary-12
DATA BRIEF
Appendix 6 - Faxable Literature
Ball Transfer Deck Scale
TM
METTLER TOLEDO Ball Transfer Deck Scales are designed to weigh cargo containers for air freight carriers.
The Ball Transfer Deck Scale weighs air cargo containers, prior to boarding the aircraft. This weight data is used to
determine container location on the aircraft in accordance with acceptable weight and balance specifications. The
platform of the Ball Transfer Deck Scale utilizes METTLER TOLEDOTM patented CENTERLIGNTM rocker pin
suspension.
Features
Patented CENTERLIGNTM rocker pin
suspension
Floor mounted perimeter frame
Stainless steel hermetically sealed load
cells
Stainless steel NEMA 4X junction box,
Analog or DigiTOLTM
Removable J-Box Access Cover
Benefits
• Self-aligning, no suspension feet to break off
• Load cells are protected
• Provides platform checking
• Provides maximum protection in harsh
environment
• Provides protection in harsh environments
• Versatility to meet every instrumentation need
• Easy maintenance and repair
The standard scale uses an analog summing junction box, however, Mettler Toledo’s exclusive enhanced DigiTOLTM
junction box is available upon request. The Ball Transfer Deck Scale can interface with a broad selection of Mettler
Toledo Instruments and Accessories.
The patented CENTERLIGNTM self-aligning suspension system is ideally suited for dynamic weighing applications
such as air cargo containers. The weight of the load automatically centers the platform and aligns the force
transmitting assemblies so that only vertical forces are directed to the load cells .
Platform Size:
107” x 131”
Capacity:
20,000 lb
Appendix 6-13
DATA BRIEF
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
BALL TRANSFER DECK SCALE
131"
6" Center to Center of Ball
Transfers
J-BOX ACCESS COVER
107"
FRAME CORNER MOUNTING
BALL TRANSFER DECK
6" from floor to ball top
METTLER TOLEDO
METTLER TOLEDOTM is the largest scale manufacturer in the world and has been a major supplier of industrial
scales since the turn of the century. We have authorized sales and Specifications
service offices
throughout
U.S.,notice.
Canada, and
subject
to changethe
without

1996
Mettler
Toledo,
Inc.
every major part of the world. Contact your nearest authorized distributor for details on
TM
TM
Mettler Toledo air cargo scales...or any other weighing applications.
METTLER TOLEDO and CENTERLIGN
are trademarks of Mettler Toledo, Inc.
Glossary-14
Appendix 6 - Faxable Literature
Appendix 6-15
Appendix 6 - Faxable Literature
Glossary
Accuracy  Capability of a measuring device to provide measured values
without systematic measurement deviations.
Active Hub  An optional “driver” device that may be added to a network of
Jaguar’s to extend the network distance beyond 330 ft. (100 m).
Actual Scale Interval (d)  Value expressed in units of mass of:
• the difference between the values corresponding to two consecutive scale
marks, for analog indication, or
• the difference between two consecutive indicated values, for digital
indication.
A/D  Analog to Digital
Adaptive Filters  Filters with variable characteristic properties, e.g.
frequency and phase response. They are usually implemented in digital filters.
From the input variable, the microprocessor calculates the output variable in
real time using the transfer function. The filters can either adapt themselves to
certain tasks, e.g. by microprocessor control or be adjusted by hand.
Address  A unique sequence of letters or numbers for the location of data or
the identity of an intelligent device.
Analog  In communications, transmission employing variable and continuous
wave forms to represent information values, where interpretation by the receiver
is an approximation (quantization) of the encoded value; compare with Digital.
Analog-digital Converter  An electronic device designed to convert analog
signals (voltages) into digital signals. It is used in, e.g. digital voltmeters.
Analog Indication  Indication enabling the evaluation of the equilibrium
position to a fraction of the scale interval.
Analog Output  The electrical output of balances where, for instance, the
measured value can be tapped in the form of electrical voltages or currents
whose value changes continuously as the load changes. This output permits the
connection of electrical measuring instruments and recorders which indicate
results in an analog manner  Analog Signal.
Analog Signal  An electrical continuous variable (current, voltage) which
appears at the analog output and is proportional to the measured value.
ANSI (American National Standards Institute)  The principal standards
development body supported by over 1000 trade organizations, professional
societies and companies. U.S.A.’s member body to ISO (International
Standards Organization).
Appendix 6-1
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
ARCnet
 (Attached Resource Computer Network)  Popular local area
network design, a product introduced by Datapoint Corp. in 1977,
characterized by 2.5-Mbps baseband transmission over various transmission
media including twisted pair, coaxial and fiber optic cable. Token Ring is used
as the access control mechanism; standardized by the ANSI as specification
878.1.
ASCII (American Standard Code for Information Interchange)  A
system used to represent alphanumeric data; a 7-bit-plus-parity character set
established by ANSI and used for data communications and data processing;
ASCII allows compatibility among data services; one of two such codes (see
EBCDIC) used in data interchange, ASCII is normally used for asynchronous
transmission.
Asynchronous  Data transmission that is not related to the timing, or a
specific frequency, of a transmission facility; transmission characterized by
individual characters, or bytes, encapsulated with start and stop bits, from
which a receiver derives the necessary timing for sampling bits; also, start/stop
transmission.
Attenuation  The deterioration of signal strength, measured in decibels;
opposite of gain.
Auto Range  Automatic device for switching ranges in multiple range scales
and multiple division scales.
Automatic Zero Setting (autozero)  An automatic zero-setting device which
makes it possible to correct zero-point drifts or soiling of load carriers without
manual intervention (speed of zero setting is 0.5 digits per second).
Auxiliary Unit  A third unit of measure that can be programmed for display
and printed by the Jaguar in addition to two standard units (lb, kg, or g). This
unit may be lb, kg, g, oz, lb-oz, dwt, ozt, t, tons or a custom unit. A conversion
factor is programmed in setup if custom unit is selected.
Bandwidth  The range of frequencies available for signaling; the difference
expressed in Hertz between the highest and lowest frequencies of a band.
Baud/baud Rate  Unit of the transmission rate in serial data transmission
expressed in bits per second.
Bit (Binary Digit)  The smallest unit of information in a binary system; a 1
or 0 condition.
BPS (Bits Per Second)  The basic unit of measure for serial datatransmission capacity; Kbps for kilo (thousands of) bits per second; Mbps for
mega (millions of) bits per second; Gbps for giga (billions of) bits per second;
Tbps for tera (trillions of) bits per second.
Bridge  A device that connects different local area networks at the data-link
layer.
Bus  A transmission path or channel; an electrical connection, with one or
more conductors, by which all attached devices receive all transmissions at the
Glossary-2
Appendix 6 - Faxable Literature
same time; a linear local area network topology, such as is used in Ethernet and
the token bus, where all network nodes “listen” to all transmissions, selecting
certain ones based on address identification. A data path shared by many
devices (e.g. multipoint line) with one or more conductors for transmitting
signals, data or power.
Byte  Data word of length 8 bits, allows the encoding of 256 different
characters. All common microprocessors possess a byte structure or a multiple
of it in their data words.
Calculated Net Value  Value of the difference between a gross or net weight
value and a preset tare value.
Calculated Total Weight Value  Calculated sum of more than one weight
value and/or calculated net value.
Calibration  In the field of metrology, calibration means determination of the
relationship between the displayed quantity and the true value of the measured
variable under specified measurement conditions, for example, by means of a
calibration curve.
Calibration Tolerance Limits  Calibration tolerance limits represent the
largest plus or minus values by which an individual measurement value may
deviate during the calibration of a standard weight.
Capacity  The maximum load that can be weighed on a particular scale.
Certification  Official testing and sealing of an instrument (balances,
weights) according to the certification requirements. The seal (Certification
Seal) attests that the instrument has satisfied the certification requirements with
respect to its design and metrological characteristics and, in particular, that it
conforms with the Calibration Tolerance Limits.
Certification Body  Metrological body which decides on the admission for
certification for designs of measuring instruments  state or National Institutes
of Metrology.
Certification Seal  A stamp or seal applied by the weights and measures
department to the tested measuring instrument to attest that certification has
been carried out.
Character  Letter, number, punctuation or any other symbol contained in a
message.
Checksum  The total of a group of data items or a segment of data that is
used for error-checking purposes. Both numeric and alphabetic fields can be
used in calculating a checksum, since the binary content of the data can be
added. Just as a check digit tests the accuracy of a single number, a checksum
serves to test an entire set of data which has been transmitted or stored.
Checksum can detect single-bit errors and some multiple-bit errors.
Clock  An oscillator-generated signal that provides a timing reference for a
transmission link; used to control the timing of functions such as sampling
Appendix 6-3
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
interval, signaling rate, and duration of signal elements; an “enclosed” digital
network typically has only one master clock.
Cluster  A group of up to six Jaguars connected together on the ARCnet

network. A total of 12 scales (2 per Jaguar) can be connected together in a
cluster.
Coaxial Cable  A popular transmission medium usually consisting of one
central wire conductor (two, for twin-axial cable) surrounded by a dielectric
insulator and encased in either a wire mesh or an extruded metal sheathing;
coaxial cable comes in many varieties, depending on the degree of EMI
shielding afforded and voltages and frequencies accommodated; common
Community Antenna Television (CATV) transmission cable, typically
supporting RF frequencies from 50 to about 500 MHz; also called “coax.”
Coincidence Setpoint - A target value to which the current weight value is
compared. When the weight value is greater than or equal to the target, the
associated output changes state.
Communication Protocol  The rules governing the exchange of information
between devices on a data link.
Communications Server  An intelligent device (a computer) providing
communications functions; an intelligent, specially configured node on a local
area network designed to enable remote-communications access and exit for
LAN users.
Counting Scale  A scale with special equipment to count a number of pieces
all having the same weight. Electronic counting scales determine the mean
individual weight and the weight of all counted parts and supply the piece
number by arithmetic division. Mechanical counting scales are modified
decimal and sliding-weight scales with fixed or alterable transmission ratios.
Counts  The total number of display increments available on a particular
scale which is determined by simply dividing the scale capacity by its
readability. A scale with a capacity of 10 lb and a resolution of .001 lb would
have 10,000 counts. (The word “counts” in this context has no connection with
parts counting.)
Creep Error  The error which arises when the measurement value is read,
printed or further processed before the slow approach to stabilization (e.g. of
the display) is at an end.  Drift.
Current Loop Interface (20 mA)  Digital peripheral interface for serial data
transmission in which the logic states 0 and 1 are represented by the currents 0
mA and 20 mA, e.g. TTY interface in teletype.
Data  Information represented in digital form, including voice, text,
facsimile, and video.
Data Bus (serial)  A data bus represents the electrical connection between
several participants. Bus multipoint connections have a long main cable to
which the participants are attached via short spur lines. In contrast to star or
Glossary-4
Appendix 6 - Faxable Literature
ring structures, the bus structure represents a multipoint connection. It can be
used for the connection of computers, peripherals and measuring instruments.
Data Link  Any serial data-communications transmission path, generally
between two adjacent nodes or devices and without intermediate switching
nodes.
Data-Transfer Rate  The average number of bits, characters, or blocks per
unit of time transferred from a data source to a data sink.
Density  The density “p” of a substance is the quotient of its mass “m” and
volume “V”, i.e. p = m/V.
Digital  Referring to communications procedures, techniques, and equipment
by which information is encoded as either a binary one (1) or zero (0); the
representation of information in digits.
Digital-analog Converter  An electronic device used to convert digital
signals into analog voltages. The device is used to allow the recording of the
course of a weight change in analog form on a recorder for plotting
characteristic curves.
Digital Filter  Software-based filtering of very low frequency, extraneous
oscillations in the 1.5 to 20 Hz range, e.g. vibrations, drafts for the purpose of
achieving more stable indications.
Digital Readout, Digital Printout  Contrary to the Analog Readout or
printout of a measurement value, this result appears only in the form of
numbers with the last number being rounded off correctly. Clearly readable,
usually simple transfer of measured values to data processing systems, but the
measurement results can not be interpolated without additional effort and
expense.
Dip Switches  Switches for opening and closing leads between two devices.
Discharge Weighing  Weighing in which after taring of the filled load
container the mass of the bulk weighing sample which has flowed out of the
load container is immediately displayed.
Discrimination  Ability of an instrument to react to small variations of load.
The discrimination threshold, for a given load, is the value of the smallest
additional load that, when gently deposited on or removed from the load
receptor, causes a perceptible change in the indication.
Dot Matrix  (e.g. 5x7 dots) Type of alphanumeric character indication 
Display.
Downloading  The process of sending configuration parameters, operating
software or related data from a central source to remote stations.
Drift  Slow change with time in the value of a metrological characteristic
(e.g. in the display) of measuring device at constant loading.
Appendix 6-5
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
EBCDIC (Extended Binary Coded Decimal Interchange Code)  An eightbit code used primarily in IBM equipment. The code allows for 256 characters
to the sending station for verification of data integrity.
EISA (Extended Industry Standard Architecture) Bus  A 32-bit
adaptation of the 8- and 16-bit buses originally developed by IBM and now
standard in almost all PCs that use Intel 8086, 80286, and 80386
microprocessors. The EISA bus is a join development of COMPAQ and other
PC manufacturers; compare with Micro Channel
.
Element  A data field or ASCII character in a template. Each data field from
the Jaguar and each ASCII character and special ASCII character is considered
an element in a template. Element numbers begin at 001 and extend through the
last field, character, or special character.
EMI (Electromagnetic Interference)  A device’s radiation leakage that
couples onto a transmission medium, resulting (mainly) from the use of highfrequency-wave energy and signal modulation; reduced by shielding; minimum
acceptable levels are detailed by the FCC, based on type of device and
operating frequency.
Emulation  The imitation of all or part of one device, terminal, or computer
by another, so that the imitating device accepts the same data, performs the
same functions, and appears to other network devices as if it were the imitated
device.
EPROM (Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory)  Ready-only,
non-volatile, semi-conductor memory that is erasable via ultra violet light and
reprogrammable.  See ROM.
Erasable Storage  A storage device whose contents can be modified (e.g.,
Random Access Memory, or RAM) as contrasted with read-only storage (e.g.,
Read-Only Memory, or ROM).
Ethernet  A popular local area network design, the product of Xerox Corp.,
characterized by 10-Mbps baseband transmission over a shielded coaxial cable
and employing CSMA/CD as the access control mechanism; standardized by
the IEEE as specification IEEE 802.3; referring to the Ethernet design or as
compatible with Ethernet.
Even Parity  A “dumb” terminal data verification method in which each
character must have an even number of “on” bits.
External Resolution  The smallest possible weight change compared to the
total number of digital counts when a scale is in the “weight mode.” A scale
with a 10 lb capacity and a readability of 0.0001 lb would have an external
resolution of 1 part in 100,000. Only external resolution can be used to evaluate
scales for “weighing” applications.
Floor Scale  Free standing platform scale for installation on the floor.
Flow Control  The procedure or technique used to regulate the flow of data
between devices; prevents the loss of data once a device’s buffer has reached its
capacity.
Glossary-6
Appendix 6 - Faxable Literature
Formula Weighing  Weighing of different components into a container with
taring being performed after each weighing before the next component is
weighed in.
Full Duplex (FDX)  Transmission in either direction, at the same time.
Gain  Increased signal power, usually the result of amplification; see
Attenuation.
Gateway  A conceptual or logical network station that serves to interconnect
two otherwise incompatible networks, network nodes, sub-networks, or devices;
performs a protocol-conversion operation across numerous communications
layers.
Gram  The gram (unit symbol g) is the one thousandth part of a kilogram.
Gross Value (G or B)  Indication of the weight of a load on an instrument,
with no tare or preset tare device in operation.
Gross Weight  Mass of the weighing sample (net weight) including its
container or packaging (tare weight).
Ground  An electrical connection or common conductor that, at some point,
connects to the earth.
Half Duplex (HDX)  Transmission in either direction, but not at the same
time.
Handshake  One or more special control lines for the timed coordination of
the data flow in parallel and serial interfaces by acknowledgments between
sender and transmitter. Example: The data receiver reports readiness to receive,
the data transmitter then reports that the data are ready for transmission.
Hertz (Hz)  A measure of frequency or bandwidth. The same as cycles per
second.
Interface  A shared boundary; a physical point of demarcation between two
devices, where the electrical signals, connectors, timing, and handshaking are
defined; the procedures, codes, and protocols that enable two entities to interact
for a meaningful exchange of information.
Internal Resolution  The smallest possible weight change as compared to the
total number of counts when a scale is in the “counting mode”. A scale with a
10 lb capacity and a sensitivity of 0.00001 lb would have an internal resolution
of 1 part in 1,000,000. Note: Internal resolution is only relevant to counting
applications and is usually 10 to 25 times higher than the factory-set external
resolution. Caution: Don’t be fooled by faulty comparisons of external and
internal resolution.
International Organization for Legal Metrology (OIML)  Abbreviation
for Organisation Internationale de Metrologie Legale. The main task of the
OIML involves unification of the administrative and technical regulations for
measurement methods and measuring instruments for the field of legal
metrology at an international level.
Appendix 6-7
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
International Standard  An ISO standards document that has been
approved in final balloting.
I/O  Input/Output.
IPX (Internet Packet Exchange)  A product of Novell, Inc. that represents a
network protocol for delivery of data packets from one network node to one or
more other nodes. It does not provide guarantee of delivery (see SPX).
ISO (International Standards Organization)  This organization handles
the international standardization of terms, measurement methods, tolerances and
the like in the industrial field.
Jitter  The slight movement of a transmission signal in time or phase that can
introduce errors and loss of synchronization in high-speed synchronous
communications.
Jumper  A wire which connects a number of pins on one end of a cable only,
such a looping back Request to Send from Clear to Send. Connector on a
printed circuit board of an electronic circuit used to set or initiate certain
functions.
Keyboard (keypad)  A device consisting of an array of keys used to initiate
functions and/or enter alphanumeric data and special characters.
Kilogram  the kilogram (unit symbol kg) is the base unit of mass.
LAN  Local Area Network. Data link between individual computers at
different locations, e.g. in an office or throughout the grounds of a factory,
typically up to 1 km. The data transmission rate lies between 100 KB/s and 20
MB/s. Local networks are multipoint connections. They operate with serial data
transmission and are independent of the post office lines.
LED (Light Emitting Diode)  Also called light diode or luminescence diode.
Available colors: red, green, yellow, orange. A semiconductor diode which
emits light when a current of about 10 mA flows through it. Its illuminating
power is high, but its current consumption is also relatively high. Can be read
without external light.  Readout.
Limit switch  Mostly a mechanical or electronic device which triggers
certain control functions in a balance when a (preselected) limit value of the
load has been reached or exceeded.
Linearity  The linearity is a measure of how well the scale is capable of
following the linear relationship between the loaded weight and the display
value. The characteristic curve of a balance is envisaged as a straight line
between zero and maximum load. The nonlinearity defines the width of the band
within which a plus or minus deviation of the measured value from the ideal
characteristic line can occur.
Linearization  The nonlinearity of the characteristic curve of a weighing cell
leads to measurement errors and various measures are thus employed in an
attempt to keep the linearity error small. Modern linearizations are, e.g.
correction of the characteristic curve by corrections stored in the
Glossary-8
Appendix 6 - Faxable Literature
microprocessor or built-in calibration weights that are weighed singly and
together in the calibration process. The microprocessor determines the actual
linearity deviation and then corrects it.
Literal  An alpha-numeric field of data that can be programmed in the
Jaguar for transmission from a serial port. Up to 20 literal fields can be
configured, each having up to 40 characters. Literals are not shown on the
Jaguar display during operation.
Local Area Network (LAN)  A data communications system confined to a
limited geographic area with moderate to high data rates (100 Kbps to 50
Mbps). The area served may consist of a single building, a cluster of buildings
or a campus-type arrangement. The network uses some type of switching
technology, and does not use common carrier circuits although it may have
gateways or bridges to other public or private networks.
Loopback  Type of diagnostic test in which the transmitted signal is returned
to the sending device after passing through all, or a portion of, a data
communications link or network.
Loss  Reduction in signal strength, expressed in decibels; also, Attenuation;
opposite of gain.
Lowpass Filter  A type of filter that passes frequencies below a programmed
value through to the weight display. Frequencies above the lowpass filter are
automatically attenuated. The lowpass filter in the Jaguar is selectable from 0.2
Hz to 9.9 Hz.
m  Milli; designation for one thousandth.
M  Mega; designation for one million (e.g., Mbps).
Mark  Presence of signal. In telegraph communication, a mark represents the
closed condition or current flowing. A mark impulse is equivalent to a binary 1.
Mass  The physical quantity mass m is the property of matter of a body
expressed in terms of both its inertial effect with respect to a change in its state
of motion and the attraction it exerts on other bodies. The mass of an object is
independent of its location. If is determined by comparison with bodies of
known mass, for example by weighing. The embodiment of a unit of mass and
its fractions or multiples are called weights or weight pieces. The base unit of
mass is the kilogram or kg.
Maximum Capacity (Max)  Maximum weighing capacity, not taking into
account the additive tare capacity.
Maximum Load  Upper limit of the weighing range without consideration of
the additional maximum tare.
Maximum Load Capacity  The maximum load a balance or scale can
accommodate without damage. It is always greater or equal to the maximum
load plus the maximum tare load. Abbreviation Lim.
Maximum Safe Load (Lim)  Maximum static load that can be carried by the
instrument without permanently altering its metrological qualities.
Appendix 6-9
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
MELSI  Mettler Large Scale Integration. A proprietary circuit on the
Analog PCB of the Jaguar which performs the analog-to-digital weight
conversion.
Metrology  The science of measurement, measurement systems, and units.
Minimum Capacity (Min)  Value of the load below which the weighing
results may be subject to an excessive relative error.
Modem (Modulator-Demodulator)  A device used to convert serial digital
data from a transmitting terminal to a signal for transmission over a telephone
channel, or to reconvert the transmitted signal to serial digital data for
acceptance by a receiving terminal.
Multi-interval Instrument  Instrument having one weighing range which is
divided into partial weighing ranges each with different scale intervals, with the
weighing range determined automatically according to the load applied, both on
increasing and decreasing loads.
MultiRange  Balance whose weighing range is divided into partial weighing
ranges with different scale division values. Switching of the division values
occurs automatically with increasing and decreasing load at the same display
values.
Multiple Range Instrument  Instrument having two or more weighing
ranges with different maximum capacities and different scale intervals for the
same load receptor, each range extending from zero to its maximum capacity.
Net Value (N)  Indication of the weight of a load placed on an instrument
after operation of a tare device.
Net Weight  The weight of a weighing sample after deduction of the weight
of its packaging or of the transport device (tare weight) with which it had
previously been weighed.
Network  An interconnected group of Nodes; a series of points, nodes, or
stations connected by communications channels; the assembly of equipment
through which connections are made between data stations.
Network Architecture  A set of design principles, including the organization
of functions and the description of data formats and procedures, used as the
basis for the design and implementation of a network (ISO).
Network Layer  Layer 3 in the OSI model; the logical network entity that
services the transport layer; responsible for ensuring that data passed to it from
the transport layer is routed and delivered through the network.
Network Topology  The physical and logical relationship of nodes in a
network; the schematic arrangement of the links and nodes of a network;
networks typically have a star, ring, tree, or bus topology, or some hybrid
combination.
Node  A point where one or more functional units interconnect transmission
lines; a physical device that allows for transmission of data within a network;
Glossary-10
Appendix 6 - Faxable Literature
includes host processors, communications controllers, cluster controllers, and
terminals.
Notch Filter  A tunable filter used to filter out one specific frequency below
the lowpass filter frequency.
Number of Scale Divisions  Quotient calculated from maximum load (max)
and scale division
value d:
n = (max)/d
Parallel Transmission  Transmission mode that sends a number of bits
simultaneous over separate lines. Usually unidirectionally.
Parity Bit  A bit that is set at “0” or “1” in a character to ensure that the
total number of 1 bits in the data field is even or odd.
Parity Check  The addition of non-information bits that make up a
transmission block to ensure that the total number of 1s is always either even or
odd.
Passive Backplane  The backplane or “mother” board in the Jaguar which
does not contain any active electronic components. This eliminates the need for
harnesses and wires to interconnect other PCBs.
PCB  Printed Circuit Board
Peripheral Instruments  In general, peripheral instruments are all those
devices and installations which are connected to a computer by means of a data
interface (e.g. printer, screen, recorder, also electronic balances).
Physical Layer  Within the OSI model, the lowest level (1) of network
processing, below the link layer; concerned with the electrical, mechanical and
handshaking procedures over the interface that connects a device to a
transmission medium; referring to an electrical interface, such as RS-232C.
Pin Assignment  In electronic instruments, this term refers to the assignment
of the individual connector contacts to certain signals. In part, the pin
assignment is internationally standardized, in part it is laid out according to inhouse company standards and is described in the operating instructions.
PLC (Programmable Logic Controller)  An industrial control computer
that is used to provide sequential control for industrial processes. Provides high
level inputs and outputs that are coordinated by a program usually written in
ladder logic language.
Polarity  Any condition in which there are two opposing voltage levels or
changes, such as positive and negative.
Port  A point of access into a computer, a network, or other electronic
device; the physical or electrical interface through which one gains access; the
interface between a process and a communications or transmission facility.
Appendix 6-11
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Precision  The degree to which a scale conforms to a predetermined
specification as well as its ability to successfully repeat actions within closely
specified limits.
Preset Tare Device  Device for subtracting a preset tare value from a gross
or net weight value and indicating the result of the calculation. The weighing
range for net loads is reduced accordingly.
Preset Tare Value (PT)  Numerical value, representing a weight, that is
introduced into the instrument. “Introduced” includes procedures such as:
keying in, recalling from a data storage, or inserting via an interface.
PROM (Programmable Read Only Memory)  Nonvolatile memory device
which retains its contents when the power supply is switched off. They can be
only read (i.e. not written to) by the processor and contain, e.g. programs or
important device parameters. They are installed as integrated components and
can be overwritten with special programming devices. The memory chip is
visible through a window and can be erased using UV light.
Prompt List  Displayed cues indicating a task be performed by the operator.
Prompt lists are configured in the Configure Memory program block and can
contain up to 20 steps.
Protocol  Formal set of rules governing the format, timing, sequencing, and
error control of exchanged messages on a data network; may be oriented toward
data transfer over an interface, between two logical units directly connected, or
on an end-to-end basis between two users over a large and complex network.
Rack  In reference to an Allen-Bradley PLC, this is a location or position in
the PLC. Different models of PLCs will have various quantities of rack space
available. In order for the Jaguar to communicate to the A-B PLC on the RIO, a
rack destination must be specified.
RAM (Random Access Memory)  Storage device into which data can be
entered (written) and read; compare with ROM.
Readability  The smallest possible weight change detectable on the scale
readout. A function of the external resolution.
Real Time  Operating mode that allows immediate interaction with data as it
is created, as in a process-control system or computer-aided design system.
Real Time Kernel  The core of a computer operating system that provides
the mechanism for switching from one task to another. A real time kernel
minimizes the time for switching and provides for prioritization of tasks so that
the high priority work is done before lower priority work.
Reproducibility  The ability of a scale to duplicate the same value when
identical samples are loaded and reloaded in succession. Simply put, it’s getting
the same answer time and again.
Resolution  The smallest possible weight change detectable on the scale
readout. A function of the external resolution.
RFI  Radio Frequency Interference
Glossary-12
Appendix 6 - Faxable Literature
RIO  A trademarked name (Remote Input/Output) for an Allen-Bradley
network. The Jaguar interfaces to the RIO using an option PCB. This interface
is present on most of the A-B PLC-5 family of controllers. The RIO may be an
option on other A-B controllers.
ROM (Read-Only-Memory)  A data storage device, the contents of which
cannot normally be altered; storage in which writing-over is prevented; also,
permanent storage; compare with RAM.
RS-232 Interface  The origin of the standard lies in its use in postal
operation. It is a digital serial synchronous interface that complies with the EIA
RS-232 standard for modem connections for data transmission over the
telephone lines. The standard is suitable for the description of computer
interfaces as, e.g. connector design, pin assignment and signals are described.
The use of modem control lines is not defined for the connection of computers
and often leads to difficulties in data transmission.
RS-422  Electrical characteristics of balanced-voltage digital interface
circuits.
RS-423  Electrical characteristics of unbalanced-voltage digital interface
circuits.
RS-449  General-purpose 37-pin and 9-pin interface for data terminal
equipment and data circuit-terminating equipment employing serial binary data
interchange.
Scale division  Smallest increment of a scale.
Sealing  1. The securing of technically important parts against
displacements, alterations or removal by attaching objects (seals) that are
usually metallic. A safety seal is stamped on these objects by means of pliers
(lead-sealing pliers). 2.The official process of attaching a seal to a measuring
instrument, e.g. the main seal or the EC certification seal after an instrument
has been certified, or any required safety seal. A locking seal is understood to
refer to the kind of seal that simultaneously secures, e.g. the housing of a
balance to prevent it being opened.
Semi-automatic Zero-setting Device  Device for setting the indication to
zero automatically following a manual command.
Sensitivity  The smallest possible weight change detectable on the scale
readout. A function of the external resolution.
Serial Data Transfer  The consecutive transmission of data over one or
several lines.  Data Transmission.
Serial Transmission  The most common transmission mode in which
information bits are sent sequentially on a single data channel.
Shielding  Protective enclosure surrounding a transmission medium, such as
coaxial cable, designed to minimize electromagnetic and radio frequency
leakage and interference.
Appendix 6-13
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
SI Units  Units of the International System of Units (SI=Systeme
International d’Unites). The system consists of seven base units (meter,
kilogram, second, ampere, kelvin, mol, candela), as well as a number of derived
units (created by combining several base units e.g. newton N=m.kg.s-2 and
certain supplementary units, e.g. radian rad for a plane angle.
Span Stability  The capability of an instrument to maintain the difference
between the indication of weight at maximum capacity and the indication at
zero over a period of use within specified limits.
SPX (Sequenced Packet Exchange)  A network protocol of Novell Inc. that
augments the IPX protocol to provide additional data integrity by including
guaranteed delivery of packets. It is a session to session mechanism that allows
two computers to exchange data.
Stability  The measure of a scale’s ability to give the same weight or count
reading at different points in time. Phenomena affecting stability include creep,
vibration, temperature, and humidity.
Stable Filter  A type of filter designed to maintain a stable weight display for
a non-moving load despite environmental influences. This type of filter is not
used for dynamic weighing (filling processes).
Start Bit  In asynchronous transmission, the first bit or element in each
character, normally a space, which prepares the receiving, equipment for the
reception and registration of the character.
Stop Bit  In asynchronous transmission, the last bit, used to indicate the end
of a character which serves to return the line to its idle state.
String  Any combination of alphanumeric characters (letters, numbers and
special characters), e.g. language sets for output on the screen. With variable
types, a distinction is made between numeric variables, which can contain only
numbers, and string variables.
Synchronous Transmission  Transmission in which data bits are sent at a
fixed rate, with the transmitter and receiver synchronized. Synchronized
transmission eliminates the need for start and stop bits.
Tare, Tare Weight  Mass of the package or the transport container of the
weighing sample Net Weight, Gross Weight.
Tare Device  Device for setting the indication to zero when a load is on the
load receptor:
• without altering the weighing range for net loads (additive tare device), or
• reducing the weighing range for net loads (subtractive tare device).
It may function as:
• a nonautomatic device (load balanced by an operator),
Glossary-14
Appendix 6 - Faxable Literature
• a semi-automatic device (load balanced automatically following a single
manual command),
• an automatic device (load balanced automatically without the
intervention of an operator).
Tare Entry Device  Device which allows a prescribed tare value to be
subtracted from the gross or net weight and the calculated result to be
displayed. The weighing range for net loads is reduced accordingly.
Tare Memory  a feature of electromagnetic balances which makes it
possible to store and then recall the tare weight.
Tare Value (T)  The weight value of a load, determined by a tare weighing
device.
Template  A predefined data output format. Five different templates are
available in the Jaguar. Each template is composed of various elements which
can be a data field, ASCII character, or special ASCII character.
Terminal  Point in a network at which data can either enter or leave; device,
usually equipped with a keyboard, often with a display, capable of sending and
receiving data over a communications link; generically the same as data
terminal equipment (DTE).
Test Weight  A weight piece that comes with the balance. This weight has
the appropriate accuracy and is used for regular checks on the functioning and
accuracy of the balance by the user.
Timeout  Expiration of predefined time period, at which point some specified
action occurs; in communications, timeouts are employed to avoid unnecessary
delays and improve traffic flow; used, for example, to specify maximum
response times to polling and addressing before a procedure is automatically
reinitiated.
Token Ring  A data-signaling scheme in which a special data package
(called a token) is passed from one station to another along an electrical ring.
When a station wants to transmit, it takes possession of the token, transmits its
data, then frees the token after the data has made a complete circuit of the
electrical ring.
Tonne  A special name for the megagram (unit symbol t) which is equivalent
to one thousand kilograms: 1 t = 103 kg.
Transmission  The dispatching of a signal, message, or other form of
intelligence by wire, radio, telegraphy, telephony, facsimile, or other means; a
series of characters, messages, or blocks, including control information and user
data; the signaling of data over communications channels.
TraxDSP  A new Mettler Toledo proprietary noise rejection technology. A
mix of new hardware and software help minimize the effect of process and
environmental vibration. Consists of a lowpass, notch, and stable filter.
Appendix 6-15
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
Verification Scale Interval (e)  Value, expressed in units of mass, used for
the classification and verification of an instrument.
Weighing  Determining the mass (weight) of a weighing object. Weighing
can be made in the following manner:
carrier during the weighing. A static weighing is always discontinuous.
• Dynamic - There is relative motion between the weighing object and the
load carrier during the weighing.
• Continuous - The weighing system determines the mass of an
uninterrupted flow of weighing samples without a systematic
classification (conveyor belt scale).
• Discontinuous - In the course of each individual weighing, a selfcontained partial quantity must be separated from the total quantity and
weighed
(double
incline
balance).
Weighing Instrument  Measuring instrument that serves to determine the
mass of a body by using the action of gravity on this body.
Weighing Range  The range within which a balance may be used for
weighing. The limits of a weighing range are called minimum load (lower limit)
and maximum load (upper limit).
Weight  A term that has several meanings and should therefore be avoided. It
stands for
• Weight value
• Mass
• Weight force as the product of the mass of a body and the local
acceleration due to Gravity.
• Weight or weight piece as the embodiment of a mass unit. In commerce
and industry, the result of a weighing can continue to be referred to as
weight (DIN 1305).
Weight Tolerance  A term which describes the difference between the
admissible plus or minus deviations and a specified weight value.
X-ON/X-OFF (Transmitter On/Transmitter Off)  Control Characters used
for flow control, instructing a terminal to start transmission (X-ON) and end
transmission (X-OFF).
Zero-setting device  Device for setting the indication to zero when there is
no load on the load receptor.
Zero-tracking device  Device for maintaining the zero indication within
certain limits automatically.
Glossary-16
Appendix 6 - Faxable Literature
Appendix 6-17
Table of Figures
Table of Figures
FIGURE 1: FLOOR SCALE DIAGRAM ............................................................................................................................... 5-1
FIGURE 2: STRAIN GAGE DIAGRAM ............................................................................................................................... 5-3
FIGURE 3: BENDING BEAM DIAGRAM ............................................................................................................................. 5-3
FIGURE 4: SHEAR BEAM DIAGRAM ................................................................................................................................ 5-4
FIGURE 5: DIRECT STRESS BEAM DIAGRAM..................................................................................................................... 5-5
FIGURE 6: STRAIN GAGE BRIDGE CIRCUIT ...................................................................................................................... 5-6
FIGURE 7: BASIC FOOT SUSPENSION............................................................................................................................. 5-7
FIGURE 8: ROCKER PIN SUSPENSION ............................................................................................................................ 5-7
FIGURE 9: BALL AND SOCKET SUSPENSION ..................................................................................................................... 5-8
FIGURE 10: CAPTURED BALL FOOT SUSPENSION............................................................................................................. 5-8
FIGURE 11: SWIVEL FOOT SUSPENSION......................................................................................................................... 5-9
FIGURE 12: ROCKER PIN FOOT SUSPENSION.................................................................................................................. 5-9
FIGURE 13: PERFECT CALIBRATION CURVE ................................................................................................................... 6-2
FIGURE 14: CALIBRATION ERROR ................................................................................................................................. 6-2
FIGURE 15: LINEARITY ERROR ..................................................................................................................................... 6-3
FIGURE 16: HYSTERESIS ERROR .................................................................................................................................. 6-4
FIGURE 17: HANDBOOK 44 ACCEPTANCE TOLERANCE...................................................................................................... 7-3
FIGURE 18: H44 ACCEPTANCE TOLERANCE VS. 0.1% ACCURACY OVER ENTIRE WEIGHT RANGE ................................................ 7-4
FIGURE 19: PRODUCT POSITIONING OF FLOOR SCALES ..................................................................................................... 8-1
FIGURE 20: CORE MARKET, PRICE TO BENEFITS............................................................................................................. 8-2
FIGURE 21: PREDATOR FLOOR SCALE ............................................................................................................................ 8-3
FIGURE 22: WEIGHT-PLATE FLOOR SCALE...................................................................................................................... 8-4
FIGURE 23: VERTEX FLOOR SCALE ................................................................................................................................ 8-5
FIGURE 24: MG4500 LIFTMATE FLOOR SCALE ............................................................................................................... 8-7
FIGURE 25: ROCKER PIN FOOT SUSPENSION.................................................................................................................. 9-5
FIGURE 26: VERTEX ROCKER PIN SUSPENSION ............................................................................................................. 9-10
FIGURE 27: 10,000D TEST CERTIFICATE .................................................................................................................... 9-15
FIGURE 28: 10,000D TEST RESULTS ......................................................................................................................... 9-16
FIGURE 29: CHLORINE TANK SCALE ............................................................................................................................. 9-26
FIGURE 30: VERTEX 2158 DEMO CASE ...................................................................................................................... 10-2
FIGURE 31: PAINT SPECIFICATION, BLACK..........................................................................................................................2
FIGURE 32: PAINT SPECIFICATION, GREY ...........................................................................................................................3
FIGURE 33: PANCAKE AIR CARGO SCALE.........................................................................................................................21
FIGURE 34: CHLORINE TANK SCALE................................................................................................................................22
FIGURE 35: TOP VIEW, CHLORINE TANK SCALE ................................................................................................................23
FIGURE 36: SIDE VIEW, CHLORINE TANK SCALE ...............................................................................................................24
FIGURE 37: PREDATOR 2254 COC, 1 OF 2 ...............................................................................................................2
FIGURE 38: PREDATOR 2254 COC, 2 OF 2 ...............................................................................................................3
FIGURE 39: WEIGHT-PLATE COC, 1 OF 2 .................................................................................................................4
FIGURE 40: WEIGHT-PLATE COC, 2 OF 2 .................................................................................................................5
FIGURE 41: VERTEX 2158 COC, 1 OF 3 .....................................................................................................................6
FIGURE 42: VERTEX 2158 COC, 2 OF 3 .....................................................................................................................7
FIGURE 43: VERTEX 2158 COC, 1 OF 3 .....................................................................................................................8
FIGURE 44: DIGITOL VERTEX 2160 COC, 1 OF 2 .......................................................................................................9
FIGURE 45: DIGITOL VERTEX 2160 COC, 2 OF 2 .....................................................................................................10
Table of Figures - 1
METTLER TOLEDO Floor Scale Sales Manual
FIGURE 46: DECKMATE COC, 1 OF 2 ......................................................................................................................11
FIGURE 47: DECKMATE COC, 2 OF 2 ......................................................................................................................12
Table of Figures-2
Table of Tables
Table of Tables
TABLE 1: SIC 3596 MARKET SHARE ........................................................................................................................... 2-3
TABLE 2: SIC 3596 MARKET ANALYSIS BY COMPANY SIZE ............................................................................................... 2-4
TABLE 3: SIC 3596 MARKET ANALYSIS BY GEOGRAPHY ................................................................................................... 2-6
TABLE 4: CLASSES OF SCALES ..................................................................................................................................... 7-3
TABLE 5: PREDATOR STANDARD SIZES .......................................................................................................................... 9-2
TABLE 6: WEIGHT-PLATE STANDARD SIZES.................................................................................................................... 9-4
TABLE 7: EZ-CLEAN STANDARD SIZES.......................................................................................................................... 9-8
TABLE 8: FASTFAB PROGRAM.................................................................................................................................... 9-12
TABLE 9: NIST H-44 10,000D TOLERANCE TABLE...................................................................................................... 9-14
TABLE 10: EZ-CLEAN STANDARD SIZES...................................................................................................................... 9-17
TABLE 11: DECKMATE STANDARD SIZES ...................................................................................................................... 9-20
TABLE 12: MG4500 LIFTMATE HD STANDARD SIZES ................................................................................................... 9-23
TABLE 13: CHLORINE TANK SCALE STANDARD SIZES ..................................................................................................... 9-26
TABLE 14: 2 DAYS... TODAY PRODUCTS ..................................................................................................................... 10-1
TABLE 15: COMPATIBLE INDICATOR/BASES ................................................................................................................... 10-4
TABLE 16: COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS; FAIRBANKS -- AEGIS ............................................................................................... 11-4
TABLE 17: COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS; FAIRBANKS -- EXCALIBUR......................................................................................... 11-7
TABLE 18: COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS; GENERAL ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS, INC. -- PRO-W EIGH ............................................... 11-11
TABLE 19: COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS; GENERAL ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS, INC. -- WEIGH-DECK.............................................. 11-14
TABLE 20: COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS; PENNSYLVANIA SCALE COMPANY INC. -- 6600 SERIES ................................................ 11-18
TABLE 21: COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS; RICE LAKE W EIGHING SYSTEMS INC. -- ROUGHDECK ................................................. 11-22
TABLE 22: COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS; WEIGH-TRONIX, INC. -- PRO-DEC .......................................................................... 11-27
TABLE 23: COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS; WEIGH-TRONIX, INC. -- TUF-DEC .......................................................................... 11-30
TABLE 24: SURFACE PREPARATION...................................................................................................................................1
Table of Tables-1
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising